LTA Standard Details of Road Elements

Standard
Details of
Road
Elements
April 2014 Edition

Revision B : September 2017 Land Transport Authority
GENERAL NOTES
1) THE STANDARD DETAILS OF ROAD ELEMENTS (SDRE) ARE APPLICABLE TO ALL ROAD
INFRASTRUCTURE PROJECTS.
2) PRIOR APPROVAL SHALL BE SOUGHT FROM LTA FOR ANY CHANGES TO THE FORM, SHAPE
& DIMENSIONS OF THE ELEMENTS IN SDRE.
3) FOR THE ADOPTION OF DETAILS IN THE SDRE THAT REQUIRES SUBMISSION TO THE
BUILDING & CONSTRUCTION AUTHORITY (BCA) AS STIPULATED IN THE BUILDING CONTROL ACT,
THE PE / QP SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DESIGNS OF ALL STRUCTURAL AND GEOTECHNICAL
WORKS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS IN THE BUILDING CONTROL ACT.
4) FOR THE ADOPTION OF DETAILS IN THE SDRE THAT DO NOT REQUIRE SUBMISSION TO BCA
AS STIPULATED IN THE BUILDING CONTROL ACT, THE QP/ PE SHALL CHECK THE SITE
CONDITIONS AND VERIFY THAT THE STRUCTURAL / GEOTECHNICAL DETAILS FALL WITHIN THE
DESIGN ASSUMPTION / PARAMETERS. HE SHALL ENDORSE THE AS-CONSTRUCTED DRAWINGS OF
THE ELEMENT UPON COMPLETION AND SUBMIT TO LTA.
5) THE SDRE SHALL BE READ IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE LTA MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
(M&W) SPECIFICATIONS AND DESIGN CRITERIA.
6) ALL CROSS REFERENCES BETWEEN STANDARD DETAILS SHALL BE TO THE LATEST REVISION.
7) ALL STANDARDS AND CODES REFERRED SHALL BE THE LATEST VERSION.
8) ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MM UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED.
9) THE FOLLOWING CONCRETE GRADES SHALL BE USED, UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED:
REINFORCED CONCRETE - C25/30

MASS CONCRETE - C16/20
LEAN CONCRETE - C12/15
10) ALL CORNERS OF TRAFFIC SIGNS ARE TO BE OF 50mm RADIUS AND ON EXPRESSWAYS
THE 600mm X 600mm TRAFFIC SIGNS SHALL BE INCREASED TO HAVE DIMENSIONS OF
900mm X 900mm.
11) ALL ALUMINIUM SHEETS SHALL COMPLY WITH BS EN 485, BS EN 515 AND BS EN 573.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER NO. DRAWING TITLE CHAPTER NO. DRAWING TITLE
1 PAVEMENTS OF ROADS 4 GRATINGS & MANHOLE COVERS
FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT , RECAMBERING & WIDENING OF CARRIAGEWAY PEDESTRIAN GRATING FOR SUMP / DRAIN - WITHOUT MILD STEEL PLATE
RIGID PAVEMENT (SHEET 1 OF 2) PEDESTRIAN GRATING FOR SUMP / DRAIN - WITH MILD STEEL PLATE
RIGID PAVEMENT (SHEET 2 OF 2) FRAME FOR PEDESTRIAN GRATING
PUBLIC LIGHTING VEHICULAR GRATING FOR MANHOLES (SHEET 1 OF 2)
TRAFFIC LIGHT CABLE VEHICULAR GRATING FOR MANHOLES (SHEET 2 OF 2)
VEHICULAR GRATING FOR DRAINS (SHEET 1 OF 2)
2 DRAINS & CULVERTS VEHICULAR GRATING FOR DRAINS (SHEET 2 OF 2)
MANHOLE COVER AND FRAME

PRECAST CONCRETE CHANNEL AND DRAIN
ROADSIDE MANHOLE GRATING
CAST-IN-SITU BOX CULVERT
PRECAST CONCRETE PIPE CULVERTS

5 RAILINGS
PRECAST OPEN U-DRAIN
PRECAST SLABBED OVER U-DRAIN PEDESTRIAN ALUMINIUM ALLOY RAILINGS - TYPE A, B, C, D, E & F (SHEET 1 OF 2)
PRECAST CONCRETE DROP-INLET CHAMBER PEDESTRIAN ALUMINIUM ALLOY RAILINGS - TYPE A, B, C, D, E & F (SHEET 2 OF 2)
SUB-SOIL DRAIN AND SUMP ALONG EXPRESSWAY
SUB-SOIL DRAIN AND SUMP ALONG MAJOR ARTERIAL 6 GUARDRAILS
VEHICULAR IMPACT GUARDRAILS - TYPE A & B TERMINALS

3 KERBS & FOOTPATHS
VEHICULAR IMPACT GUARDRAILS - CRASH CUSHION
KERBS AND DIVIDERS CONCRETE BARRIER AT CENTER MEDIAN
KERB PAINTING (SHEET 1 OF 2) ARRANGEMENT AND CONNECTION DETAILS OF VEHICULAR IMPACT GUARDRAILS
KERB PAINTING (SHEET 2 OF 2) VEHICULAR IMPACT GUARDRAILS - THRIE-BEAM TRANSITION
CIVIC DISTRICT KERB - TYPE C1, C2, C3 & C4 DOUBLE SIDED VEHICULAR IMPACT GUARDRAIL
FOOTPATH RAMP - TYPE 1 PEDESTRIAN CROSSING POINTS GUARDRAILS IN FRONT OF COLUMN - WITHOUT ADJOINING VEHICULAR
FOOTPATH RAMP - TYPE 2 PEDESTRIAN CROSSING POINTS IMPACT GUARDRAILS
FOOTPATH RAMP - TRAFFIC ISLAND GUARDRAILS IN FRONT OF COLUMN - WITH ADJOINING VEHICULAR
IMPACT GUARDRAILS
FOOTPATH RAMP - SIDE ROAD
FOOTPATH RAMP - DRIVEWAY
FOOTPATH RAMP - FOOTPATH BESIDE OPEN DRAIN
CAST-IN-SITU CONCRETE PAVEMENT
HOMOGENEOUS TACTILE TILES AND ARRANGEMENT OF TACTILE TILES
KERB WITH SLOT HOLES
PAGE 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
7 DIRECTIONAL SIGNS 9 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT MEASURES
LETTERINGS FOR DIRECTIONAL SIGNS - UPPER CASE (SHEET 1 OF 2) SPEED REGULATING STRIPS
LETTERINGS FOR DIRECTIONAL SIGNS - UPPER CASE (SHEET 2 OF 2) CHANNELISING ISLANDS & U-TURN
LETTERINGS FOR DIRECTIONAL SIGNS - LOWER CASE (SHEET 1 OF 2) PHYSICAL NOSING WITH DRAINAGE - FOR EXPRESSWAY & NON-EXPRESSWAY
LETTERINGS FOR DIRECTIONAL SIGNS - LOWER CASE (SHEET 2 OF 2) PAVEMENT MARKINGS FOR PEDESTRIAN CROSSINGS
NUMBERS FOR DIRECTIONAL SIGNS RAISED ZEBRA CROSSING
ARROWS FOR DIRECTIONAL SIGNS ROAD HUMP
NOTES FOR DIRECTIONAL SIGNS (SHEET 1 OF 2) BUS FRIENDLY ROAD HUMP
NOTES FOR DIRECTIONAL SIGNS (SHEET 2 OF 2) BUS FRIENDLY ROAD HUMP CUM RAISED ZEBRA CROSSING
WAITING AREA FOR MOTORCYCLISTS
8 ROAD MARKINGS & SIGNS
10 SUPPORTS FOR ROAD SIGNS

LANE MARKINGS (SHEET 1 OF 3)
LANE MARKINGS (SHEET 2 OF 3) SUPPORT FOR DIRECTIONAL AND INFORMATION SIGNS (SHEET 1 OF 3)
LANE MARKINGS (SHEET 3 OF 3) SUPPORT FOR DIRECTIONAL AND INFORMATION SIGNS (SHEET 2 OF 3)
ARROW MARKINGS SUPPORT FOR DIRECTIONAL AND INFORMATION SIGNS (SHEET 3 OF 3)
MULTI-HEAD ARROW FOR TURNING MOVEMENTS SUPPORT FOR TRAFFIC SIGN (SHEET 1 OF 4)
TYPICAL ACCELERATION LANE AT EXPRESSWAY SUPPORT FOR TRAFFIC SIGN (SHEET 2 OF 4)
TYPICAL DECELERATION LANE AT EXPRESSWAY SUPPORT FOR TRAFFIC SIGN (SHEET 3 OF 4)
CHEVRON MARKINGS SUPPORT FOR TRAFFIC SIGN (SHEET 4 OF 4)
ROAD SIGNS & MARKINGS AT INTERSECTIONS ROAD GANTRY TRUSS (SHEET 1 OF 2)
BUS LANE MARKINGS ROAD GANTRY TRUSS (SHEET 2 OF 2)
MANDATORY GIVE WAY TO BUS (MGWTB) ROAD GANTRY SIGN
PAVEMENT MARKINGS FOR SHARP CURVE SUPPORT FOR CANTILEVER DIRECTIONAL SIGNS (SHEET 1 OF 3)
CURVE ALIGNMENT MARKERS (CAM) SUPPORT FOR CANTILEVER DIRECTIONAL SIGNS (SHEET 2 OF 3)
GUIDING LINES AND TURNING POCKETS AT INTERSECTIONS SUPPORT FOR CANTILEVER DIRECTIONAL SIGNS (SHEET 3 OF 3)
TYPICAL STEEL BRACKETS FOR 4.5m HEIGHT LIMIT SIGN (900mm X 900mm)
SUPPORT FOR TRAFFIC SIGN (FOR ARTERIAL & EXPRESSWAY)
PAGE 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
11 BUS STOPS 16 TRAFFIC PROHIBITORY SIGNS
BUS BAY (SHEET 1 OF 2) TRAFFIC PROHIBITORY SIGNS (SHEET 1 OF 6)
BUS BAY / LAYBY FOR NPARKS' WATER TANKER (SHEET 2 OF 2) TRAFFIC PROHIBITORY SIGNS (SHEET 2 OF 6)
BUS BAY DETAILS TRAFFIC PROHIBITORY SIGNS (SHEET 3 OF 6)
BUS SHELTER - TYPE A TEMPORARY USE ONLY TRAFFIC PROHIBITORY SIGNS (SHEET 4 OF 6)
BUS STOP LAYOUT & ELEVATION TRAFFIC PROHIBITORY SIGNS (SHEET 5 OF 6)
TRAFFIC PROHIBITORY SIGNS (SHEET 6 OF 6)
12 PLANTING REQUIREMENT
17 TRAFFIC WARNING SIGNS

SOIL AERATION (SHEET 1 OF 2)
SOIL AERATION (SHEET 2 OF 2) TRAFFIC WARNING SIGNS (SHEET 1 OF 9)
TRAFFIC WARNING SIGNS (SHEET 2 OF 9)
13 PROJECT SIGNS TRAFFIC WARNING SIGNS (SHEET 3 OF 9)

PROJECT SIGN BOARD FOR LTA PROJECT - TIMBER SIGN BOARD
PROJECT SIGN BOARD FOR LTA PROJECT - ALUMINIUM SIGN BOARD
FLYOVER SIGNAGE & BRIDGE INFORMATION SIGN
PROJECT SIGN BOARD
14 BOLLARDS TRAFFIC WARNING SIGNS (SHEET 9 OF 9)
BOLLARDS
SPRING LOADED POST & FLEXIBLE POST
SAFETY BOLLARD AT BUS STOP - POSTED SPEED : 60km/h & 70km/h (SHEET 1 OF 2)
SAFETY BOLLARD AT BUS STOP - POSTED SPEED : 60km/h & 70km/h (SHEET 2 OF 2)
SAFETY BOLLARD AT TURFED AREA - POSTED SPEED : 60km/h & 70km/h
15 TRAFFIC MANDATORY SIGNS
TRAFFIC MANDATORY SIGNS (SHEET 1 OF 2)
TRAFFIC MANDATORY SIGNS (SHEET 2 OF 2)
PAGE 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
18 TRAFFIC INFORMATORY SIGNS 20 STREET NAME BOARD
TRAFFIC INFORMATORY SIGNS (SHEET 1 OF 17) STREET NAME SIGN - GENERAL CONFIGURATION LAYOUT (SHEET 1 OF 3)
TRAFFIC INFORMATORY SIGNS (SHEET 4 OF 17) STREET NAME SIGN - STREET NAME SIGN ON SINGLE SUPPORT POST
TRAFFIC INFORMATORY SIGNS (SHEET 5 OF 17) STREET NAME SIGN - STREET NAME SIGN ON DOUBLE SUPPORT POST
TRAFFIC INFORMATORY SIGNS (SHEET 6 OF 17) STREET NAME SIGN - CANTILEVER STREET NAME SIGN ON VERTICAL
TRAFFIC INFORMATORY SIGNS (SHEET 7 OF 17) SUPPORT POST
TRAFFIC INFORMATORY SIGNS (SHEET 8 OF 17) STREET NAME SIGN - CANTILEVER STREET NAME SIGN ON EXISTING LAMP POST
TRAFFIC INFORMATORY SIGNS (SHEET 9 OF 17) STREET NAME SIGN SINGLE SIDE STREET NAME SIGN ON EXISTING LAMP POST
TRAFFIC INFORMATORY SIGNS (SHEET 10 OF 17) STREET NAME SIGN ON TRAFFIC POST
TRAFFIC INFORMATORY SIGNS (SHEET 11 OF 17) STREET NAME SIGN - EXTRUSION
TRAFFIC INFORMATORY SIGNS (SHEET 12 OF 17) STREET NAME SIGN - CASTING PARTS
TRAFFIC INFORMATORY SIGNS (SHEET 13 OF 17) STREET NAME SIGN - TRAFFIC SIGN ON SUPPORT POST
TRAFFIC INFORMATORY SIGNS (SHEET 14 OF 17)

21 CYCLING PATH
TRAFFIC INFORMATORY SIGNS (SHEET 15 OF 17)
TRAFFIC INFORMATORY SIGNS (SHEET 16 OF 17) TREATMENT AT JUNCTION
TRAFFIC INFORMATORY SIGNS (SHEET 17 OF 17) TREATMENT AT OTHER JUNCTIONS
TREATMENT AT DEVELOPMENT / CARPARK ACCESS
19 TRAFFIC INFORMATORY SIGNS BICYCLE CROSSING
TRAFFIC INFORMATORY SIGNS (SHEET 1 OF 2) SHARED TRACK
TRAFFIC INFORMATORY SIGNS (SHEET 2 OF 2) TREATMENT AT BUS STOP WITH BUS BAY
TREATMENT AT BUS STOP WITHOUT BUS BAY
CYCLING PAVEMENT MARKING DETAILS
CYCLING SIGNS
CYCLING TRACK LIGHTING
PAGE 4
MAIN PAGE
CHAPTER 1
PAVEMENTS OF ROADS
DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. REVISION
FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT , RECAMBERING & WIDENING

OF CARRIAGEWAY LTA/SDRE14/1/PAV1 B
RIGID PAVEMENT (SHEET 1 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/1/PAV2 B
RIGID PAVEMENT (SHEET 2 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/1/PAV3 B
PUBLIC LIGHTING LTA/SDRE14/1/PAV4 B
TRAFFIC LIGHT CABLE LTA/SDRE14/1/PAV5 B

CHAPTER 1-MAIN PAGE NEXT
ASPHALTIC WEARING COURSE CARRIAGEWAY
a
FLUSH KERB
b
ASPHALTIC BASE COURSE ASPHALTIC WEARING
COURSE
CARRIAGEWAY ASPHALTIC BASE
c
COURSE
BASE COURSE
RAISED KERB
BASE COURSE
200
d
SUB-BASE
ASPHALTIC WEARING
COURSE SEE NOTE 2
SUB-BASE
ASPHALTIC BASE
SUBGRADE
COURSE
PAVEMENT STRUCTURE BASE COURSE SUBGRADE

SUBSOIL
DRAIN
THICKNESS 200
TYPE OF
FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT ROAD TYPE
a b c d SUB-BASE
EXPRESSWAY SUBGRADE
TYPE 1 SEMI-EXPRESSWAY 50 120 250 300
ARTERIAL ROAD
ROAD IN INDUSTRIAL AREA
PAVEMENT STRUCTURE WITH RAISED KERB PAVEMENT STRUCTURE WITH FLUSH KERB
TYPE 2 PRIMARY ACCESS 40 90 200 300
TYPE 3 LOCAL ACCESS 25 75 200 200
EXISTING CARRIAGEWAY WIDENING > 3m EXISTING CARRIAGEWAY WIDENING ≤ 3m
ASPHALTIC WEARING COURSE

600 CUT BACK ASPHALTIC WEARING COURSE 600 CUT BACK
ASPHALTIC BASE COURSE
ASPHALTIC BASE COURSE 300
70
225 200
BASE COURSE
SUB-BASE
REGULATING COURSE
SUB-BASE CAST-IN-SITU CONCRETE (C28/35)
EXISTING ROAD SURFACE REINFORCED WITH TWO LAYERS OF WSFR B8
WIDENING OF CARRIAGEWAY WIDENING OF CARRIAGEWAY (CONCRETE COVER 40)
(FOR WIDTH MORE THAN 3m) (FOR WIDTH EQUAL OR LESS THAN 3m)
SCALE 1:25
SCALE 1:25

5m MILLING
ASPHALTIC BASE COURSE
BASE COURSE EXISTING CARRIAGEWAY
a
thickness = 125mm for Type 1

100mm for Type 2/3
EXISTING ROAD SURFACE TO BE SCARIFIED DETAILS OF RECAMBERING
SCALE 1:20
NOTES: 3. Roads in industrial area and roads leading in / out of industrial areas, STANDARD DETAIL
1. Asphaltic wearing course - W3B or OGW as required in project specification. as shown in Urban Redevelopment Authority (URA) conceptual land
2. Gradation for 20mm graded stones. use plan (refer to URA's website) shall be categorised as industrial
roads.
SIEVE % PASSING SIEVE % PASSING FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT,
4. Various layers of pavement shall be constructed in compliance with DRAWING NO. REV.
20.0mm 100 3.35mm 40-50 RECAMBERING &
M&W Specification. LTA/SDRE14/1/PAV1 B
WIDENING OF
13.2mm 85-95 2.36mm 21-31 B SEP 2017
CARRIAGEWAY
A OCT 2015 DATE OF ISSUE SCALE SHEET NO.
6.3mm 58-68
REV. DATE 1st APR 2014 1:20 1 OF 1
1-1
CHAPTER 1-MAIN PAGE PREVIOUS NEXT
B
SDRE14/1/PAV3
ON
CONCRETE
TI
TRANSI
SLAB
D PAVEM ENT
EXPANSION JOINT
L
(REF DWG NO:
GI
CONCRETE SDRE14/1/PAV3)
RI
TRANSITION
SLAB
L
3m
RIGID PAVEMENT
3m
EXPANSION JOINT
STOP LINE
EXPANSION JOINT
STOP LINE
LENGTH OF
ROAD TYPE RIGID PAVEMENT
3m (L)
L OTHER ROADS 40m
RIGID PAVEMENT
3m
ROAD IN INDUSTRIAL AREA 50m
CONCRETE
TRANSITION
D PAVEM ENT
SLAB
L
GI
NT
ON
RIGID PAVEMENT AT SIGNALISED ROAD JUNCTION

RI
ON JOI
CONCRETE
TI
TRANSI
(ALSO APPLICABLE TO OTHER CONFIGURATION OF SIGNALISED ROAD JUNCTIONS)

A
SLAB
EXPANSI
SCALE 1:1000
-
1 LANE 1 LANE 1 LANE 1 LANE
SURFACE TO BE ROUGHENED WITH WIRE

BRUSH TO GIVE TRANSVERSE LINES
WSFR B8 WITH MAIN WIRE
RUNNING LONGITUDINALLY
BASE COURSE FALL 225
200
SUBGRADE
LONGITUDINAL JOINTS GEOTEXTILE MEMBRANE

(REF DWG NO: SDRE14/1/PAV3) CLASS A
SECTION A-A
SCALE 1:50
NOTES: STANDARD DETAIL

1. Bond breaking compound
66% light 200 pen bitumen + 14% light creosote oil + 20% solvent naphtha
2. The concrete shall be of C28/35.
3. The concrete cover shall be 40mm. DRAWING NO. REV.
RIGID PAVEMENT
(SHEET 1 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/1/PAV2 B
B SEP 2017
REV. DATE 1st APR 2014 AS SHOWN 1 OF 2
1-2
FLEXIBLE PAVEMENT 3m CONCRETE TRANSITION SLAB RIGID PAVEMENT

WSFR B8
ASPHALTIC BASE COURSE GEOTEXTILE MEMBRANE CLASS A
225
225
200
3
1:
BASE COURSE
SUB-BASE SUB-GRADE
BASE COURSE 1000 300
CONCRETE TRANSITION SLAB WITH THE STEEL REINFORCEMENT

EXTENDED INTO THE RIGID PAVEMENT SURFACE TO BE ROUGHENED
FOR PROPER KEYING OF ASPHALT BASE COURSE
15
APPROVED SEALER
SECTION B-B
DETAIL OF CONNECTION BETWEEN FLEXIBLE AND RIGID PAVEMENT
3
REF DWG NO: SDRE14/1/PAV2
50
SCALE 1:25
DETAIL 1
SCALE 1:5
FIRST CONCRETE POUR SECOND CONCRETE POUR
5 X 40 GROOVE FORMED &

FILLED WITH HEAVY DUTY SEALANT 1
5 -
15
HEAVY DUTY SEALANT

REINFORCEMENT TO TERMINATE REINFORCEMENT TO TERMINATE
COMPRESSIBLE MATERIAL
3
60mm+ 20mm FROM CENTRE LINE 60mm+ 20mm FROM CENTRE LINE
50
VARIES VARIES
100 TO 135 115 TO 150

225
225
c
L 30 DIA CAP
50
50 T13 DIA BARS AT

25 DIA SMOOTH DOWEL BAR AT
600mm CENTRE TO CENTRE IMPREGNATED FLEXCELL BOARD
300mm CENTRE TO CENTRE TREATED
400 400 WITH BOND BREAKING COMPOUND 300 300
OVER HALF ITS LENGTH.
LONGITUDINAL JOINT EXPANSION JOINT

SCALE 1:10 SCALE 1:10
STANDARD DETAIL
RIGID PAVEMENT DRAWING NO. REV.
(SHEET 2 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/1/PAV3 B
B SEP 2017
1-3
SIDETABLE CARRIAGEWAY MEDIAN / SIDETABLE CARRIAGEWAY
1000 1000
VEHICULAR
IMPACT
GUARDRAIL
LAMP POST
STREET
FURNITURE
ROAD SURFACE
1:15
1000
1000
1000
PVC CABLE WARNING
MARKER
250
PVC CABLE SUBSOIL

CEMENT DUST
WARNING MARKER DRAIN
250
100 DIA UPVC PIPE
100 DIA UPVC PIPE WITH PILOT PVC CABLE WARNING MARKER
WITH PILOT WIRE
WIRE FOR PUBLIC LIGHTING 100 DIA UPVC PIPE WITH PILOT FOR PUBLIC LIGHTING
50
WIRE FOR PUBLIC LIGHTING
709
(SEE DETAILS, FOR PIPE CROSSING
AT ENTRANCES & JUNCTIONS)
DETAIL OF PIPE CROSSING

EXPRESSWAY OTHER ROAD AT ENTRANCES & JUNCTIONS
SCALE 1:20 SCALE 1:20 SCALE 1:20
LAMP POST
200 132 60 25 60 58 60 38 60 107 200 3
50
172m m OR 272m m
M6, SS316 DROP-ANCHOR 3mm THK. 400 x 400 OPENING

WITH HEX SOCKET 47 NEOPRENE
COUNTER SUNK SCREW
SPONGE
122
17
DANGER LTA LT CABLE 400 x 400 OPENING
3
250
494
494 x 494 x 3mm THK
SS316 COVER PLATE
47
122
WITH HAIRLINE FINISH
17
17
MATERIAL : HIGH IMPACT RESISTANT POLYVINYL CHLORIDE

COLOUR : BLACK 122 250 122
WORDING EMBOSSED : DANGER LTA LT CABLE A SURFACE OF
494
FONT HEIGHT : 30mm - 1 PARAPET WALL
THICKNESS OF MARKER : 2mm
- - B
PLAN OF PVC CABLE WARNING MARKER SECTION A-A ELEVATION DETAIL 1 SECTION B-B
STAINLESS STEEL COVER PLATE ON PARAPET WALL

1. 2 numbers of UPVC pipes shall be laid along sidetable & 3 numbers of UPVC pipes 4. The cable warning marker shall cover the full width of the UPVC pipes.
shall be laid at entrances and junctions.
2. Cement dust
- The composition of cement dust consists of one part of cement and ten DRAWING NO. REV.
parts of granite dust. PUBLIC LIGHTING LTA/SDRE14/1/PAV4 B
- The cement dust mixture shall be sprinkled with water and compacted in B SEP 2017
A DATE OF ISSUE SCALE SHEET NO.

layers to achieve a hardened layer. OCT 2015
1st APR 2014 AS SHOWN 1 OF 1

3. Capping / stoppers shall be provided for the pipes when not in use. REV. DATE
1-4
CHAPTER 1-MAIN PAGE PREVIOUS
1300
150 150
(MINIMUM) (MINIMUM) GROUND LEVEL
200 TO 300
ASPHALT CONCRETE /
BACKFILL MATERIAL
PE
ASPHALTIC WEARING BASE COURSE
. PI
M UM 1000
PE
350
I
. PI
ABOVE G.
M UM 1000
BASE COURSE
I
ABOVE G.
NI
SAND BAGS
CEMENT DUST (1:10)
MI
OVER G.I. PIPES
NI
MI
RED PLASTIC CABLE SLAB
SHALL BE PLACED 200mm
200
ABOVE G.I. PIPES G.I. PIPE G.I. PIPE
G.I. PIPE
BACKFILL
MATERIAL
BACKFILL MATERIAL
300 GAP
CROSS SECTION OF TRENCH (1m DEPTH) CROSS SECTION OF DRAW PIT (1m DEPTH)
RED 1 THK ALUMINIUM PLATE
TO BE ENGRAVED
G.I. PIPE AT SIGNALISED ROAD JUNCTION

TRAFFIC 50 DIA
SCALE 1 : 1000
LIGHT
CABLE
LEGEND
TRAFFIC CONTROLLER BOX BY OTHERS TRAFFIC LIGHT CABLE MARKER

SCALE 1:2
6 NOS. 100mm DIA G.I. PIPE WITH 'TRAFFIC LIGHT CABLE' SLAB
TO BE LAID 1m BELOW FINISHED LEVEL
ALL G.I. PIPES ACROSS ROAD TO BE LAID THROUGH CENTRE DIVIDER
AND ONE G.I. PIPE TO BE BREAK AT CENTRE DIVIDER
8 NOS. 100mm DIA G.I. PIPE WITH 'TRAFFIC LIGHT CABLE' SLAB
TO BE LAID 1m BELOW FINISHED LEVEL
(FOR SLIP ROAD THAT LEADS TO TRAFFIC CONTROLLER)
NOTES: 6. The plastic cable slabs shall be 300mm x 1000mm and marked with the
1. Cable slab to be mounted on concrete pavement with industrial glue to indicate wordings: 'TRAFFIC LIGHT CABLE -1800 CALL LTA - 1800 2255 582'.
STANDARD DETAIL
the location of G.I. pipe crossing. 7. G.I. pipes shall be laid between the stop line and the 2nd pedestrian
2. Traffic light cable slab with concrete haunching to be used to cover the cables at crossing line and laid through the centre divider.
intersections of G.I. pipes. 8. G.I. pipes shall be break at the draw pits (i.e intersection of G.I. pipes)
3. G.I. pipe socket shall be used for connecting of 2 straight G.I. pipes. on centre divider or sidetable with a gap of about 300mm. Sand bags
shall be provided over all the cable draw pits to enable contractor DRAWING NO. REV.
4. Cables shall be laid in 3.6mm thick (Class A), 100mm diameter galvanised iron
TRAFFIC LIGHT CABLE LTA/SDRE14/1/PAV5 B
pipes, complying with BS EN 10255:2004 under roads, footpaths and sidetable. to lay cable from controller to each individual traffic light pole.
B SEP 2017
5. Durable red plastic cable slabs shall be placed 200mm above the pipes for all 9. Capping / stoppers shall be provided for the pipes when not in use. DATE OF ISSUE SCALE SHEET NO.
A OCT 2015
trenches dug regardless of the depth to mark their positions. 1st APR 2014 AS SHOWN 1 OF 1
REV. DATE
1-5
MAIN PAGE
CHAPTER 2
DRAINS & CULVERTS
PRECAST CONCRETE CHANNEL AND DRAIN LTA/SDRE14/2/DRA1 A
CAST-IN-SITU BOX CULVERT LTA/SDRE14/2/DRA2 B
PRECAST CONCRETE PIPE CULVERTS LTA/SDRE14/2/DRA3 A
PRECAST OPEN U-DRAIN LTA/SDRE14/2/DRA4 B
PRECAST SLABBED OVER U-DRAIN LTA/SDRE14/2/DRA5 B
PRECAST CONCRETE DROP-INLET CHAMBER LTA/SDRE14/2/DRA6 B
SUB-SOIL DRAIN AND SUMP ALONG EXPRESSWAY LTA/SDRE14/2/DRA7 B
SUB-SOIL DRAIN AND SUMP ALONG MAJOR ARTERIAL LTA/SDRE14/2/DRA8 B

CHAPTER 2 - MAIN PAGE NEXT
a b a
f a b a
c
g TYPE a b c d e f g
25 150 25
c
C2 35 230 20 65 40 150 R120
g
h
C3 45 305 20 105 40 200 R155
75
d
R
80
TYPE a b c d e f g h i
d
C4 45 380 30 120 40 235 R195
25
e
B1 60 305 305 75 205 R455 65 R75 N.A. C5 45 455 30 115 45 265 R250
e
B2 70 380 380 90 225 R570 70 R95 N.A. f C5A 30 455 40 35 50 280 R383
TYPE B1, B2, B3 B3 90 600 610 115 405 R900 90 R150 WSFR B6 C6 45 535 30 120 50 360 R315
SCALE 1:20 TYPE C1 TYPE C2, C3, C4, C5, C5A, C6

125 300 125

a
k
G.I. GRATING COVER
i j
60 230 60
M UM 500
WEEPHOLE TYPE a b c d e f g h i j k
c
C7R 50 810 495 75 280 300 R155 115 N.A. WSFR A6 N.A.
NI
MI
g
WSFR B10
C7R1 50 810 495 75 280 300 R155 115 N.A. WSFR A6 150
450
TYPE C2 CHL
h
C7A 50 595 335 75 280 300 R155 115 N.A. N.A. N.A.
5
11
125
d
R
C7B 50 395 195 65 190 225 R115 80 N.A. N.A. N.A.
50 THK
75
C8 50 1200 750 75 380 535 R310 155 8R6-300 4R10-150 N.A.
e LEAN CONCRETE
C8A 50 900 535 75 305 380 R195 150 6R6-300 4R10-150 N.A.
C8B 50 995 610 75 330 455 R250 145 6R6-300 4R10-150 N.A. TYPE S1 TYPE S2 (CUT-OFF DRAIN)
TYPE C7R, C7R1, C7A, C7B, C8, C8A, C8B
SCALE 1:20

1. Concrete shall be of C25/30.
2. All weepholes shall be of 50mm diameter.
3. Length of precast unit shall be 500mm.
4. 10mm cement mortar joint shall be provided between the precast unit DRAWING NO. REV.
PRECAST CONCRETE
throughout the thickness of the wall. LTA/SDRE14/2/DRA1 A
CHANNEL AND DRAIN
2-1
CHAPTER 2 - MAIN PAGE PREVIOUS NEXT
3m APPROACH SLAB
THROUGHOUT WIDTH OF CARRIAGEWAY
M UM 1m
T13-200 DETAIL SIMILAR TO THE OTHER
SIDE OF BOX CULVERT
GALVANISED T16 BARS
M AXI
1m LENGTH AT 150 C/C
GEOTEXTILE MEMBRANE CLASS A
T W T
2 LAYERS OF BUILDING PAPER
T13-200 T13-200
T13-200 a
200
6 THK NEOPRENE PAD THROUGHOUT
40mm SPLAY e e
250
T
PARAPET TO BE PROVIDED 25 x 25 CHAMFER
ONLY WHERE CULVERT CONNECTS
OPEN DRAINS WITHOUT RAILINGS
450
250
125 x 600 PARAPET WALL OPENING b c
d 4T13
FINISHED LEVEL a a
100 x 100
250
SPLAY (TYP)
250mm GRADED GRANITE AGGREGATE
6T13 T13-150
BACKFILLED WITH
250
T10-250 QUARRY DUSTS c
(STIRRUP) AND WELL COMPACTED APPROVED GEOCOMPOSITE SUB-SOIL
D
600 DRAIN WITH MUTI-DIRECTION FLOW
e
POLYMERIC DRAINAGE CORE SPOT
WELDED ON BOTH SIDES TO A
f
C16/20 CONCRETE NON-WOVEN HEAT BONDED
DETAIL OF PARAPET GEOTEXTILE TO BE PROPERLY
TYPE C3 SECURED ONTO THE WALL
(FOR CULVERT CONNECTED TO OPEN DRAIN) 1:30 f c
300 75 DIA WEEP HOLE
d AT 1m C/C
(TYP)
T
e
TABLE FOR SINGLE CELL BOX CULVERT 100 THK HARDCORE
50 THK LEAN CONCRETE
SIZE OF CULVERT
REINFORCEMENT DETAILS
(mm)
T
a b c d e f
TYPICAL SECTION OF SINGLE CELL BOX CULVERT
W D
600 <1000 250 T13-150 T13-150 T13-150 T13-150 T13-150 T13-150
750 <1000 250 T13-150 T13-150 T13-150 T13-150 T13-150 T13-150
1000 <1500 250 T13-100 T13-100 T13-150 T13-150 T13-150 T13-150
Minimum allowable working bearing pressure of subgrade under the base slab shall be 175 kN/m 2
DESIGN ASSUMPTIONS:
1. THE DESIGN IS BASED ON PUBLISHED DOCUMENT PD6694-1.
2. THE ASSUMED COEFFICIENT OF EARTH PRESSURE AT REST IS 0.6.
3. THE ASSUMED MINIMUM EARTH PRESSURE COEFFICIENT FOR SYMMETRICAL LOADING IS 0.2.
4. THE GROUND WATER IS ASSUMED TO BE BELOW THE APPROACH SLAB.

7. 450mm height parapet is to be used at entrances to individual's properties.
1. All concrete shall be of C32/40. 8. Approach slab for the entrance culvert shall be constructed in-line with the
2. All concrete cover to nearest reinforcement is to be 50mm. entrance width and until the edge of the carriageway or 3m whichever is
3. All laps in reinforcement shall not be less than 45 times in the diameter. lesser.
4. Steel bars shall be cranked, if necessary, to achieve required concrete cover. DRAWING NO. REV.
CAST-IN-SITU
5. Non-skid aluminium rungs shall be provided to meet PUB's code of practice on BOX CULVERT LTA/SDRE14/2/DRA2 B
surface water drainage. B SEP 2017

6. The approach slab is not required for box culverts to house entrances.
2-2
T10-250 (STIRRUP)
200
FINISHED LEVEL
4T13 E.F.
40mm SPLAY
WSFR A6 C28/35 CONCRETE PARAPET TO BE PROVIDED

IF DEPTH IS
450
450
MORE THAN N.F. + F.F. ONLY WHERE CULVERT CONNECTS
1m OPEN DRAINS WITHOUT RAILINGS
200 x 100
FINISHED LEVEL FINISHED LEVEL
OPENING
IF DEPTH IS LESS
THAN 1m
HAUNCHING ALL
ROUND IS TO BE
PROVIDED
PRECAST CONCRETE
300 T DIAMETER (D) T 300 PIPE CULVERT
DETAILS SAME
AS R.H.S.
T10-250 ( STIRRUP )
300 T DIAMETER (D) T 300
T10-250 ( STIRRUP )
C16/20 N.F. & F.F.
CONCRETE
1 LAYER WSFR A6
B
3T13
C28/35 CONCRETE N.F. & F.F.
6T13
600
1 LAYER WSFR A6
B
C28/35 CONCRETE
DETAIL OF CONCRETE HAUNCHING THROUGHOUT 50 THK LEAN CONCRETE

100 THK HARDCORE
BAKAU PILES TO BE PROVIDED
FINISHED LEVEL AT 300 C/C BOTHWAYS
( PROVISIONAL )
A
IF DEPTH IS LESS - SECTION A-A
150
THAN 1m
HAUNCHING ALL
ROUND IS TO BE DETAIL OF HEAD WALL FOR PIPE CULVERT
PROVIDED CLASS M
THICKNESS OF BASE
NOMINAL INTERNAL THICKNESS OF PIPE
DIAMETER
T B
300 29 300
300 T DIAMETER (D) T 300 450 32 300
600 38 300
750 48 300
900 57 300
1050 67 300
C16/20
CONCRETE 1200 73 400
1350 83 400
C28/35 CONCRETE 1500 92 400

B
1 LAYER WSFR A6
DIMENSIONS OF PRECAST CONCRETE PIPE CULVERT
DETAIL OF CONCRETE HAUNCHING THROUGHOUT

(FOR DEPTH IS LESS THAN 1m)

1. All precast concrete culverts shall be designed to SS 183.
DRAWING NO. REV.

PRECAST CONCRETE
PIPE CULVERTS LTA/SDRE14/2/DRA3 A
REV. DATE 1st APR 2014 1: 25 1 OF 1
2-3
TOP OF DRAIN TO FOLLOW SIDETABLES LEVEL

REFER RAILING DETAILS
T W T CAST-IN-SITU WALL
CEMENT
SIDETABLE
MORTAR
600
150
PRECAST
CASCADE
M UM
PIECE 100 50
300
M AXI
25 DIA NON-SKID
T
150
ALUMINIUM RUNG WSFR 'c'
AT 300 INTERVAL 1000 1000 1000 GRADE 20
300
CONCRETE EQ
1st PIECE INTERMEDIATE 20
INFILL EQ
150 50
ADDITIONAL ROW OF PIECE
WEEPHOLES SHALL BE
PROVIDED AT MID-POINT
SECTION B-B
OF CAST-IN-SITU WALL APPROVED GEOCOMPOSITE SUB-SOIL
ONLY WHEN CAST-IN-SITU DRAIN WITH MUTI-DIRECTION FLOW SCALE 1:50
WALL HEIGHT IS 800 POLYMERIC DRAINAGE CORE SPOT DETAIL OF CASCADED REBATED JOINT
200
OR MORE WELDED ON BOTH SIDES TO A

D
NON-WOVEN HEAT BONDED SCALE 1:25

1000 1000 1000
GEOTEXTILE TO BE PROPERLY
ES
1 75 DIA
100VARI
SECURED ONTO THE WALL
WEEPHOLE
T
- AT 1m C/C
STAGGERED B
DTH
WI
600
-
W
C16/20 CONCRETE
T
200
TYPE C3
400
1:30 1:30
WSFR 'b' A L L L
SEE DETAIL OF REBATED JOINT L
THIS PIECE IS TO
BE PRECAST 100 x 100 SPLAY -
PLAN W = WIDTH OF DRAIN

T
L = LENGTH OF PRECAST PIECE

SCALE 1:50
50 THK LEAN CONCRETE L = 1.0m FOR DRAIN ON STRAIGHT OR
WITH HORIZONTAL CURVATURE R > 20m
150 THK HARDCORE
100 50 L = 0.5m FOR DRAIN WITH HORIZONTAL
200
CURVATURE R < 20m
GAP TO BE FILLED WITH R = SMALLER RADIUS OF CURVE OF DRAIN
WSFR 'a'
CEMENT MORTAR (1:3)
40 SECTION A-A EQ
20
PRECAST U-DRAIN
75
EQ
SCALE 1:25
20
20
25 125 23
0
PRECAST PIECE
DETAIL OF REBATED JOINT 300
DETAIL 1 SCALE 1:10 25 DIA ROD
75
SCALE 1:10
90
RIBBED
TABLE FOR U-DRAIN DIMENSIONS AND REINFORCEMENT DETAILS RUNG
230
RIBBED
RUNG
SIZES OF U-DRAINS (mm) REINFORCEMENT (WSFR) DETAILS
0
30
WIDTH MAXIMUM DEPTH THICKNESS
a b c d
(W) (D) (T)
(CLOSED-UP VIEW OF RUNG)
600 1200 150 B6 B8 B6 B6
750 1500 150 B6 B10 B8 B6 PLAN ISOMETRIC VIEW
900 1500 150 B6 B10 B8 B6 DETAIL OF NON-SKID ALUMINIUM RUNG

SCALE 1:10
1050 1500 150 B6 B10 B8 B6
1200 1500 150 B6 B10 B8 B6
NOTES: 5. Non-skid aluminium rungs and safety railing are to be installed in STANDARD DETAIL
1. Minimum C28/35 concrete to be used for the precast concret u-drain and slabbed accordance to meet PUB's code of practice on surface water drainage.
over U-drain. 6. The top slab of slabbed over u-drain is designed to a loading of 5 kN/m².
2. 13mm x 13mm contraction joint filled with approved sealer is to be provided at 7. The geo-composite sub-soil drain shall have a minimum horizontal drain
12m c/c between grating position on the top slab of slabbed over U-drain. capacity of 0.1 litre/second/meter at hydraulic gradient of 0.04. DRAWING NO. REV.
3. Clear cover to reinforcement is 40mm. 8. The design surcharge load for the drains is 12 kN/m². PRECAST OPEN U-DRAIN LTA/SDRE14/2/DRA4 B
4. The transition between two different sizes of the drains shall be cast in-situ 9. The structural details provided for reference only. Refer to general notes 4. B SEP 2017
DATE OF ISSUE SCALE SHEET NO.
reinforced concrete with a minimum transition length of 3 times the width of A OCT 2015

the smaller drain. REV. DATE
2-4
RESERVE
ROAD RESERVE
ROAD
450 1800
1800
1V
ER T WIDTH (W) < 1200 T
T. T WSFR 'd' T
:2
HO
R. PEDESTRIAN GRATING
1 : 100 1 : 100 SIDETABLE 1 : 100 HINGE POSITION
SIDETABLE
100 150
150
150
WSFR 'c' WSFR 'c'
WSFR 'd'
M UN
300
NI
HARDCORE
MI
25mm DIA
ALUMINIUM
RUNG AT
APPROVED GEOCOMPOSITE 300mm
300
SUB-SOIL DRAIN WITH MUTI- 250 DIA UPVC PIPE 250 DIA UPVC PIPE INTERVAL
ES
DIRECTION FLOW POLYMERIC AT 6m C/C (MAXIMUM) AT 6m C/C (MAXIMUM)
VARI
DRAINAGE CORE SPOT WELDED
1000
M UM
ON BOTH SIDES TO A 75 DIA
D
400
NON-WOVEN HEAT BONDED WEEPHOLE
NI
MI
GEOTEXTILE TO BE PROPERLY
100
AT 1m C/C
SECURED ONTO THE WALL STAGGERED 75 DIA
WEEPHOLE
WSFR 'b'
1000
AT 1m C/C
M UM
STAGGERED
400
200
NI
PRECAST PIECE
400
TYPE C3
600
MI
WSFR 'b'
1:30 1:30
WSFR 'a' WSFR 'a'
200
TYPE C3
T
400
50 THK LEAN CONCRETE 1:30 1:30
150 THK HARDCORE

PRECAST PIECE
DETAILS AS L.H.S.
WSFR 'a'
DETAIL OF INSTALLATION OF GRATING & RUNG
SCALE 1:25
(i) WIDTH < 1200mm
SCALE 1:25
(ii) WIDTH = 1200mm

SCALE 1:25
2T13
OPENING
GROOVE AT 12m C/C T13 2T13

FILLED WITH WHITE RIGID
POLYVINCHLORIDE
13
WSFR 'd'
150
13
2T13
DETAIL OF CONTRACTION
JOINT ON TOP SLAB
ADDITIONAL REINFORCEMENT (BOTTOM)
SCALE 1:10
AT OPENING FOR INSTALLATION OF GRATING
SCALE 1:25
NOTES: 5. Non-skid aluminium rungs and safety railing are to be installed in STANDARD DETAIL
1. Minimum C28/35 concrete to be used for the precast concret u-drain and slabbed accordance to PUB's code of practice on surface water drainage.
over u-drain. 6. The top slab of U-drain is designed to a loading of 5 kN/m².
2. 13mm x 13mm contraction joint filled with approved sealer is to be provided at 7. The geo-composite sub-soil drain shall have a minimum horizontal drain
12m c/c between grating position on the top slab of slabbed over U-drain. capacity of 0.1 litre/second/meter at hydraulic gradient of 0.04.
PRECAST SLABBED DRAWING NO. REV.
3. Clear cover to reinforcement is 40mm. 8. The design surcharge load for the drains is 12 kN/m². OVER U-DRAIN B
LTA/SDRE14/2/DRA5
4. The transition between two different sizes of the drains shall be cast in-situ 9. The structural details provided for reference only.Refer to general notes 4. B SEP 2017

reinforced concrete with a minimum transition length of 3 times the width of 10. For reinforcement details, refer to table in DWG NO.LTA/SDRE14/2/DRA4
the smaller drain. REV. DATE 1st APR 2014 AS SHOWN 1 OF 1
2-5
980 125 115 260 100
ES
30
VARI
25 90
E 30 T10 PRECAST CONCRETE KERB

- 10 DIA M.S. BAR TO BE UPVC PIPE IA
D
FILLET WELDED TO M.S. FLATS 0
25
70
100
20mm CEMENT 75 X 50 X 10 MS. ANGLE 100
125
10 DIA M.S. BAR MORTAR
200
UPVC PIPE FISH TAIL WELDED TO M.S. ANGLE
55
25
5 TO BE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE
32
BASE COMPACTED
5 THK TRIANGLE TO 90% OF MAXIMUM DRY
75
125
PLATE WELDED TO DENSITY (BS 1377 TEST 13)
75 x 50 x 10 ANGLE
20 40
HINGE 75 x 19 M.S. FLAT SECTION E-E
65 x 6 M.S. FLAT 40 20
SCALE 1:20
65 x 6 M.S. FLAT
1 75 DIA UPVC PIPE

(SEE NOTE 9)
250
- EQ B 12 DIA HOLE THROUGH
1:5
- 1:100 10 HINGE PLATE
HINGE 65 x 6
EQ M.S. FLAT
2
18
R
UPVC PIPE
18
-
100
65 x 6 M.S. FLAT C12/15
75
75 DIA UPVC PIPE CONCRETE 100 300 100
65
(SEE NOTE 9)
28
32 x 4.5 M.S. FLATS AT 20 C/C
R
WELDED TO M.S. FLATS BY FILLET WELD
DIRECTION OF TRAFFIC FLOW A

600 KERB FOUNDATION 75 x 19
- M.S. FLAT
M.S. ANGLE 65 x 6 THK M.S.
FRAME HINGE PLATE WITH
PLAN
SECTION A-A 6 THK FILLET WELDED
PRECAST CONCRETE DROP-INLET CHAMBER (OUTER EDGE) SCALE 1:10
ALL ROUND TO M.S. FLAT
(DROP-INLET CHAMBER FOR INNER EDGE IS THE MIRROR IMAGE ABOUT CENTRE OF ROAD)
SECTION C-C
5 THK M.S. PLATE

20
5 THK M.S. PLATE WELDED TO M.S. ANGLE
FRAME & M.S. PLATE
65 NUT OF 10 DIA BOLT 20
35 x 5 M.S. PLATE
8 35 x 5 THK CEMENT TO BE WELDED
125
M.S. FLAT MORTAR
10
10 TO THREAD
5
10
6 THK FILLET WELD
60
250
ALL ROUND
18
75
2
65
CONNECTION
DETAILS
2
SIMILAR TO
75 x 65 X 10 DETAIL 1
75
C
325
M.S. ANGLE 75 x 50 x 10 6 THK 65 x 6

M.S. PLATE M.S. ANGLE M.S. FLAT
C12/15 M.S. ANGLE -
D FRAME
2
CONCRETE 5 THK 10 DIA GRADE
BENCHING FISH TAIL WELDED -
M.S PLATE 8.8 BOLT
1:10 TO M.S. ANGLE TO 20 15
1:
60
10 35 x 5 M.S. PLATE
BE EMBEDDED IN M.S. ANGLE
75 x 19
CONCRETE FRAME
M.S. FLAT
50
100
10 35 8 6 65
100 WSFR B6
65 65 x 35 x 5 THK
5 THK FILLET
M.S. PLATE WELDED
10
UPVC PIPE WELD ALL ROUND
100 750 100 TO M.S. ANGLE FRAME
DETAIL 1
SECTION B-B (DETAIL OF HINGE) DETAIL 2 SECTION D-D
SCALE 1:10 SCALE 1:2 SCALE 1:2 SCALE 1:2
NOTES: 6. UPVC pipe (internal diameter 250mm) shall conform to SS 141 without STANDARD DETAIL
1. Minimum C28/35 concrete to be used for the precast section of drop-inlet chamber. jointing (minimum wall thickness 9.7mm).
2. Gratings and frames are to be galvanised by hot-dip galvanising process in 7. All weld to be full strength butt weld unless otherwise stated.
accordance with ISO 1461:2009. 8. Drop-inlet chamber shall not be installed within the width of walkway.
3. The complete assembly except fish tail are to be galvanised by hot-dip galvanising 9. 75mm UPVC pipe in the drop-inlet chamber shall be sealed after laying DRAWING NO. REV.
PRECAST CONCRETE
process in accordance with ISO 1461:2009. the final asphaltic wearing course. LTA/SDRE14/2/DRA6 B
DROP-INLET CHAMBER
4. Fish tail is to be welded to M.S. angle and placed at all corners of the frame. B SEP 2017
5. The hinge must be located such that grating will be closed in the direction of
traffic flow. REV. DATE
2-6
550 CARRIAGEWAY VERGE
SUB-SOIL DRAIN GROUND LEVEL FALL
75
100 DIA PERFORATED PVC PIPE
(CLASS 'C' HEAVY DUTY) 270 X 640 PRECAST
R.C. SLAB
50
UPVC PIPE
A SEE NOTE 6
550
- 25 DIA PVC PIPE 45°
45°
WEEPHOLE TO BE PROVIDED
50
270 X 640 PRECAST 20mm SIZE STONES 200
UPVC PIPE GEOTEXTILE CLASS B LAP
R.C. SLAB (SEE DETAIL)
WRAPPING ALL ROUND
500
100 DIA PERFORATED PVC PIPE 450
(CLASS 'C' HEAVY DUTY)
100 550 100 50 FALL 20mm SIZE STONES
CONCRETE BENCHING
150
100
50 THK LEAN 100 DIA PERFORATED PVC PIPE
50
CONCRETE ( CLASS 'C' HEAVY DUTY )
PLAN OF PRECAST CONCRETE SUMP FOR SUB-SOIL DRAIN DETAIL OF SUB-SOIL DRAIN
SCALE 1:20
SECTION A-A 4 NOS. 5 DIA HOLES
ALONG CENTRE MEDIAN OF EXPRESSWAY
100 DIA PERFORATED

VERGE CARRIAGEWAY PVC PIPE (CLASS 'C'
HEAVY DUTY)
SUB-SOIL DRAIN 550 500
SECTION C-C SECTION D-D
GROUND LEVEL FALL SCALE 1:10 SCALE 1:10
270 X 640
100 550 100 500 450 PRECAST R.C. 100 100
SLAB (SEE DETAIL)
(TYP.) (TYP.)
200
UPVC PIPE
350
B 45°
TO ROADSIDE 45°
C D
-
DRAIN
- -
25 DIA PVC 200 SEE NOTE 6
PIPE WEEPHOLE 100 DIA UPVC PIPE LAP
TO BE PROVIDED (FOR PUBLIC
20mm SIZE STONES DETAIL OF PERFORATION
UPVC PIPE
LIGHTING) SCALE 1:10
640
GEOTEXTILE CLASS B
WRAPPING ALL ROUND 25 150 25
50FALL
25
100
EDGE OF CARRIAGEWAY (CLASS 'C' HEAVY DUTY)
270
50
CONCRETE BENCHING SECTION B-B
DETAIL OF 270mm x 640mm
SCALE 1:20
PLAN OF PRECAST CONCRETE SUMP FOR SUB-SOIL DRAIN PRECAST R.C. SLAB
ALONG EDGE OF EXPRESSWAY SCALE 1:20
SCALE 1:20
NOTES: 6. 20mm graded stone required when impermeable sub-base material is used. STANDARD DETAIL
1. All concrete shall be of C25/30. Gradation for 20mm graded stones:
2. The sub-soil perforated PVC pipes or equivalent shall be laid with a minimum
SIEVE (mm) 20.0 13.2 6.3 3.35 2.36
gradient of 1:300.
3. All upvc pipe shall conform to SS 141. % PASSING 100 85-95 58-68 40-50 21-31
DRAWING NO. REV.
SUB-SOIL DRAIN AND SUMP
4. Precast concrete sump for sub-soil drain shall be provided at 60m interval. B
ALONG EXPRESSWAY LTA/SDRE14/2/DRA7
7. UPVC pipe (internal diameter 250mm) shall conform to SS 141 without
5. Sub-soil drain is not required under the embankment / carriageway. B SEP 2017
jointing (minimum wall thickness 9.7mm). A OCT 2015 DATE OF ISSUE SCALE SHEET NO.
6. UPVC pipe (internal diameter 250mm) shall conform to SS 141 without jointing
(minimum wall thickness 9.7mm). REV. DATE
2-7
CHAPTER 2 - MAIN PAGE PREVIOUS
SUB-SOIL DRAIN SUB-SOIL DRAIN

550
100 DIA PERFORATED PVC PIPE 100 DIA PERFORATED PVC PIPE
75
(CLASS 'C' HEAVY DUTY) (CLASS 'C' HEAVY DUTY) GROUND LEVEL
FALL
100 550 100 450 100 550 100 450 270 X 640
PRECAST R.C.
50
50
SLAB (SEE DETAILS)
50
50
UPVC PIPE UPVC PIPE
SEE NOTE 6
550
550
45°
A A
- - 25 DIA PVC
270 x 640 PRECAST 270 x 640 PRECAST 200
PIPE WEEPHOLE LAP
50
50
R.C. SLAB (SEE DETAIL) R.C. SLAB (SEE DETAIL) 20mm SIZE STONES
TO BE PROVIDED
50
50
UPVC PIPE
CONCRETE
BENCHING GEOTEXTILE CLASS B
WRAPPING ALL ROUND
50FALL
100
50
PLAN OF PRECAST CONCRETE SUMP FOR SUB-SOIL DRAIN ALONG MAJOR ARTERIAL SECTION A-A
CARRIAGEWAY SIDE TABLE
4 NOS. 5 DIA HOLES
FALL
100 DIA PERFORATED

PVC PIPE (CLASS 'C'
HEAVY DUTY)
SECTION B-B SECTION C-C

SEE NOTE 6
45° 45° 100 100

640 (TYP.) (TYP.)
200
LAP 25 150 25
GEOTEXTILE CLASS B
WRAPPING ALL ROUND
500
450
25
270
20mm SIZE STONES B C
- -
DETAIL OF 270mm X 640mm DETAIL OF PERFORATION

SCALE 1:10
DETAIL OF SUB-SOIL DRAIN PRECAST R.C. SLAB
NOTES: 6. 20mm graded stone required when impermeable sub-base material is used. STANDARD DETAIL
1. All concrete shall be of C25/30. Gradation for 20mm graded stones:
2. The sub-soil perforated PVC pipes shall be laid with a minimum gradient of
SIEVE (mm) 20.0 13.2 6.3 3.35 2.36
1:300 to discharge into roadside drains.
3. All UPVC pipe shall conform to SS 141. % PASSING 100 85-95 58-68 40-50 21-31
DRAWING NO. REV.
SUB-SOIL DRAIN AND SUMP
4. Precast concrete sump for sub-soil drain shall be provided at 60m interval. LTA/SDRE14/2/DRA8 B
ALONG MAJOR ARTERIAL
7. UPVC pipe (internal diameter 250mm) shall conform to SS 141 without
5. Sub-soil drain is not required under the embankment / carriageway. B SEP 2017
jointing (minimum wall thickness 9.7mm). A OCT 2015 DATE OF ISSUE SCALE SHEET NO.
6. UPVC pipe (internal diameter 250mm) shall conform to SS 141 without jointing
(minimum wall thickness 9.7mm). REV. DATE 1st APR 2014 AS SHOWN 1 OF 1
2-8
MAIN PAGE
CHAPTER 3
KERBS & FOOTPATHS
KERBS LTA/SDRE14/3/KER1 A
KERB PAINTING (SHEET 1 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/3/KER2 -
KERB PAINTING (SHEET 2 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/3/KER3 -
CIVIC DISTRICT KERB - TYPE C1, C2, C3 & C4 LTA/SDRE14/3/KER4 B
FOOTPATH RAMP - TYPE 1 PEDESTRIAN CROSSING POINTS LTA/SDRE14/3/KER5 B
FOOTPATH RAMP - TYPE 2 PEDESTRIAN CROSSING POINTS LTA/SDRE14/3/KER6 B
FOOTPATH RAMP - TRAFFIC ISLAND LTA/SDRE14/3/KER7 B
FOOTPATH RAMP - SIDE ROAD LTA/SDRE14/3/KER8 B
FOOTPATH RAMP - DRIVEWAY LTA/SDRE14/3/KER9 B
FOOTPATH RAMP - FOOTPATH BESIDE OPEN DRAIN LTA/SDRE14/3/KER10 B
CAST-IN-SITU CONCRETE PAVEMENT LTA/SDRE14/3/KER11 B
HOMOGENEOUS TACTILE TILES AND ARRANGEMENT

OF TACTILE TILES LTA/SDRE14/3/KER12 B
KERB WITH SLOT HOLES LTA/SDRE14/3/KER13 -

MEDIAN / VERGE CARRIAGEWAY
125 125 350

980
90 R20
K2A KERB
25 X 25
100 LOCATION OF KERBS
125
150 75 CHAMFER
125
TYPE OF KERB LOCATION
SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW C16/20 FLUSH KERB EXPRESSWAY

CONCRETE
K2A AT OTHER ROAD (NON-EXPRESSWAY)
K2A PRECAST CONCRETE KERB K2B AT BUS STOP LOCATIONS
600
SCALE 1:20
D1 DIVIDER KERB FOR TEMPORARY TRAFFIC DIVERSION WORKS
K2A PRECAST CONCRTE KERB WITH FOUNDATION

SCALE 1:20 0
98
MEDIAN / VERGE CARRIAGEWAY
125 125 350

980 0
98
90 R20
175
K2B KERB
25 X 25
100
75
150
CHAMFER
175
125 0
98
150
SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW C16/20
TH
K
AY
CONCRETE M
20 TAR EW
AG
U OR
M
XI TM RI
K2B PRECAST CONCRETE KERB 98
0
MA EN R
CA
M
125
600 CE
SCALE 1:20
ISOMETRIC VIEW
KERB HEIGHT TRANSITION
FROM 125mm TO 175mm
K2B PRECAST CONCRTE KERB WITH FOUNDATION
SCALE 1:30
SCALE 1:20
D1 DIVIDER KERB
22 DIA DOWEL BAR
50
FLUSH KERB 30 X 30
CHAMFER
CEMENT MORTAR
600 0
60
C16/20 25
22 DIA DOWEL BAR
CONCRETE 160 X 50
00
SLOT HOLE
50100
0
16
1
25
AT 3m C/C
350 150
CEMENT MORTAR CEMENT
100 100 300 MORTAR
SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW ISOMETRIC VIEW
TEMPORARY D1 DIVIDER KERB

FLUSH KERB
SCALE 1:20
SCALE 1:20

1.Concrete for all precast kerbs and dividers shall be C20/25.
2.Shorter length of 150mm or 300mm precast concrete kerbs shall be used on
sharp radius.
DRAWING NO. REV.

KERBS LTA/SDRE14/3/KER1 A
A Oct 2015 DATE OF ISSUE SCALE SHEET NO.
3-1
SURFACES (EXCLUDING HORIZONTAL SURFACES)

OF KERB TO BE PAINTED.
BL
AC
K
EXTENT OF KERB PAINTING
BUS SHELTER
W
HI
TE
15m 15m CA
RR
IAG
EW
AY
BL
KERB PAINTING AT BUS BAY AC
K
EXTENT OF KERB
NG 70m
DETAIL OF KERB PAINTING
NTI
PAI
EXTENT OF KERB PAINTING

KERBS TO BE PAINTED
70m
NT 50m
50m GE TANGE
TAN T NT
NG
IN POI
NT
PO
NTI
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
EXTENT OF KERB PAI
DI
RECT
I
ONO
FTRA
VEL
70m
ENT RADIUS 200m
TANG TAN
NT GEN
POI POI T
EXTENT OF KERB PAINTING NT
EXTENT OF KERB
NG 70m
NTI
PAI
KERB PAINTING AT HORIZONTAL CURVE
KERB PAINTING AT JUNCTION

1. Kerbs are to be painted with one coat of approved gloss enamel paint in
alternate black and white colour.
KERB PAINTING DRAWING NO. REV.
(SHEET 1 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/3/KER2 -
REV. DATE 1st APR 2014 NTS 1 OF 2
3-2
m
NG 70
NTI
I
FKERBPA
NTO
EXTE
EXTENT OF KERB
NG 70m
VEL
TRA
OF
ON
I
NTI
CT
RE
DI
PAI
DI
REC
TI
ON
OF
TRA
VEL
10m EXTENT OF KERB PAINTING EXTENT OF KERB PAINTING 70m EXTE

NTO
FKER
START OF TAPERING BPAI
NTI
NG 70
m
EXTE
NTO
FKER
BPAI
NTI
NG 70
m
DI
REC
TI
ON
OFT
RAV
NG 70m
EL
EXTENT OF
NTI
AVEL
FTR
KERB PAI
ONO
CTI
DIRE
m
NG 70
NTI
BPAI
NTOFKER
EXTE
KERB PAINTING AT SIGNALISED JUNCTION KERB PAINTING AT NOSING OF SLIP ROAD
EXTENT OF KERB PAINTING 70m
START OF TAPERING
EXTENT OF KERB PAINTING 10m
KERB ALL ROUND

SEPARATOR TO BE PAINTED
KERB PAINTING AT U-TURN
STANDARD DETAIL
KERB PAINTING DRAWING NO. REV.
(SHEET 2 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/3/KER3 -
3-3
5
26
0
40 11
90
125
11
11 90
90 55
100 225 59
5
100
5
R2 50
95
0 R20 100
5
R2 0 75
25 R2
X 0
25 LAY 0 R2
0 40
30 SP 20
0 5
29
0 0
10 10
C3 PRECAST CONCRETE KERB C4 PRECAST CONCRETE KERB
C1 PRECAST CONCRETE KERB C2 PRECAST CONCRETE KERB SCALE 1:20 SCALE 1:20
SCALE 1:20 WITH DROP-INLET CHAMBER

SCALE 1:20
400 295
595 X 595 X 25 THK
400
100
FLAMED FINISH GRANITE SLAB
75
5
WSFR B5 (MAIN WIRE PLACED LENGTH WISE) 26
MAT FINISHED WSFR D6

125
C1 PRECAST CONCRETE KERB 11 WSFR D6 MAT FINISHED

90
25 THK CEMENT & MORTAR (1:3)
SECTION OF SECTION OF
WITH APPROVED LATEX BASED ADDITIVE 125
100 THK C20/25 CONCRETE SLAB C3 PRECAST CONCRETE KERB C4 PRECAST CONCRETE KERB
WITH REINFORCEMENT WSFR A5
100 THK HARDCORE
BUILDING PAPER TO S.O. APPROVAL
HI-STRENGTH LATEX MORTAR ADMIXTURE 100 225
R20
DETAIL OF C1 PRECAST CONCRETE KERB
SCALE 1:20
0
20
C2 PRECAST CONCRETE KERB 10
0
100 250 300 SCALE 1:20

350 300
WSFR B5 (MAIN WIRE PLACED LENGTH WISE) WSFR B5 (MAIN WIRE PLACED LENGTH WISE)
2 NOS. R20 DOWEL BAR
1190 X 300 X 225 1190 X 300 X 225
125
C2 PRECAST CONCRETE KERB
125
C2 PRECAST CONCRETE KERB
25 THK CEMENT & SAND MORTAR (1:3) 25 THK CEMENT & SAND MORTAR (1:3)
100
WITH APPROVED LATEX BASED ADDITIVE WITH APPROVED LATEX BASED ADDITIVE
1:
5
DETAIL OF C2 PRECAST CONCRETE KERB

WITH DROP-INLET CHAMBER DETAIL OF C2 PRECAST CONCRETE KERB

1. All precast concrete kerb shall be C20/25 concrete. 7. For definition of civic district, refer to URA's website for details.
2. For kerb at curve and corner of radius less than 15m, the precast kerb shall be
formed at curve of the same radius.
3. All kerb foundation shall be C16/20.
CIVIC DISTRICT KERB - DRAWING NO. REV.
4. Gratings and frames are to be shop fabricated.
5. All M.S. flats and plates are to be fillet welded throughout. TYPE C1, C2, C3 & C4 LTA/SDRE14/3/KER4 B
B SEP 2017
6. The M.S. assembly is to be hot-dipped galvanised to ISO 1461:2009. The zinc
coating shall not be less than 26gm/m² of metal surface.
3-4
CARRIAGEWAY 300 600
100
HOMOGENEOUS
1 TACTILE TILES 1:40
100
-
2
50
-
CAST-IN-SITU FOOTPATH
LEAN CONCRETE
WSFR A5
K2A PRECAST CONCRETE KERB
SECTION A-A
(DRAIN NOT SHOWN)
SCALE 1:30
CARRIAGEWAY
100
1:40
PEDESTRIAN
CROSSING
50
- LEAN CONCRETE CAST-IN-SITU FOOTPATH
K2A PRECAST SECTION B-B

CONCRETE KERB (DRAIN NOT SHOWN)
GENERAL LAYOUT WITH TYPE 1 PEDESTRIAN CROSSING POINTS SCALE 1:30
(NTS)
3000 600 600 3000
FOOTPATH FOOTPATH FOOTPATH
LEVEL LEVEL LEVEL
1:
12 11
:2
125
FOOTPATH
VERGE
CONCRETE RAMP HOMOGENEOUS

HOMOGENEOUS CONCRETE RAMP
TACTILE TILES
TACTILE TILES
DROP-INLET CHAMBER
VIEW C
18
AT 6m C/C
00
SCALE 1:100
K2A PRECAST
TRAFFIC LIGHT POLE
CONCRETE KERB
1000
FOOTPATH 3000 H
1
:2 AT
LEVEL (FL) 1:
12 1
OTP
FO
3000
A
PEDESTRIAN
30
CROSSING - 0 E
6 RG
00
CONCRETE RAMP HOMOGENEOUS N 0 VE
IA 0
30
TACTILE TILES TR G
S IN
E
1:
VIEW D D SS 12
12
DROP-INLET E 1:
P RO FLASHING BEACON
CHAMBER SCALE 1:100 C
30 (TO BE ALIGNED
1:
AT 3m C/C TRAFFIC LIGHT POLE 0
40
WITH STOP LINE)
(1.2m FROM KERB) HOMOGENEOUS TACTILE TILES
HOMOGENEOUS
HOMOGENEOUS TACTILE TILES
250 DIA UPVC PIPE
B
FLASHING BEACON TACTILE TILES

-
250 DIA (TO BE ALIGNED VERGE

250 DIA 1:12 UPVC PIPE WITH STOP LINE) 1:12 1:12
12
1:
UPVC PIPE
40
1:
1800
TH
K2A PRECAST FOOTPATH
VERGE
PA
CONCRETE KERB
OT
600
E
FO
RG
1800
VE
FOOTPATH
DROP-INLET CHAMBER
-
C
AT 6m C/C
D
1000 3000
DROP-INLET CHAMBER -
AT 6m C/C 3000 250 DIA UPVC PIPE
PEDESTRIAN
CROSSING K2A PRECAST
PEDESTRIAN CROSSING
CONCRETE KERB
DETAIL 1 DETAIL 2 DETAIL 3
SCALE 1:150

1. Gradient of ramps shown in the details shall not be exceeded. 8. The ramps shall be broom brushed.
2. All concrete shall be C25/30, unless otherwise stated.
3. Details to be used when footpath is next to the kerbs.
4. Homogeneous tactile tiles for tactile warning indicator requirements to refer FOOTPATH RAMP - DRAWING NO. REV.
to LTA/SDRE14/3/KER12. TYPE 1 PEDESTRIAN LTA/SDRE14/3/KER5 B
5. Yellow coloured tactile tiles shall be provided on the concrete footpath ramp. B SEP 2017 CROSSING POINTS
6. No obstruction shall be placed within the pedestrian crossing zone. A OCT 2015
7. No drop-inlet chamber shall be placed within the pedestrian crossing zone. REV. DATE 1st APR 2014 AS SHOWN 1 OF 7
3-5
HOMOGENEOUS
CARRIAGEWAY 300 TACTILE TILES 100
1 1:40
100
-
2
-
50
CAST-IN-SITU FOOTPATH
LEAN CONCRETE WSFR A5
K2A PRECAST CONCRETE KERB

SECTION A-A
(DRAIN NOT SHOWN)
SCALE 1:30
100
CARRIAGEWAY
1:40
PEDESTRIAN
50
CROSSING LEAN CONCRETE
3 CAST-IN-SITU FOOTPATH
-
SECTION B-B
K2A PRECAST (DRAIN NOT SHOWN)
SCALE 1:30
CONCRETE KERB
GENERAL LAYOUT WITH TYPE 2 PEDESTRIAN CROSSING POINTS

600 3000 600 600 3000 600
(NOT TO SCALE)
N
DRAI
CONCRETE RAMP HOMOGENEOUS CONCRETE RAMP HOMOGENEOUS

ON LENGTH
TACTILE TILES TACTILE TILES

OVER-
VIEW C
FOOTPATH
5000
VERGE
SCALE 1:100
/SLAB-
TI
DROP-INLET CHAMBER
600 3000 600
TRANSI
AT 6m C/C
1000
K2A PRECAST
1:
CONCRETE KERB
12
TRAFFIC LIGHT POLE

(1.2m FROM KERB) CONCRETE RAMP HOMOGENEOUS
TACTILE TILES
E
AN
VIEW D RG
PEDESTRI
NG
VE
3000
CROSSI
A
SCALE 1:100 N
I
/ RA
-
30
-
0 ATH - D
A N R
IA TP E
00 O OV
30 TR 60 FO AB-
- S ING 0 L
5000 5000 E S
D SS
1:
DROP-INLET E
1:12 1:12 P RO
12
CHAMBER TRANSITION LENGTH TRANSITION LENGTH FLASHING BEACON

C
AT 3m C/C 30 (TO BE ALIGNED
0
1800
FOOTPATH/ WITH STOP LINE)
FOOTPATH/
SLAB-OVER-DRAIN 12
250 DIA HOMOGENEOUS TACTILE TILES SLAB-OVER-DRAIN 1:
UPVC PIPE
40
B
5000
1:
HOMOGENEOUS
TRANSITION TACTILE TILES
1:12 1:12 VERGE
LENGTH 250 DIA UPVC PIPE
40 600
1:
1800
FOOTPATH
E
G
12
/SLAB-OVER-DRAIN
1:
VE
FLASHING BEACON K2A PRECAST CONCRETE KERB
N
AI
(TO BE ALIGNED
HOMOGENEOUS
DR
O TH/
VERGE WITH STOP LINE) DROP-INLET CHAMBER
C
R-
TACTILE TILES D
AT 6m C/C
AB PA
VE
-
SL OT
-
FO
1000 3000 K2A PRECAST
TRAFFIC LIGHT POLE 3000
CONCRETE KERB
(1.2m FROM KERB) PEDESTRIAN
PEDESTRIAN 250 DIA UPVC PIPE
CROSSING DROP-INLET CHAMBER
CROSSING
AT 6m C/C
18
DETAIL 2 00 DETAIL 3
DETAIL 1
SCALE 1:200
STANDARD DETAIL
FOOTPATH RAMP - DRAWING NO. REV.

TYPE 2 PEDESTRIAN LTA/SDRE14/3/KER6 B
B SEP 2017 CROSSING POINTS
3-6
3000 1m
PEDESTRIAN (MINIMUM)
TRAFFIC LIGHT CROSSING
POLE (1.2m
FROM KERB)
M UM )
VERGE
NI
1m
MI
AN (
A
K2A PRECAST
PEDESTRI
NG
CONCRETE KERB
3000
CROSSI
B
-
HOMOGENEOUS
TACTILE TILES
K2A PRECAST
CONCRETE KERB TRAFFIC LIGHT POLE
(1.2m FROM KERB)
B
-
6m (MINIMUM)
VERGE CLEAR ZONE
0
30
60
00
ZE S
C
R
B SIN
O
600 3m CAST-IN-SITU FOOTPATH 600

A G
FLASHING BEACON 0
WITH 'PEDESTRIAN 60 100
CROSSING SIGN' 50
LEAN CONCRETE
WSFR A5
PLAN SECTION A-A

SCALE 1:50
SCALE 1:200
B VARIES C
1500 (MINIMUM)
300 600 600 300
HOMOGENEOUS WSFR A5 HOMOGENEOUS

TACTILE TILES TACTILE TILES
1:40 K2A PRECAST

125
1:40
CONCRETE KERB
LEAN CONCRETE
SECTION B-B
(FOR WIDTH OF TRAFFIC ISLAND EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN 7.5m)
SCALE 1:25
WHEN A > 7.5m WHEN A < 7.5m
B = 3m B = VARIES (MIN 1.5m)
C = 3m C = VARIES (MIN 1.5m)

1. Drop-inlet chamber and scupper pipe is to be provided only where there is a
provision of a drain at the traffic island.
2. Clear zone shall be free of obstruction.
DRAWING NO. REV.

FOOTPATH RAMP -
TRAFFIC ISLAND LTA/SDRE14/3/KER7 B
B SEP 2017
3-7
N/
DRAI
FOOTPATH DRAIN/
FOOTPATH
VERGE
1:
12
12
1:
VERGE
40
1:
HOMOGENEOUS VERGE
TACTILE TILES
60 1:
0 40
30
0
18 0
00 60
AD
SI RO
DE IN
RO MA
AD
60
0
E
-
DROP-INLET CHAMBER
AT 6m C/C
AT SIDE ROAD
(NTS)
VERGE FOOTPATH VERGE MAIN ROAD
CONCRETE RAMP
1:40
FALL
HOMOGENEOUS
TACTILE TILES
VIEW E
SCALE 1:25
STANDARD DETAIL
SIDE ROAD LTA/SDRE14/3/KER8 B

B SEP 2017
3-8
DRAIN / FOOTPATH
HOMOGENEOUS
TACTILE TILES
ABUTTING DEVELOPMENT FENCE / WALL
12
1:
40
1:
0
60
0 VERGE
30
0 1:
30 40
18
00
DR
IVE
W
AY 60
0
AD
RO
IN
F MA
DROP-INLET CHAMBER
AT 6m C/C
AT DRIVEWAY
(NTS)
FOOTPATH VERGE MAIN ROAD
ABUTTING DEVELOPMENT FENCE / WALL 1:40
FALL
HOMOGENEOUS
TACTILE TILES
VIEW F
SCALE 1:25
STANDARD DETAIL
DRIVEWAY LTA/SDRE14/3/KER9 B
B SEP 2017
3-9
TYPE 'B' RAILING
OPEN DRAIN
FOOTPATH
HOMOGENEOUS
12
1:
TACTILE TILES
VERGE
0
30
0 1:
18 30 40
00
0
60
DR
IVE
W
AY
60
0
DROP-INLET CHAMBER
G AT 6m C/C
AD
RO
IN
MA
AT DRIVEWAY
(NTS)
DRAIN FOOTPATH VERGE MAIN ROAD

VARIES
TYPE 'B' RAILING
600 1:40
125
FALL
HOMOGENEOUS
TACTILE TILES
VIEW G
SCALE 1:25

1. Railings are to be provided next to open drain.

FOOTPATH BESIDE B
LTA/SDRE14/3/KER10
B SEP 2017 OPEN DRAIN
3-10
WIDTH
100
WSFR A5
1:40
150
CARRIAGEWAY
150
50 THK. LEAN CONCRETE
SUBGRADE TO BE
COMPACTED
KERB & FOUNDATION
CAST-IN-SITU CONCRETE PAVEMENT (NEXT TO KERB)

SCALE 1:15
3500 VERGE
100
WSFR A5
1:40
150
CARRIAGEWAY
150
50 THK. LEAN CONCRETE
150
SUBGRADE TO BE COMPACTED
CAST-IN-SITU CONCRETE PAVEMENT

SCALE 1:15
EXISTING PROPOSED CONCRETE PAVEMENT
130 300 15
WSFR A5 WHITE RIGID POLYVINYLCHLORIDE CRACK
INDUCER TO BE PROVIDED AT 20m C/C
30
100 THK
T13-400C/C DOWEL BARS TO BE ANCHORED INTO EXISTING CONCRETE PAVEMENT.
APPROVED EPOXY RESIN
CRACK INDUCER TO BE CONTINUED FROM THE EXISTING INDUCER.
IN �16 HOLES
EXISTING SURFACE TO BE
ROUGHENED
CONNECTION DETAIL FOR WIDENING OF EXISTING CONCRETE PAVEMENT DETAIL OF CRACK INDUCER
SCALE 1:5 SCALE 1:5

1. All concrete for footpath shall be of C25/30.
2. The underlying subgrade shall be compacted to minimum 90% of maximum
dry density.
3. Concrete cover shall be of 45mm. DRAWING NO. REV.
CAST-IN-SITU CONCRETE
4. Footpath/cycling path finishes shall be wire brushed. LTA/SDRE14/3/KER11 B
PAVEMENT
B SEP 2017

REV. DATE
3-11
300
300
300
25
50
CARRIAGEWAY
15
KERB CUT RAMP PEDESTRIAN CROSSING KERB CUT RAMP
300
A
600mm -
HOMOGENEOUS
TACTILE TILE
600mm TACTILE TILE 35 TACTILE TILES
25 15
12
5
PLAN SECTION A-A
TYPE A - ARRANGEMENT OF TACTILE TILES TYPE B - ARRANGEMENT OF TACTILE TILES
(STRAIGHT KERB CUT RAMP) (CURVE KERB CUT RAMP) HOMOGENEOUS TACTILE TILES
AN
PEDESTRI
NG
N.1 m
CROSSI
MI
300 300
KE
RB
TACTILE TILE W
I
LL
B
300 300 MIN 1m
E
RA
CARRIAGEWAY
ISE
300
D
CARRIAGEWAY TACTILE TILE
KERB CUT RAMP KERB CUT RAMP
KERB CUT RAMP 300

300
PEDESTRIAN
< 900 > 900 CROSSING
TACTILE TILE
600mm
TACTILE TILE
300
TYPE C - ARRANGEMENT OF TACTILE TILES TYPE D - ARRANGEMENT OF TACTILE TILES

(CURVE KERB CUT RAMP) (CURVE KERB CUT RAMP) TYPE E - ARRANGEMENT OF TACTILE TILES
(CURVE KERB CUT RAMP)
NOTE: SCALE 1:100
Minimum 2 set of tactile tiles to be laid for both side of type e ramp
NOTES: 4. Tactile tiles shall comply to SS485:2011 for skid resistance based on wet STANDARD DETAIL
1. The tactile tiles shall have a minimum of 30% luminance contrast with the pendulum test (Classification V).
footpath ramp. 5. For driveways leading to two or less individual house units, a flushed kerb
2. All homogeneous tiles shall comply with the following: is to be provided without any tactile tiles.
- Water absorption : 0.4% maximum per ASTM C72 6. For closely-spaced driveways with footpath separated from the carriageway HOMOGENEOUS TACTILE DRAWING NO. REV.
- Modules of rupture : 10.34 MN/m² per ASTM C99 by a green verge or kerb, and with footpath length less than 10m, the whole TILES AND ARRANGEMENT LTA/SDRE14/3/KER12 B
- Compressive strength : 131 MN/m² per ASTM 0170 footpath is to be flushed. B SEP 2017 OF TACTILE TILES
3. All homogeneous unglazed ceramic tiles shall comply to ISO 13006:2012. OCT 2015
3-12
M.S PEDESTRIAN GRATING

WITH M.S. PLATE R13 M.S. BAR 11
6
A DETAIL A
-
980
0
3m c/c 98
900 X 150 PRECAST KERB (GRADE 25)
R13 M.S. BAR
WITH 600mm WIDE
SLOT HOLE AT 3m C/C
R13 M.S. BAR
125
75 0
60
60 50
600
PLAN OF CENTER MEDIAN PRECAST CONCRETE KERB WITH SLOT HOLE ISOMETRIC VIEW
SCALE 1:100
SCALE 1:20
M.S PEDESTRIAN GRATING WITH

CHEQUER PLATE AT 6m C/C
50 75
WIDTH OF CENTRE MEDIAN FALL
80
M.S PEDESTRAIN GRATING M.S PEDESTRAIN GRATING 350
DEPTH
WITH M.S. PLATE WITH M.S. PLATE CENTER
ACCORDING
75 TO TYPE OF MEDIAN
FALL FALL
PAVEMENT DRAIN
50
STRUCTURE
APPROVED 600
GRADE 20 BACKFILLED GRADE 20 50mm THK.
CONCRETE MATERIAL CONCRETE LEAN CONCRETE
100mm THK.
HARDCORE
SECTION A-A PRECAST CONCRETE KERB WITH SLOT HOLE,

PRECAST CONCRETE KERB WITH SLOT HOLE FOUNDATION AND CENTER MEDIAN DRAIN
SCALE 1:20
SCALE 1:20

1. If centre median less than 1m, only 1 pedestrian grating is used.
DRAWING NO. REV.

KERBS WITH SLOT HOLES LTA/SDRE14/3/KER13 -
3-13
MAIN PAGE
CHAPTER 4
GRATINGS & MANHOLE COVERS
PEDESTRIAN GRATING FOR SUMP / DRAIN - WITHOUT

MILD STEEL PLATE LTA/SDRE14/4/GRA1 B
PEDESTRIAN GRATING FOR SUMP / DRAIN - WITH

MILD STEEL PLATE LTA/SDRE14/4/GRA2 B
FRAME FOR PEDESTRIAN GRATING LTA/SDRE14/4/GRA3 B
VEHICULAR GRATING FOR MANHOLES (SHEET 1 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/4/GRA4 A
VEHICULAR GRATING FOR MANHOLES (SHEET 2 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/4/GRA5 A
VEHICULAR GRATING FOR DRAINS (SHEET 1 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/4/GRA6 A
VEHICULAR GRATING FOR DRAINS (SHEET 2 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/4/GRA7 A
MANHOLE COVER AND FRAME LTA/SDRE14/4/GRA8 -
ROADSIDE MANHOLE GRATING LTA/SDRE14/4/GRA9 A

700 (850)
5
2
SDRE14/4/GRA3
(SEE ANGLE FRAME FOR PEDESTRIAN GRATING)
488)
35 X 9 M.S. FLAT
413 (
ON OF TRAVEL
1
SDRE14/4/GRA3
1000)

850 (
14
RECTI
10 DIA M.S. BAR

DI
850 (1000)
B
413 (488) 413 (488)
-
5 14 4.6
2 20 25 25
9 20 5
SDRE14/4/GRA3 25 X 5 M.S. FLAT AT 25 C/C
25
38
10
80 X 38 X 4.6 THK
80
M.S. ANGLE FRAME 35 X 9 M.S. FLAT
35 X 9 M.S. FLAT 25 X 5 M.S. 80 X 38 X 4.6 THK M.S. ANGLE FRAME
FLAT AT 25 C/C 4 NOS. 10 DIA M.S. BAR
A
-
SECTION A-A
DETAIL OF M.S. PEDESTRIAN GRATING SCALE 1:5
SCALE 1:10 9 35 4.6
30
4.6 25 X 5 M.S. FLAT AT 25 C/C
33.4 X 30 X 5 THK M.S. FLAT
WELDED TO M.S. ANGLE FRAME 30 X 3 THK M.S. FLAT
5
WELDED TO M.S. ANGLE FRAME
35 X 9 M.S. FLAT AND FLAT
EQ EQ EQ
80 X 38 X 4.6 10 DIA M.S. BAR

4 NOS. 10 DIA M.S. BAR 80
THK M.S. ANGLE FRAME
80
WIDTH OF OPENING
700 (850)
SECTION B-B
SCALE 1:3
NOTES:
1. The type & spacing for M.S. pedestrian gratings shall be as follows: 3. Gratings and frames are to be shop fabricated and all weld slags to
be removed.
DRAIN WIDTH DRAIN DEPTH TYPE OF GRATING SPACING STANDARD DETAIL
(mm) (m) (mm) (m) 4. The complete assembly except fishtails are to be galvanised by hot-dip
600 - ≤ 750 - 700 x 850 6 galvanising process in accordance with ISO 1461:2009.
≤ 1 5. For internal drain width > 4m, pedestrian grating shall be provided in
6
> 750 - < 2000 850 x 1000
> 1 18 accordance with PUB's Latest Code of Practice for Surface Water PEDESTRIAN GRATING
(Staggered) Drainage. FOR SUMP / DRAIN - DRAWING NO. REV.
- 850 x 1000
2000 - 4000 50 6. For grating of size > 850mm x 1000mm, it shall be designed by Professional WITHOUT MILD STEEL LTA/SDRE14/4/GRA1 B
- B SEP 2017
1500 x 1500 500 Engineer. The grating design / testing shall conform to SS 363. PLATE
2. The M.S. Grating must be able to be opened more than 106°. REV. DATE 1st APR 2014 AS SHOWN 1 OF 1
4-1
ANTI-SLIP COATING
700 (850) PHYSICAL PROPERTIES TEST METHODS REQUIREMENTS
**SLIP RESISTANCE (WET) ASTM E-303:1993 45 BPN
5
2
SDRE14/4/GRA3
TABER WEAR ABRASION
ASTM D4060:2010 < 220mg
(SEE ANGLE FRAME FOR PEDESTRIAN GRATING) (WEIGHT LOST AFTER
1000 CYCLES)
5)
PULL-OFF STRENGTH ASTM D4541:09e1 > 5N/mm²
492.
35 X 9 M.S. FLAT
5(
NO CRACKING, SOFTENING,
417.
UV ACCELERATED WEATHERING ASTM G154:2006
AN FLOW
PEELING AND BLISTERING

(500 HRS) * BS EN 20105- A03(1994)
* GREY SCALE 5
1
ON OF PEDESTRI
SDRE14/4/GRA3 CORROSION RESISTANCE ASTM B117:2011 NO RUSTING AND

1000)
(SALT SPRAY - 500HRS) * BS EN 20105- A03(1994) BLISTERING

850 (
10 DIA M.S. BAR * GREY SCALES 5
46 NOS. 6 DIA HOLE

RECTI
850 (1000)
5
DI
417.5 (492.5) 417.5 (492.5)

B
-
9 4.6
5 4 THK FILLET WELD ALL ROUND 5

≤ 3 THK M.S. PLATE WITH
3 THK M.S. PLATE WITH < 3 THK
ANTI-SLIP COATING 25 X 9 M.S. FLAT
ANTI-SLIP COATING
25
EQ EQ EQ EQ
38
2
4 THK X 50 LONG FILLET
10
SDRE14/4/GRA3
WELD ALL ROUND, 150 C/C 80
80 X 38 X 4.6 (SEE ANGLE FRAME FOR PEDESTRIAN GRATING) 35 X 9 M.S. FLAT 25 X 5 M.S. FLAT
25 X 6 LIFTING HOLE M.S. ANGLE FRAME

4 NOS. 10 DIA M.S. BAR 80 X 38 X 4.6 THK
35 X 9 M.S. FLAT 25 X 5 M.S. FLAT M.S. ANGLE FRAME
A
-
SECTION A-A
DETAIL OF M.S. PEDESTRIAN GRATING SCALE 1:5
9 35 4.6
SCALE 1:10 4.6
33.4 X 30 X 5 THK M.S. FLAT 30
WELDED TO M.S. ANGLE FRAME 30 X 3 THK
5 4 THK FILLET WELD ALL ROUND
GALVANISED M.S. FLAT
3 THK M.S. PLATE WITH 35 X 9 M.S. FLAT
25 X 5 M.S. FLAT WELDED TO M.S. ANGLE
3 THK ANTI-SLIP COATING
FRAME AND FLAT
EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ
80 X 38 X 4.6 THK 10 DIA M.S. BAR

4 NOS. 10 DIA M.S. BAR 80
M.S. ANGLE FRAME
80
WIDTH OF OPENING
700 (850)
SECTION B-B
SCALE 1:3
NOTES:
1. The type & spacing for M.S. pedestrian gratings shall be as follows: 4. After galvanising process,anti-slip coating with corrosion protection shall
DRAIN WIDTH DRAIN DEPTH SIZE OF GRATING SPACING be applied on the top surface of the M.S.plate and on all welds.
(mm) (m) (mm) (m) Polyurethane sound damper shall be installed on the grating frame as
600 - ≤ 750 - 700 x 850 6 indicated in the factory prior to site installation.
STANDARD DETAIL
≤ 1 5. For internal drain width > 4m, pedestrian grating shall be provided in
6
> 750 - < 2000 850 x 1000 accordance with PUB's Latest Code of Practice for Surface Water Drainage.
> 1 18
6. For grating of size > 850mm x 1000mm, it shall be designed by
- 850 x 1000 50 (Staggered)
2000 - 4000 Professional Engineer.The grating design/testing shall conform to SS 363.
PEDESTRIAN GRATING
- 1500 x 1500 500 DRAWING NO. REV.
7. The colour of the coating shall conform to the following colour codes FOR SUMP / DRAIN -
or equivalent,unless otherwise specified by the S.O.:RAL 1014,7046 or LTA/SDRE14/4/GRA2 B
2. The M.S. Grating must be able to be opened more than 106°. WITH MILD STEEL PLATE
B SEP 2017
pantone 7501,422C.
3. The grating is to be shop fabricated first before galvanising the complete A OCT 2015 DATE OF ISSUE SCALE SHEET NO.
assembly by hot dipped galvanising process in accordance with ISO 1461:2009. REV. DATE 1st APR 2014 AS SHOWN 1 OF 1
4-2
16
4 M.S. ANGLE FRAME
700 (850)
3 THK BUTT WELD
100 100
M.S. ANGLE FRAME 16
45
100
100
K 35 X 9 M.S. FLAT
4
5
-
6
4.
80 X 38 X 4.6 THK
9
10 DIA M.S. BAR
5
M.S. ANGLE FRAME
L
9
33.4 X 30 X 5 THK
-
M.S. FLAT WELDED 35 X 9 M.S. FLAT N
TO M.S. ANGLE FRAME
5
45 45 10 DIA M.S. BAR - M
1000)
-
2 THK
9
35 X 9 M.S. FLAT 33.5 X 30 X 5 THK
100
100
POLYURETHANE
850 (
M.S. FLAT WELDED
SOUND DAMPER TO M.S. ANGLE FRAME
5
30 X 3 THK M.S.
3 THK BUTT WELD
FLAT WELDED TO
M.S. ANGLE FRAME 3 THK BUTT WELD 30 X 3 THK M.S. FLAT
AND FLAT 30 X 3 THK WELDED TO M.S. ANGLE FRAME
M.S. FLAT WELDED AND FLAT
5 30 4.6
A TO M.S. ANGLE
6 THK BUTT WELD FRAME AND FLAT
- 5 30 4.6
6 THK FILLET WELD
PLAN
SCALE 1:1
PLAN
100
100
45
SCALE 1:1 30 4.6
100 100 30 4.6 33.4 X 30 X 5 THK M.S. FLAT

33.4 X 30 X 5 THK
M.S. FLAT
PLAN OF M.S. ANGLE FRAME
10
10
SCALE 1:10
4
33.
4
33.
38
700 (850)
12 DIA.
38
12 DIA. 2 THK
2 THK POLYURETHANE 16
2 THK POLYURETHANE SOUND DAMPER 16
POLYURETHANE SOUND DAMPER
38
SOUND DAMPER
6
4.
6
4.
80 X 38 X 4.6 THK M.S. ANGLE FRAME

M.S. ANGLE FRAME
M.S. ANGLE FRAME
FISHTAIL WELDED TO M.S. ANGLE FRAME 80 80
TO BE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE
SECTION K-K SECTION M-M

SECTION A-A SCALE 1:1 SCALE 1:1
SCALE 1:10 9 31
9 31
6 THK FILLET WELD
6
11.
R
12
6
11.
R
12
POLYURETHANE SOUND DAMPER
25
25
12 DIA HOLE
35
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES TEST METHODS REQUIREMENTS
12 DIA HOLE
35
ELONGATION ASTM D-412:2006a >= 650%

35 X 9
23
R
23
35 X 9 M.S. FLAT M.S. FLAT
R
TEAR STRENGTH ASTM D-624:2006a >= 16N/mm
12
12
TENSILE STRENGTH ASTM D-412:2006a >= 2.5N/mm² SECTION L-L SECTION N-N
DETAIL 1 DETAIL 2
REF DWG NO: SDRE14/4/GRA1&2
REF DWG NO: SDRE14/4/GRA1&2
SCALE 1:1
SCALE 1:1

1. M.S. fishtail is to be welded to M.S. angle frame and placed at all corners.
2. All the flats and angles are to be fillet welded throughout.
3. The peel strength of the adhesive shall not be less than 35N/cm, test done in
accordance to ASTM D3330. The applied sound damper shall not peel off DRAWING NO. REV.
FRAME FOR
within the 5 years warranty period. LTA/SDRE14/4/GRA3 B
PEDESTRIAN GRATING
B SEP 2017
4-3
VARIES (MAXIMUM 1000)
25 X 6 M.S. FLAT 90 X 9 M.S. FLAT

AT 30 C/C
6
2
SDRE14/4/GRA5
1067
345
10 10 6
6 345 345 345
86 85 86 10
10
100
1067
345
100
100 X 100 X 10 THK 25 X 6 M.S. FLAT AT 30 C/C
90 X 22 M.S. FLAT
M.S. ANGLE FRAME
1
SDRE14/4/GRA5
SECTION C-C
10
SCALE 1:5
D
345
-
6 VARIES 25 X 6 M.S. FLAT AT 30 C/C VARES 38 10

2
SDRE14/4/GRA5 9
90 X 22 M.S. FLAT 10 DIA GRADE 8.8 BOLT

6
100 X 100 X 10 THK M.S. ANGLE FRAME

DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
90 X 22 M.S. FLAT
C
-
DETAIL OF M.S. VEHICULAR GRATING

SCALE 1:10
100 X 100 X 10 THK

M.S. ANGLE FRAME
100
SECTION D-D
SCALE 1:3

1. The M.S. Grating must be able to be opened more than 106°.
2. Gratings and frames are to be shop fabricated and all weld slags removed.
3. The complete assembly except fishtails are to be galvanised by hot-dip
galvanising process in accordance with ISO 1461:2009. VEHICULAR GRATING DRAWING NO. REV.
4. Fishtail is to be welded to M.S. angle and placed at all corners of the M.S. frame. FOR MANHOLES LTA/SDRE14/4/GRA4 A
5. All the flats and angles are to be fillet welded throughout. (SHEET 1 OF 2)
6. It shall not be used on carriageway along expressway, arterial road & junctions A SEP 2017
unless under exceptional situation, subject to approval from LTA. REV. DATE 1st APR 2014 AS SHOWN 1 OF 2
4-4
VARIES (MAXIMUM 1000) 90 X 30 X 5 THK M.S. FLAT
3 THK BUTT WELD
30 X 5 THK M.S. FLAT

WELDED TO M.S. ANGLE
FRAME AND FLAT
100 X 100 X 10 THK 5
M.S. ANGLE FRAME
19 M.S. ANGLE FRAME
90 X 30 X 5 THK
22
M.S. FLAT WELDED
TO M.S. ANGLE FRAME
H 10 DIA GRADE 8.8 BOLT
- 19
22
10
10 DIA GRADE 8.8 BOLT 5
1067
-
22
90 X 22 M.S. FLAT N
-
WELDED TO M.S. ANGLE 3 THK BUTT WELD
FRAME AND FLAT 3 THK BUTT WELD
E K
- -
9 8 33 10
8 33 10 FRAME AND FLAT
6 THK BUTT WELD
DETAIL 2
6 THK FILLET WELD DETAIL 1 PLAN
PLAN REF DWG NO: SDRE14/4/GRA4
SCALE 1:1
REF DWG NO: SDRE14/4/GRA4
SCALE 1:1 33 10
33 10
14
PLAN OF M.S. ANGLE FRAME WELDED TO M.S. ANGLE
14
FRAME AND FLAT
SCALE 1:10
NUTS OF 10 DIA BOLT TO
NUTS OF 10 DIA BOLT TO 12
12 BE WELDED TO THREAD
BE WELDED TO THREAD
DIA
DIA
90
90 X 30 X 5 THK
100
90 X 30 X 5 THK
90
M.S. FLAT WELDED TO
100
M.S. FLAT WELDED TO 19
M.S. ANGLE FRAME
M.S. ANGLE FRAME
19
M.S. ANGLE FRAME
M.S. ANGLE FRAME 9 36
9 36
14
14
10
10
14
14
100
100
SECTION N-N
SECTION K-K 12 DIA HOLE
SCALE 1:2
12 DIA HOLE
100
SCALE 1:2
90
90
90 X 22 M.S. FLAT
90 X 22 M.S. FLAT
100 X 100 X 10 THK M.S. ANGLE FRAME
FISHTAIL WELDED TO M.S. ANGLE
28
28
R
FRAME TO BE EMBEDDED IN
R
CONCRETE
6 THK FILLET WELD
SECTION E-E SECTION H-H SECTION M-M

STANDARD DETAIL
VEHICULAR GRATING DRAWING NO. REV.

FOR MANHOLES LTA/SDRE14/4/GRA5 A
(SHEET 2 OF 2)
A SEP 2017 DATE OF ISSUE SCALE SHEET NO.
4-5
B
-
END PANEL INTERMEDIATE PANEL END PANEL
5 10 10 339 10 339 10 339 10 10 5

5 VARIES 12 DIA M.S. BAR AT 85 C/C VARIES 38 9.4
10 DIA GRADE 8.8 BOLT
65 X 9 M.S. FLAT AT 30 C/C

M UM 1000)
M AXI
100 X 75 X 9.4 THK

100 M.S. ANGLE FRAME
ES (
VARI
SECTION B-B
SCALE 1:5
A
-
< 1000 CARRIAGEWAY
2 1 12 DIA M.S. BAR AT 85 C/C 65 X 9 M.S. FLAT
SDRE14/4/GRA7 SDRE14/4/GRA7
VEHICULAR IMPACT GUARDRAIL
VEHICULAR GRATINGS
THROUGHOUT
DETAILS OF M.S. VEHICULAR GRATING FOR DRAIN
1:
15
SCALE 1:10
339
75
DRAIN
100 X 75 X 9.4 THK M.S. ANGLE 65 X 9 M.S. FLAT AT 30 C/C 12 DIA M.S. BAR AT 85 C/C 100
SECTION A-A
SCALE 1:10
DRAIN BEHIND VEHICULAR IMPACT GUARDRAIL
(CENTRE MEDIAN / SIDETABLE)
SCALE 1:25

1. The M.S. Grating must be able to be opened more than 106°.
2. Gratings and frames are to be shop fabricated and all weld slags removed.
3. The complete assembly except fishtails are to be galvanised by hot-dip
galvanising process in accordance with ISO 1461:2009. VEHICULAR GRATING DRAWING NO. REV.
4. Fishtail is to be welded to m.s. angle and placed at all corners of the M.S. frame. FOR DRAINS LTA/SDRE14/4/GRA6 A
5. All the flats and angles are to be fillet welded throughout. (SHEET 1 OF 2)
6. Vehicular grating to be provided for open drain located less than 1m behind the
vehicular impact guardrail. REV. DATE 1st APR 2014 AS SHOWN 1 OF 2
4-6
C
6 THK FILLET WELD 6 THK FILLET WELD
-
65 X 30 X 5 THK
M.S. FLAT WELDED TO
M.S. ANGLE FRAME
3 THK BUTT WELD
21
100 X 75 X 9.4 THK M.S. ANGLE
2
E
-
5
9
F
19 -
10
100 X 75 X 9.4 THK M.S. ANGLE
10 DIA GRADE
M UM 1000)
8.8 BOLT
9
65 X 9 M.S. FLAT
M AXI
2
ES (
21
VARI
M.S. ANGLE FRAME
3 THK BUTT WELD

FRAME AND FLAT
AND FLAT
8 33 9.4
DETAIL 1
(PLAN)
REF DGW NO: SDRE14/4/GRA6
33 9.4
SCALE 1:1
14
PLAN OF M.S. ANGLE FRAME NUT OF 10 DIA BOLT TO 65 X 9 M.S. FLAT
SCALE 1:10 BE WELDED TO THREAD
4
9.
65 X 30 X 5 THK 12 M.S. ANGLE FRAME
65
M.S. FLAT WELDED TO
DIA
75
5
75
M.S. ANGLE FRAME
M.S. ANGLE FRAME 19
9
100 X 75 X 9.4 THK FISHTAIL WELDED TO M.S. 3 THK BUTT WELD
M.S. ANGLE ANGLE FRAME TO BE
EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE
4
9.
SECTION C-C 10 DIA GRADE
21
100 8.8 BOLT
SCALE 1:10
2
SECTION G-G
SCALE 1:2
5 H
9
9 36 9 36
30 X 3 THK M.S. FLAT 33 9.4 -
14 14
G
FRAME AND FLAT
14
14
14
-
NUT OF 10 DIA BOLT TO
21
BE WELDED TO THREAD
65 X 30 X 5 THK
65
12 12 DIA HOLE 12 DIA HOLE M.S. FLAT WELDED TO

65
65 X 30 X 5 THK M.S. FLAT 65

M.S. ANGLE FRAME
75
WELDED TO M.S. ANGLE DIA

6 THK
FRAME 3 THK BUTT WELD
9
FILLET
ANGLE FRAME 19
28
28
WELD 30 X 3 THK M.S. FLAT
R
R
8 33 9.4 FRAME AND FLAT
4
9.
100
DETAIL 2
(PLAN)
SECTION E-E SECTION F-F SECTION H-H REF DGW NO: SDRE14/4/GRA6
STANDARD DETAIL
VEHICULAR GRATING DRAWING NO. REV.

FOR DRAINS LTA/SDRE14/4/GRA7 A
(SHEET 2 OF 2)
4-7
A B
850
100
IRON
-
55
POLYETHYLENE
DAMPING RING
850
PLAN OF DUCTILE CAST IRON MANHOLE FRAME PLAN OF DUCTILE CAST IRON MANHOLE COVER UNDERSIDE OF DUCTILE CAST IRON MANHOLE COVER
( WEIGHT OF FRAME = 38 kg ) ( WEIGHT OF COVER = 32 kg ) SCALE 1:10
92
850
660
43
643
615
25
100
POLYETHYLENE
DAMPING RING 56
LOCKING KEY
SECTION A-A
92
SCALE 1:10
643
215 185 215 45

20
13
35
10
40
RAISING RING
KEY FOR MANHOLE COVER
SECTION B-B ( FOR USE WHEN RAISING MANHOLE ONLY )
NTS

1. Ductile cast iron manhole covers and frames shall comply with B.S. EN 124 - GT 45
square.
2. Manhole frame and cover shall be supplied coated with black bituminous compound.
MANHOLE COVER DRAWING NO. REV.
AND FRAME LTA/SDRE14/4/GRA8 -
4-8
125 VARIES 125
50
ES
VARI
HINGED CHEQUER PLATE DETAILS

A
(REF DWG NO: SDRE14/4/GRA2)
-
TO BE INLINE
WITH ROAD KERB
CARRIAGEWAY
EXISTING MANHOLE
EXISTING
MANHOLE
CARRIAGEWAY
B
-
ISOMETRIC VIEW
PLAN SCALE 1:20
SCALE 1:10
WELDED TO FRAME
ANGLE SECURE TO
3 THK M.S. CHEQUER PLATE KERB ON 3 SIDES
9 80 3 THK M.S.
FINISHED LEVEL FINISHED LEVEL
35
5 CHEQUER PLATE
FINISHED LEVEL
38
STEEL ROD WELDED

TO FRAME FOR SUPPORT
175
175
RAISED WALL
REINFORCEMENT
TO DETAILS
EXISTING MANHOLE COVER

MANHOLE COVER STEEL ROD WELDED RAISED WALL
TO FRAME FOR SUPPORT REINFORCEMENT TO DETAILS
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B

SCALE 1:10
SCALE 1:10

1. Dimension of cover shall be determine on site and to be design by
professional engineer.
DRAWING NO. REV.

ROADSIDE MANHOLE
GRATING LTA/SDRE14/4/GRA9 A
4-9
CHAPTER 5
RAILINGS
PEDESTRIAN ALUMINIUM ALLOY RAILINGS -

TYPE A, B, C, D, E & F (SHEET 1 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/5/RAL1 A
PEDESTRIAN ALUMINIUM ALLOY RAILINGS -

TYPE A, B, C, D, E & F (SHEET 2 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/5/RAL2 A
DRAFT
15m 34.5m
TYPE C ALUMINIUM ALLOY RAILINGS TYPE D ALUMINIUM ALLOY RAILINGS

1500 1500
IDENTIFICATION
IDENTIFICATION PLATE TO BE POST CAPPING
TOP RAILS SHALL ONLY TOP RAILS SHALL ONLY BE PLATE TO BE
MOUNTED FRONT FACING 102 103
BE CONTINUED BETWEEN 2 POSTS CONTINUED BETWEEN 2 POSTS MOUNTED FRONT
FACING
1500 102 103
150
IDENTIFICATION PLATE TO BE
60
MOUNTED FRONT FACING POST CAPPING 300 300
1500 107 106
1200
1000
700
150
1000
150
200
200
M UM )
450 X 450 X 450 MASS CONCRETE FOOTING
450 X 450 X 450 MASS CONCRETE FOOTING
100
(C16/20 CONCRETE)
M AXI
(C16/20 CONCRETE)
(
TYPE A ALUMINIUM ALLOY RAILINGS TYPE B ALUMINIUM ALLOY RAILINGS TYPE C ALUMINIUM ALLOY RAILINGS TYPE D ALUMINIUM ALLOY RAILINGS
SCALE 1:50
IDENTIFICATION PLATE TO BE
MOUNTED FRONT FACING 54 X 38 X 2mm THICK
ALUM RHS HORIZONTAL RAIL
54 X 54 X 2mm THICK
TOP RAILS SHALL ONLY IDENTIFICATION PLATE TO BE
ALUM SHS VERTICAL POST ALUM CAPPING IN POWDER
BE CONTINUED BETWEEN 2 POSTS MOUNTED FRONT FACING
COATED FINISH
1500 113 113
1500 102 103
300
100
625
1000
875
54 X 38 X 2mm THK
ALUM RHS HORIZONTAL RAIL
0
�2
113
54
150
200
150
200
STAGGERED �20 X 1.5mm

450 X 450 X 450 MASS CONCRETE FOOTING THICK ALUM TUBE INFILL BAR
450 X 450 X 450 MASS CONCRETE FOOTING 10 NOS OF Ø20 X 1.5mm (C16/20 CONCRETE)
(C16/20 CONCRETE) THK ALUM TUBE INFILL BAR
TYPE E ALUMINIUM ALLOY RAILINGS TYPE F ALUMINIUM ALLOY RAILINGS PART PLAN OF INFILL BAR ARRANGEMENT (TYPE F)
SCALE 1:50
150 X 150 X 12 THK

4 NOS. OF 12 DIA STAINLESS STEEL
ALUMINIUM ALLOY BASE PLATE
BOLTS OF A4-70 SUBJECTED TO
POST
MORTAR BEDDING 30mm MAXIMUM PULL-OUT FORCE OF 16KN AT
85 (MINIMUM) 150 X 150 X 8 THK ROUNDED OFF 10mm MINIMUM WORKING LOAD PER BOLT.
M UM )
20
ALUMINIUM ALLOY PLATE CORNER
4 NOS. OF 12 DIA STAINLESS MORTAR BEDDING 30mm MAXIMUM
20
NI
300
CONCRETE FOOTPATH STEEL BOLTS OF A4-70 10mm MINIMUM
MI
150
BRIDGING PLATE IF REQUIRED
(
4 NOS. OF APPROVED EXPANSION ANCHOR BOLTS HAVING
WORKING LOAD OF MINIMUM 5.4KN FOR PULL-OUT STRENGTH, 150
TAKING THE REDUCTION FACTOR ON ANCHORAGE SPACING
AND EDGE DISTANCE INTO CONSIDERATION
TYPICAL DETAIL OF RAILING FIXING TO CONCRETE TYPICAL DETAIL OF RAILING FIXING TO

ANCHORAGE DETAIL OF POST TO FOOTPATH DETAIL OF BASE PLATE STRUCTURE BY INDIVIDUAL ANCHORAGE FIXINGS CONCRETE STRUCTURE BY CAST-IN CRADLES
SCALE 1:20 SCALE 1:20 SCALE 1:20 Note : Cast-in cradles may be used as an alternative
when the embeded depth is not available
SCALE 1:20 DRAFT
STANDARD DETAIL
PEDESTRIAN ALUMINIUM
ALLOY RAILINGS - DRAWING NO. REV.
TYPE A, B, C, D, E & F LTA/SDRE14/5/RAL1 A

(SHEET 1 OF 2)
5-1
NOTES
GENERAL:
d) If the posts are required to be spaced wider than 1500mm, the contractor / manufacturer shall
a) All system shall be submitted with detail drawing and PE calculation for LTA review and acceptance
redesign the anchorage, posts and horizontal rails etc. to suit the configuration.
before installation.
e) Expansion anchor bolt shall be approved to comply with the followings:
1. DESIGN LOADINGS - Drill hole diameter = 18mm
a) All aluminium alloy railings shall be designed, manufactured and installed to the requirements of BS EN 1999, - Minimum depth of embedment = 50mm
BS 7818, BS EN 755, BS EN 573, BS EN 12020, BS EN 1676, BS EN 1706, BS EN 1559, BS EN 515, 4. OTHERS
BS EN ISO 3506 and LTA technical specification on pedestrian aluminium alloy railways as appropriate.
In case of any discrepancies on variations among these specifications, LTA technical specifications shall a) Approved identification plates specifying the contract number, month and year of installation,
generally take precedence. contrtactor, length and direction of installation shall be installed onto the railings.
Subject to a minimum of 1 plate for each proposed work job and 1 plate per every 500m
b) The pedestrian aluminium railings system shall be a modular system to ease installation and replacement
interval thereafter. These identification plates shall be made of 1.5mm thick aluminium sheets.
to minimise disruption to pedestrian movement and traffic flow. Splices shall be totally precluded.
b) Pedestrian aluminum alloy railings system shall be resistant to vandalism. It shall be ensured that
c) The loads acting at 1.1m above datum level for design purpose irrespective of the actual height of
fixings and fasteners cannot be loosened so as to allow parts of the system to be willfully removed
the system.
simply and quickly using minimal tools, or to be damaged for example by blows or accidental human impact.
d) Where required by the S.O., the contractor shall demonstrate on trial panels to assess and ascertain
TYPE OF RAILINGS TYPE OF DESIGN LOADINGS
the provision against vandalism.
Type A i) Designed to class 3 BS 7818 Loadings (1.4KN/m Lateral load).
5. LOCATION OF RAILINGS
Type B, C, D, E & F i) Designed to class 1 BS 7818 Loadings (0.5KN/m Lateral load).
TYPE OF RAILINGS LOCATIONS

e) Pedestrian aluminium alloy railings systems shall be fabricated from high strength, marine grade aluminium
2 Type A On retaining structure.
alloys of durability rating B with a minimun tensile strength of 280 N/mm (Mpa) and proof strength of
240 N/mm² (Mpa) to BS EN 1999. Type B As pedestrian railings or, next to open drain with footpath and slope.
Along central dividers and footpath adjoining carriageway. usually located at
2. POWDER COATINGS Type C road junctions and pedestrian crossing to ensure that visibility and line of
a) The powder coatings shall be in full compliance to AAMA2604.98. Edition or any later version. The powder sight for drivers and pedestrian are not impaired for road safety reasons.
coatings colour shall be in accordance with RAL 6002 leaf green. Gross level to be semi gloss, (65 ± 5)%. Type D Along central dividers and footpath adjoining carriageway.
Type E Along roadside or footpath where driver's (side road) visibility to main road is obscured.
b) The coating thickness for single coat system shall be 100 microns and must be of superdurable polyester
grade. Type F Along centre divider where driver's visibility to crossing pedestrian is obscured.
c) Only previously tested coating which fully complies with AAMA2604.98. QUV "A" AND QUV "B" testing or Note:
equivalent shall be submitted. The approved sample for each contract shall be sent to Singapore Safety railings on open U-Drain to be handled over to PUB shall conform to PUB's code of practice on
Productivity And Standard Board (PSB) and/or its subsequent testing entities for a full AAMA2604.98. surface water drainage.
QUV "A" AND QUV "B" testing immediately after award of contract. QUV "A" to have at least 90% gloss
retention and QUV "B" to have at least 80% retention to provide that coating which has been designed, 6. SAFETY AND SECURITY
manufactured and tested in accordance to the requirements of the drawings and/or the material
a) All aluminium profiles shall be of no sharp edge on exposed surfaces.
specifications shall not relieve the contractor of any part of the responsibility for this single colour.
b) All fasteners shall be concealed against vandalism.
PSB certificates will thereinafter indicate as complying to LTA requirements.The acceptance the contract.
d) The powder applicator must be approved or be a licensed applicator of the powder manufacturer as
they will be jointly and severally liable for the performance of the coating.
3. POST AND BOLT DETAILS 55
a) Stainless steel holding - down bolts conforming to BS EN ISO 3506 of A4-70 shall be used to anchor 2
the base plate of the aluminium post to the concrete surface. Anchorage in concrete shall be either
2
cast-in cradle anchorage or individual anchorage system.
b) Anchor bolts shall not be set within the concrete cover. In cases where anchor bolts are to be set
into plain isolated concrete footing, the minimum edge distance from concrete to the bolts and between
anchor bolts shall be strictly compiled with the requirements set by the respective manufacturer for
33
the bolts concerned.
c) TYPE OF RAILINGS REMARKS Length :

i) The posts and vertical bars of the railings shall be of 75mm x 75mm
Type A and 25mm x 25mm tubular sections respectively, with minimum of 3mm thickness.
Type B, C, D 4 NOS. RIVETS
i) The posts and vertical bars of the railings shall be of 54mm x 54mm IDENTIFICATION PLATE
Type E and 20mm x 20mm tubular sections respectively.
SCALE 1:1
i) The posts and vertical bars of the railings shall be of 54mm x 54mm
Type F
and 10 nos. of 20 tube infill bar, with minimum of 1.5mm thickness.
DRAFT
STANDARD DETAIL
PEDESTRIAN ALUMINIUM
ALLOY RAILINGS - DRAWING NO. REV.
TYPE A, B, C, D, E & F LTA/SDRE14/5/RAL2 A

(SHEET 2 OF 2)
5-2
CHAPTER 6
GUARDRAILS
VEHICULAR IMPACT GUARDRAILS - TYPE A & B TERMINALS LTA/SDRE14/6/VIG1 B
VEHICULAR IMPACT GUARDRAILS - CRASH CUSHION LTA/SDRE14/6/VIG2 A
CONCRETE BARRIER AT CENTER MEDIAN LTA/SDRE14/6/VIG3 A
ARRANGEMENT AND CONNECTION DETAILS OF

VEHICULAR IMPACT GUARDRAILS LTA/SDRE14/6/VIG4 A
VEHICULAR IMPACT GUARDRAILS - THRIE-BEAM TRANSITION LTA/SDRE14/6/VIG5 A
DOUBLE SIDED VEHICULAR IMPACT GUARDRAIL LTA/SDRE14/6/VIG6 A
GUARDRAILS IN FRONT OF COLUMN - WITHOUT ADJOINING

VEHICULAR IMPACT GUARDRAILS LTA/SDRE14/6/VIG7 B
GUARDRAILS IN FRONT OF COLUMN - WITH ADJOINING

VEHICULAR IMPACT GUARDRAILS LTA/SDRE14/6/VIG8 A
DRAFT
20m 20m
LEADING TERMINAL TRAILING TERMINAL
1m
1m
1m
1m
900 (EXPRESSWAY)
200 (OTHER ROAD
WITH RAISED KERB)
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL EDGE OF CARRIAGEWAY

PLAN
4m 4m
4050 4050
184
184
600
600
1000
1000
500
500
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
C16/20 ELEVATION C16/20

600 1000 1000 600
MASS CONCRETE MASS CONCRETE
TYPE A - TURNED-DOWN ANCHORAGE TERMINAL
SCALE 1:100
2.6m 2.5m 2.5m 2.5m 4m C/C 4m C/C
75 36°
BULLNOSE R2 ALWASHERON
SPECI
RSTPOSTONL
FI Y
202 55 POST (BLOCK AND BACKING

302
216 25 PLATE OMITTED ON FIRST
302
25 INTERMEDIATE POST)
1378
775
110 POSTS R40m
791
BLOCK
160
396
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
PLAN
18 DIA HOLE
3 NOS. 2 NOS.
700 X 10 700 X 10
50mm GALVANISED
SLOTS 900 900 SLOTS
LOCATING NAIL
700
530
175 ANCHOR PLATE 100 ± 20 80 DIA HOLE

BEARING
PLATE 20 DIA CABLE (SEE NOTE 5)
POSTS
40 65 N8 GALVANISED COMPACT MATERIAL POST SOCKETS TO BE
4 NOS. 20 PIPE (76 O.D) AROUND FOOTING FORMED USING 12 THK
1100
100 ± 20
40 500 DIA A5 WELDED EXPANDED POLYSTYRENE
(SEE NOTE 5) DIA HOLES
600 DIA REINFORCED WIRE FABRIC CYLINDER FOAM SHEETING
CONCRETE FOOTING WITH 200mm LAP OR 125 X 175 X 1800
(C28/35 CONCRETE) WELDED JOINT. TANALISED HARDWOOD POST
CLEAR COVER
ALTERNATIVE POST DIRECTION OF TRAVEL 50mm MINIMUM
ELEVATION
WEAKENING TREATMENT
SCALE 1:20 TYPE B - CABLE-ANCHORED TERMINAL
SCALE 1:50
NOTES: 7.Where the face of guard fence is erected within 1m behind the back of kerb,
1. The agreement of the engineer shall be sought before modifications are made to the mounting height shall be measured from the adjacent road pavement DRAFT
any part of the design. surface. However, the vertical position of the drilled holes in the timber
2. The design engineer must consider each specific situation pertaining the available posts shall be measured from the ground surface.
clear zone and specify the appropriate treatment of terminal. 8.For more details, refer to Australia / New Zealand Standard Road Safety STANDARD DETAIL
3. Breakaway Cable Terminal (BCT) assembly to be hot-dip galvanized (including nuts, Barrier System AS/NZ 3845: 1999.
bolts and washers). Holes to be drilled before galvanizing. 9.Type A terminals shall be used for vehicular impact guardrail where design
4. The first five posts in Breakaway Cable Terminals (BCT) shall be timber except on speed limit is not more than 70km/h.
bridge approaches where steel posts have to be retained for 10m minimum the last 10.Type B terminals or crash cushion shall be used for vehicular impact VEHICULAR IMPACT DRAWING NO. REV.
post of BCT can be steel. guardrail where design speed limit is more than 70km/h. GUARDRAILS - LTA/SDRE14/6/VIG1 B
5. Bolts to be snug-tightened. 11.Vehicular impact guardrail installed shall not block the view of motorist B SEP 2017 TYPE A & B TERMINALS
6. All concrete shall be C28/35 at 28 days strength, unless otherwise specified. exiting from side road at all times. A OCT 2015
6-1
NOTES
1. The contractor shall engage the system manufacturer / manufacturer E. The crash cushion is installed at the correct height relative to the
certified installer to propose the type of crash cushion and develop the carriageways on both sides of the crash cushion in accordance with the
design details including all necessary on-site modifications to install the system manufacturer's specifications.
crash cushion.
F. The base of the crash cushion is designed in accordance with the system
2. The system manufacturer / manufacturer certified installer shall consider the manufacturer's specifications.
following factors:
G. The flare rate of the adjoining safety barrier or transition section is
A. The crash cushion is certified to meet the evaluation requirements of appropriate to the operating or design speed limit of the carriageway,
NCHRP Reports 350 (National Co-operative Highway Research Programme) and it is also adequate to ensure that the crash cushion can function
or equivalent for a non-gating terminal, and is appropriate properly in accordance with the system manufacturer's specifications.
to the operating or design speed limit of the main carriageway.
H. The crash cushion is properly transitioned to the adjoining safety barriers
B. A minimum length of 70m (for expressway) or 50m (for non-expressway) (vehicle impact guardrail or concrete barrier), and that the transition
is provided for chevron-marking in front of the crash cushion. section used is type-approved in accordance with the system manufacturer's
specifications.
C. The width of the crash cushion is sufficient to shield the hazard at gore
area.
3. The contractor shall submit the design & installation checklist, duly prepared
D. The surrounding site features such as kerb, lamp post, roadside drains,
by the system manufacturer / manufacturer certified installer to the engineer
junction boxes etc. have been adequately removed / treated to ensure
for the acceptance of design proposal.
that the installation of the crash cushion and the safety barrier at the
transition section will not create any undue or secondary hazards. The 4. Object marker to be installed on the crash cushion nosing.
kerb behind the crash cushion shall be adequately chamfered / tapered
in accordance to the specification of the manufacturer certified installer.
SAFETY BARRIER FLARE RATE

(SEE NOTE 2G)
WIDTH OF CRASH CUSHION
(SEE NOTE 2C)
L
ONOFTRAVE
RECTI
DI
TYPE OF CRASH CUSHION

DIRECTION OF TRAVEL (SEE NOTE 2A)
TREATMENT OF EXISTING SITE CONDITION

(INCLUDING TRANSITION SECTION, SEE NOTE 2D)
LENGTH OF CHEVRON (SEE NOTE 2B) APPROX. 6m APPROX. 6m
PLAN
SCALE 1:200
'PASS EITHER SIDE' SIGN
TYPE OF CRASH CUSHION TO BE PLACED BEHIND CRASH CUSHION

(SEE NOTE 2A) TRANSITION TO ADJOINING SAFETY
BARRIER (SEE NOTE 2H)
OBJECT MARKER OBJECT MARKER
LEVEL DIFFERENCE BETWEEN BOTH SIDES

MOUNTING BASE FOR CRASH CUSHION OF CARRIAGEWAY (SEE NOTE 2E)
(SEE NOTE 2F)
SIDE ELEVATION FRONT

NTS NTS
DRAFT
STANDARD DETAIL
VEHICULAR IMPACT DRAWING NO. REV.

GUARDRAILS - LTA/SDRE14/6/VIG2 A
CRASH CUSHION
6-2
B C
- -
205 240 205
A c
L
- 10 X 10 CHAMFER
1500 300 780
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL T13-200
T13-200
800
3°
20 X 20 CHAMFER
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
CROSSFALL 1:36 1:36 CROSS FALL

PLAN OF GUARDRAIL CONNECTION TO CONCRETE BARRIER
SCALE 1:50
250
9T13
THIRE-BEAM TRANSITION
T13-200
(REF TO DWG NO: SDRE14/6/VIG5A)
650 150 THK WELL
50
COMPACTED SUB-GRADE
SECTION OF CONCRETE BARRIER

AT CENTER MEDIAN
SCALE 1:20
ELEVATION OF GUARDRAIL CONNECTION TO CONCRETE BARRIER

SCALE 1:50
240 650 450 10
20
20 THK APPROVED SEALANT
T13-200 AROUND SURFACES WITH
600
APPROVED COMPRESSIBLE
T13-200 T13-200 SOFTBOARD IN THE CENTRAL
800
800
CORE
3°
T13-200
50
500
T13-200
T13-200
250
250
9T13
T13-200 LINKS
650 650 650

ELEVATION OF EXPANSION
SECTION A-A JOINT DETAIL FOR
DETAIL OF CONCRETE BARRIER SECTION B-B SECTION C-C CAST-INSITU CONSTRUCTION
DRAFT

1. C32/40 concrete to be used.
2. Concrete cover to the nearest reinforcement is 40mm.
3. Laps in reinforcement shall not be less than 48 times of diameter of steel bar.
4. Unformed surfaces shall be tampered & screeded to the specified level. DRAWING NO. REV.
CONCRETE BARRIER
5. Expansion joints shall be provided at intervals not more than 10m apart for LTA/SDRE14/6/VIG3 A
AT CENTER MEDIAN
in-situ construction.
6-3
150 150 900 (MAXIMUM) CARRIAGEWAY MEDIAN 200
150 150 (MAXIMUM)
350
2 NOS. 16 DIA
350
HEXAGON HEAD BOLT
WITH STANDARD 16 DIA BOLT
HEXAGON NUT WITH HEXAGON NUT
750
(GALVANISED)
750
150 X 110 X 18 X 4.3 311
OUTER EDGE INNER EDGE 'C' POST SECTION (GALVANISED)
100
58.5 194 58.5
100
CARRIAGEWAY 10°
M UM )
39
M UM )
R24 15
83
NI
600
MI
NI
600
27
MI
(
R24
(
100
6
1.
100
22 X 29 19 X 64
125 150 125
SLOTTED HOLES SLOTTED HOLE
125 150 125
SECTION (EXPRESSWAY) SECTION (OTHER ROAD) SECTION PROFILE OF W-BEAM

AS
3.2 17 GUARDRAIL WITH 18 DIA
96 REQUIRED 35
2.5 32 HOLE FOR BOLT
A
150 X 110 X 18 X 4.3
5 DI
H16 HEXAGON NUT
16
22
50
18
37
'C' POST SECTION (GALVANISED)
23.
M16 HEXAGON NUT
OVAL SHOULDER 75 X 45 X 5
GALVANISED WASHER SLIP BASE PLATE
BUTTON HEAD
3 NOS. 75
X 45 X 5 BOTTOM PLATE WASHERS
BOLT GALVANISED STEEL WASHER NUT GALVANISED
SCALE 1:3 SCALE 1:3 SCALE 1:3 WASHERS
A
M16 X 80 LONG BOLT
DI
16
SLIP BASE PLATE
10
50
110 INSTALLATION DETAIL DETAIL 1 10

(MAXIMUM)
(MAXIMUM)
SCALE 1:10 SCALE 1:10 16 DIA HEXAGON HEAD BOLT
WITH GALVANISED
150 X 10 X 18 X 43 HEXAGON NUT
'C' POST SECTION (GALVANISED)
INTERMEDIATE POST CONNECTION
POSTS CUT TO 4 M20 DIA H.D BOLTS (GRADE 4.6)
SCALE 1:3
260
REQUIRED LENGTH FOR NEW STRUCTURE OR CHEMICAL

ANCHORS OR EQUIVALENT FOR
AS SPECIFIED ON
EXISTING CONCRETE STRUCTURE 150
PLANS 280
103
ES
65 47
VARI
20 THK SLIP 168

20 THK SLIP BASE PLATE
18 DIA BASE PLATE RAIL SPLICE
23
23
20 THK BOTTOM PLATE
80
150 X 110 X 18 X 4.3
121
121
43 'C' POST SECTION (GALVANISED)
132
DRY PACK CEMENT MORTAR
20
310
68
68
1
300
310
-
55
155
121
33
32
121
WASHERS
33
30
4 NOS 100 X 100 X 6 THK
20
ANGLE WELDED TOGETHER

R10 R10 20 DIA
30
32
TO FORM A SQUARE 37
A
-
10 10 OVAL SHOULDER
(MAXIMUM) (MAXIMUM) BUTTON HEAD
ELEVATION OF POST SECTION A-A 20mm SLIP BASE PLATE 20mm BOTTOM PLATE
BOLT
NOTES: BS EN 1011 - General requirements for the metal arc welding of structural POST CONNECTION
DRAFT
steel tube to BS EN 10296, BS EN 10305, BS EN 10297 SCALE 1:3
1. Guardrail properties to satisfy the requirements of AASHTO.
Designation : M 180 BS EN 1011 - General requirements for the metal arc welding of mild steel.
2. Structural steel sections shall be in accordance with BS 4 and BS EN 10025, 4. Guardrail with curvature less than 45m shall be shop bent. STANDARD DETAIL
BS EN 1013, BS 7668, BS EN 10029 and BS EN 10210-1 Grade 43C mild steel for 5. All joints are to be shop welded with 6mm fillet weld unless otherwise
general structural purposes (except for guardrail beam). stated.
3. Welding shall be in accordance with BS EN 1, SS EN 1993, BS EN 1090, 6. All W-Beam shall be of 3mm gauge thickness.
7. Lap joints shall be made in the direction of the adjacent traffic movement. ARRANGEMENT AND
SS EN 1994 welding terms & symbols. DRAWING NO. REV.
CONNECTION DETAILS
SS EN 1993 8. All guardrail elements shall be galvanised by hot-dip process after
OF VEHICULAR IMPACT LTA/SDRE14/6/VIG4 A
BS EN 1090 - Covered electrodes for the manual metal arc welding of mild fabrication. The minimum coating on the beam shall be 1220gm/sqm of
GUARDRAILS
the sheet for triple spot test. A DATE OF ISSUE SCALE SHEET NO.
SS EN 1994 steel and medium tensile steel. OCT 2015
9. All exposed edges of 'C' Post section must be rounded off. REV. DATE 1st APR 2014 AS SHOWN 1 OF 1
6-4
2 SPACES
STANDARD POST SPACING 5 SPACES AT 1m AT 500mm STANDARD POST SPACING
CONCRETE BARRIER / PARAPET TABLE 2 - FLARE RATE

300 300
780 780 FLARE
DESIGN SPEED
(km/h) RATE
50 1 : 13
900 (EXPRESSWAY) 900 (EXPRESSWAY)
200 (OTHER ROAD 200 (OTHER ROAD 60 1 : 16
WITH RAISED KERB) WITH RAISED KERB)
70 1 : 18
EDGE OF CARRIAGEWAY TWO SECTIONS OF THRIE-BEAM
EDGE OF CARRIAGEWAY 80 1 : 21
NESTED (ONE SET INSIDE THE OTHER
90 1 : 24
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL EXTENT OF TRANSITION FOR SCHEDULE OF
QUANTITY PURPOSES INCLUDES RAIL COMPONENTS PLAN
A 1 2 B
TWO SECTIONS OF
THRIE-BEAM NESTED - - - -
BLOCKOUT c
L OF W-BEAM c
L OF
PIECE W-BEAM
750
2100
570
570
600
POST
ELEVATION
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
DIVIDED ROAD
SECTION A-A THRIE-BEAM TRANSITION FROM W-BEAM TO RIGID STRUCTURE SECTION B-B
600 400 400 600

END OF
762
BARRIER END OF
TRAFFIC FACE OF TRAFFIC FACE OF
780 X 550 X 90 780 X 360 X 85 BARRIER PARAPET 75 108 108 200 50
550
METAL RAILING METAL RAILING

DEEP RECESS ANCHOR DEEP RECESS
AND ADJACENT VEHICULAR IMPACT AND ADJACENT
ANCHOR
AND cL OF
310
100
780 CONCRETE GUARDRAIL CONCRETE

780 AND cL OF
THRIE-BEAM
190
1500
PARAPET PLINTH SHALL BE THRIE-BEAM PARAPET PLINTH SHALL BE
PARAPET
550
FLUSHED FLUSHED
F
350
D
502
850
3°SLOPING -
c
190
LOF 85 3°SLOPING
570
570
FACE
90 200 FACE
400
FERRULES 65
300
200 65
310
ROAD AND BOLTS 90
85
ROAD ROAD ROAD ROAD ROAD
THRIE-BEAM c
LOF
FERRULES CHAMFER
CHAMFER
AND BOLTS EDGE
C G CORNER EDGE H E
- -
LOF FERRULES AND BOLTS
C
- -
DETAIL 1 SECTION C-C SECTION D-D SECTION G-G DETAIL 2 SECTION E-E SECTION F-F SECTION H-H ELEVATION
NEUTRAL AXIS END PIECE OF THRIE-BEAM

INTERFACE DETAIL OF THRIE-BEAM TRANSITION SCALE 1:20
81
SCALE 1:50
2318
PLAN 2000 2000
159 2000 159 (MAXIMUM) (MAXIMUM)
159 159
END PIECE OF THRIE-BEAM
51 108 108 63 1659 63 108 108 51 300 51 108 108
SCALE 1:20 2.82 THK
BASE METAL
156
156
TRAFFIC FACE
502
81
83
312
502
190
190
502
R12
14
27
R24
95 95 95 95
5 SLOTS 19 X 64 LONG
502
1000 1000 23 X 29 19 X 64
19 X 64 SLOTTED HOLES SLOTTED HOLES
SECTION PROFILE OF THRIE-BEAM THRIE-BEAM TRANSITION SECTION SLOTTED HOLES FOR SPLICE BOLTS FOR POST BOLTS
4318
FOR POST BOLTS
NOTES: 8. All guardrail elements shall be hot-dipped galvanised after fabrication the STIFFENER PLATE RAIL DRAFT
minimum coating on the beam shall be 1220gm/sq.m of the sheet for triple SCALE 1:20 SCALE 1:20
1. For more details, refer to Australia / New Zealand Standard Road Safety Barrier
spot test.
System AS/NZ 3845: 1999.
9. All exposed edges for 'C' post section must be rounded off. STANDARD DETAIL
2. Guardrail properties to satisfy the requirement of ASSHTO. Designation : M 180.
10. All materials shall be subjected to sampling for determination of
3. Guardrail with curvature less than 45mm shall be shop bent.
dimensional compliance and specification requirement.
4. All joints are to be shop welded with 6mm fillet weld unless otherwise stated.
11. This drawing shall be used as a guide and contractors shall submit shop
5. All W-beam shall be 3mm gauge thickness.
drawing with calculations (endorsed by P.E.) for approval. VEHICULAR IMPACT DRAWING NO. REV.
6. All thrie-beam shall be 2.82mm gauge thickness.
12. It is the responsibility of the contractor & his professional engineer to design GUARDRAILS - LTA/SDRE14/6/VIG5 A
7. Lap joints shall be made in the direction of the adjacent traffic movement.
for the supporting foundation to suit the soil conditions of varying sites. THRIE-BEAM TRANSITION
8. All guardrail elements shall be hot-dipped galvanised after fabrication the minimum A DATE OF ISSUE SCALE SHEET NO.
13. For undivided road, detail 1 of thrie-beam transition shall be apply at OCT 2015
coating on the beam shall be 1220gm/sq.m of the sheet for triple spot test. 1st APR 2014 AS SHOWN
REV. DATE 1 OF 1
both ends of the parapet wall.
6-5
2m C/C 2m C/C
A
-
RAIL SPLICE 322mm
NOMINAL LAP
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
3 NOS 150 X 110 X 18 X 4.3

LIPPED CHANNEL SECTION (GALVANISED)
GUARDRAIL
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
DETAIL 1
2m C/C 2m C/C
POST INTERMEDIATE POST
ELEVATION APPROPRIATE END TREATMENT

TO BE PROPOSED BY
DESIGNER / CONSULTANT
DOUBLE SIDED GUARDRAIL
SCALE 1:25
150
200 200
(MAXIMUM) 150 75 75 150 (MAXIMUM)
40
4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5
90
110
90
100
40
40 90 90 40
100
SECTION B-B
750
B SCALE 1:10
-
STANDARD POST SPACING 18m STANDARD POST SPACING
260 X 260 X 19 PLATE
30
(4 NOS. 34 DIA HOLES) W-BEAM DOUBLE SIDED VEHICULAR

IMPACT GUARDRAIL
NON-SHRINKED GROUT
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
(20 THK NOMINAL)
110
260 X 260 X 19 DIRECTION OF TRAVEL

CARRIAGEWAY PLATE (4 NOS.
34 DIA HOLES)
CARRIAGEWAY 1
CONCRETE CENTRE MEDIAN
PLAN -
SECTION A-A END TREATMENT ARRANGEMENT FROM W-BEAM TO DOUBLE SIDED VEHICULAR IMPACT GUARDRAIL
DRAFT

1. For guardrail details, please refer to Drawing No. LTA/SDRE14/6/VIG4A.
2. Bolts & nuts shall be manufactured from carbon steel and shall conform to
the requirements of ASTM A307 Grade A and ASTM A563 Grade A respectively.
DOUBLE SIDED
DRAWING NO. REV.
VEHICULAR IMPACT
LTA/SDRE14/6/VIG6 A
GUARDRAIL
6-6
18m 2m
1550
TYPE D RAILING
(FOR PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE ONLY)
175 1200 175
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL EDGE OF CARRIAGEWAY
N. 500
150 150
TYPE D RAILING (FOR
PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE ONLY)
1500
600
MI
75
85
COLUMN
N.
BRACE
600
MI
1500
75 X 22 SLOT
500
PLAN
EDGE OF CARRIAGEWAY DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
END PIECE
SCALE 1:20
ARRANGEMENT OF GUARDRAIL AT CENTRE MEDIAN
ARRANGEMENT OF GUARDRAIL AT CENTRE MEDIAN OF WIDTH EXCEEDINGSCALE
OR EQUAL
1:100 TO 4m
2m 18m
18m
OUTER EDGE OF CARRIAGEWAY
TYPE D RAILING (FOR CENTRE MEDIAN & PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE ONLY) DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
N.500
BEAM
DETABLE
COLUMN WASHER
1500
8° 2000
600
MI
SI
800
BRACE
900
150 X 150 X 6 SHS POST COLUMN
150
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL 150
C16/20 CONCRETE
ELEVATION
VEHICULAR OR PEDESTRIAN BRIDGE 150 X 150 X 6 SHS POST ARRANGEMENT OF GUARDRAIL AT SIDETABLE
150 X 150 X 6 TO BE FILLED WITH GRADE 20 CONCRETE
SHS BRACE WELDED TO POST
150 X 150 X 6 SHS SPACER WELDED TO POST
300 X 300 X 10 THK

PLATE WELDED TO BRACE
1050
150 X 300 X 10 THK
M.S. PLATE WELDED TO BRACE
45°
200
300
CARRIAGEWAY
150
900
125
150 X 150 X 6 SHS
100
WELDED TO POST AND BRACE
250 X 250 X 8 THK

M.S. BASE PLATE C16/20 CONCRETE
125 150
835 125
DETAIL OF BRACE SUPPORT

SCALE 1:50
NOTES:
BS EN 1011 - General requirements for the metal arc welding of mild
1. Guardrail properties to satisfy the requirements of AASHTO. DRAFT
Designation : M 180 steel.
2. Structural steel sections shall be in accordance with BS 4 AND BS EN 10025, 4. Guardrail with curvature less than 45m shall be shop bent.
BS EN 1013, BS 7668, BS EN 10029 and BS EN 10210-1 Grade 43C mild 5. All joints are to be shop welded with 6mm fillet weld unless otherwise STANDARD DETAIL
steel for general structural purposes (except for guardrail beam) stated.
3. Welding shall be in accordance with BS EN 1, SS EN 1993; BS EN 1090; 6. All W-beam shall be of 3mm gauge thickness.
SS EN 1994 welding terms & symbols. 7. Lap joints shall be made in the direction of the adjacent traffic movement.
8. All guardrail elements shall be galvanised by hot-dip process after GUARDRAILS IN FRONT
SS EN 1993 DRAWING NO. REV.
OF COLUMN - WITHOUT
BS EN 1090 - Covered electrodes for the manual metal arc welding of mild fabrication. The minimum coating on the beam shall be 1220gm/sq.m
ADJOINING VEHICULAR LTA/SDRE14/6/VIG7 B
SS EN 1994 steel and medium tensile steel. of the sheet for triple spot test. B SEP 2017
IMPACT GUARDRAILS
BS EN 1011 - General requirements for the metal arc welding of structural OCT 2015

steel tube to BS EN 10296, BS EN 10305, BS EN 10297
6-7
2m 2m 4m
START OF VEHICULAR START OF VEHICULAR
IMPACT GUARDRAILS 2m 18m IMPACT GUARDRAIL
4m 2m 2m
COLUMN
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
ELEVATION
START OF VEHICULAR
18m 2m 18m IMPACT GUARDRAIL
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
600
(MIN)
COLUMN
600
(MIN)
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
PLAN
ARRANGEMENT OF GUARDRAIL AT CENTRE MEDIAN
START OF VEHICULAR
2m 18m IMPACT GUARDRAIL
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
900
BRACE
COLUMN
PLAN
ARRANGEMENT OF GUARDRAIL AT SIDETABLE
DRAFT
STANDARD DETAIL
GUARDRAILS IN FRONT
DRAWING NO. REV.
OF COLUMN - WITH
ADJOINING VEHICULAR LTA/SDRE14/6/VIG8 A
IMPACT GUARDRAILS
6-8
MAIN PAGE
CHAPTER 7
DIRECTIONAL SIGNS
LETTERINGS FOR DIRECTIONAL SIGNS - UPPER CASE

(SHEET 1 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/7/DIR1 -
LETTERINGS FOR DIRECTIONAL SIGNS - UPPER CASE

LETTERINGS FOR DIRECTIONAL SIGNS - LOWER CASE

LETTERINGS FOR DIRECTIONAL SIGNS - LOWER CASE

NUMBERS FOR DIRECTIONAL SIGNS LTA/SDRE14/7/DIR5 -
ARROWS FOR DIRECTIONAL SIGNS LTA/SDRE14/7/DIR6 -
NOTES FOR DIRECTIONAL SIGNS (SHEET 1 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/7/DIR7 -
NOTES FOR DIRECTIONAL SIGNS (SHEET 2 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/7/DIR8 -

7.5 5 7.5 5 6 5 1.5 7.5 7.5 5 5 7.5 5 5 10 5 10 5 5 5 5
5
5
5
R
7.
7.
R
R
7.
7.
R
7.
7.
5
5
10
5
5
5
11.
R
5
5
2.
2.
R
2.
2.
R
5
5
5
R
5
5
7.
9
4
5
2.
R
5
.
R7
5
10
25
R
5
13.
7.
5
R
2.
5
11
11
21
5
7.
16
R
5
2. R
2.
5
2.
2.
2.
5
5 5
2.
R
R
R R
5
7.
7.
7.
7.
7. 5
5
5
5
5
2.
R
5 10 5 5 7.5 5
5 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 7.5 5 5 10 5 15 5 5 10 5
13
14
15
19
22
25
25
30
5
35
22
16
16
15
13
R2.5
10
10
5
R7.5

1. For colour combinations, sizes / dimensions and standard spacing between 2
letters, refer to Drawings No LTA/SDRE14/7/DIR7 & 8.
LETTERINGS FOR
DIRECTIONAL SIGNS - DRAWING NO. REV.
UPPER CASE LTA/SDRE14/7/DIR1 -

(SHEET 1 OF 2)
7-1
5 10 5 5 7.5 5 5 10 5 5 7.5 5 5 7.5 5 15 5 10 5
5
5
5
R
7.
7.
7.
R
R
7.
R
R
7.
7.
7.
7.
5
10
5
5
R
R
5
5
5
R
2.
R
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
5
R
R
R
5
5
R
10
2.
5
5
12.
R 5
7.
5
2.
5
30
5
2.
5
7.
25
25
R
R
R
7.
30
5
5
5
7.
R
5 R
25
2.
5
15
R R 2. R
2. 5
2. 2.
5
5
5
5
12.
2.
5
2.
2. 5
2.
5 5
R
R
R
R
10
R R R 5 R
7.
5
5
7.
7.
7.
7. 7. 7. 7.
R
5
5
5 5 5 5
R
R
5
2.
R
1
5
R
5
5 10 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 5 5 10 5 10 5 2 5 3 5 7.5
R6.6
5
R1.5
R10
R10
R5
R5
15
5
5.
17
23
R1.5
10
5
35
25
R5
20
R10
5
9.
18
12
R4 R1.
5
5
.
R7
5
R5
5
R9
7.5 5 7.5 5 5 5 5 5 7.5 5 7.5
STANDARD DETAIL
LETTERINGS FOR
UPPER CASE LTA/SDRE14/7/DIR2 -

(SHEET 2 OF 2)
7-2
5 5 5 5 5 5 2.5 5 5
5
R
10
10
1
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
5
R 7.5 R 5.5 R 7.5
R 5.5
5
5
5
5
R
7.
5
5
2.
1
R R2.5 R2.5 R2.5 R2.5
R
35
1
5
5
3.
10
25
15
15
20
8
5
R
7.
2.5
3
5
R
R2.5 R2.5 R2.5 R2.5

R
R
1
5
7.
5
5
R
5
R
R
R 5.5 R 7.5
R
R 5.5
2
R7.5
2
5 5 5 5 5 5
5
10
10
5 5 5 10 10
5
R 5.5 R 5.5 R6 R 5.5
5
5
10
R2.5 R2.5 R2.5 R2.5
35
15
25
5
20
20
35
R2.5
10
5
R 5.5
5
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
1
R2.5
R
5
5
R
R 7.5

1. For colour combinations, sizes / dimensions and standard spacing between
2 letters, refer to Drawings No. LTA/SDRE14/7/DIR7 & 8.
LETTERINGS FOR
LOWER CASE LTA/SDRE14/7/DIR3 -

(SHEET 1 OF 2)
7-3
2.5 5 5
10
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 7.5 5 5 5
R 5.5 R 5.5 R 5.5
3
R
R
5
R
5
5
5
5.
5.
5
R
5
7.
R
1
R2.5 R2.5
R
R2.5
R
3
1
1
R
R
5
15
15
15
15
5
12.
20
20
R
R 5
1
R R
1
1 R2.5 R2.5 1
R
R
1
1
R
7.
R
R R
5.
5
5
5
5
5
5.
5
R
R 5.5
R
R 5.5
10
10
5 5 5 5 7.5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 7.5 5 7.5 5
5
5
6.
11
15
6
20
25
15
5
6.
14
R2.5
10
10
6
5
5
R5.5
5
5 5 5 5 5
R1
5
5
5.
R
STANDARD DETAIL
LETTERINGS FOR
LOWER CASE LTA/SDRE14/7/DIR4 -

(SHEET 2 OF 2)
7-4
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 10 5 2.5 5 5 5 5 5 5
5
5 2.
6
5
5
R
5
6
R
R
R
6
R
6
2.
6
R2.5 R2.5
5
5
17.
20
R6
5
R10
5
5
5
R2.5
.
R15
R2
30
R2.5
35
5
R
6
R2
5
.
7.
5
R2.5 R2.5
10
5
5
R7.
5 5
R2.5 R2.5 R2.5
10
10
6
5
6
R
5
R
R
R
6
R
6
12.5 5
5 10 5 7.5 5 5 7.5 5 5 7.5 5
6
R
5
5
R
R
R
6
R
6
6
5
R
6
R
5
5
5
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
2.
5
R
R
R
5
7.
10
5
R
5
2.
2.
5
5
R6
2.
R6
2.
5
R
5
5
5
R7.
25
45
5
R
R7.
7
5
R
2.
5
2.
30
2.5 2.5
5
5
12.
10
R
R
5
5
2.
2.
5
2.
2.
2.
2.
5
5
R
R
5
10
R
5
7.
6
5
5
R
R
R
R
R
7.
6
6
5
5 10

letters, refer to LTA/SDRE14/7/DIR7 & 8.
DRAWING NO. REV.

NUMBERS FOR
DIRECTIONAL SIGNS LTA/SDRE14/7/DIR5 -
7-5
4
BORDER
36 48
15
46
12
90
°
24
10
4
BORDER
60 60
56
SCALE 1:1000
13
19
55
°
90°
12
SCALE 1:500
19
13
19 16 29
SCALE 1:500

letters, refer to LTA/SDRE14/7/DIR7 & 8.
DRAWING NO. REV.

ARROWS FOR
7-6
TABLE 1: TABLE 3:
MULTIPLICATION FACTORS FOR DIFFERENT SIGNS RECOMMENDED SPACING BETWEEN INITIAL CAPITAL AND LOWER CASE LETTERS
ADVANCE FACILITY AND

DIRECTIONAL GANTRY WHEN COMBINED WITH LETTER SPACING *
DIRECTIONAL INFORMATION INITIAL
SIGN SIGN LOWER-CASE LETTERS
SIGN SIGN
EXPRESSWAY 10 10 10 12 (300) v, w 3
A, C, E f, t, x, y 4
12# (300)
OTHER ROAD 6 6 6* ALL OTHERS 5
10 (250)
B, D, G, H, I
12# (300) f, t, v, w, x, y 4
MINOR ROAD 4 4 4
10 (250)
J, M, N, O, Q,
ALL OTHERS 5
R, S, U
F, K, P, T, V v, w, x, y 3
1. *Factor 6 is used if the sign is mounted with one or more directional W, X, Y, Z ALL OTHERS 4
signs on the same frame. if on its own, factor 4 is recommended.
2. #Factor 12 is preferred if space on the gantry sign permits. f, t, v, w, x, y 3

L
ALL OTHERS 4
3. ( ) Figures in bracket are the x-heights of the actual sizes of characters.
' (APOSTROPHE) ALL 5
, (COMMA) ALL 10
/ ALL 20
* For x-heights of 100mm, 150mm, 250mm and 300mm, the actual letter
and numeral spacings will be multiplied by 4, 6, 10 & 12 respectively.
TABLE 2: TABLE 4:
RECOMMENDED SPACING BETWEEN LOWER CASE LETTERS RECOMMENDED SPACING BETWEEN UPPER CASE LETTERS
* *
WHEN COMBINED LETTER SPACING WHEN COMBINED LETTER SPACING
LETTERS
LETTERS WITH LETTERS
WITH LETTERS
a, b, d, g, h, i, A, L, V, Y ALL 4
j, l, m, n, o, p, ALL 5
q, u B, C, D, E, F, A, J, V, Y 4
G, H, I, J, K,
M, N, O, P, Q,
v, w, x, y 4
e, c, s R, S, T, U, W, ALL OTHERS 5
ALL OTHERS 5
X, Z
v, w, x, y, z, ' (APOSTROPHE) ALL 5

4
f, t f, t, a, c, e, s
5 , (COMMA) ALL 10
ALL OTHERS
/ ALL 20
v, w, y 4
k, x
ALL OTHERS 5
Greater spacings are recommended for short form of all expressway

v, w, x, y, z 3 names (eg. ECP, PIE, BKE etc) . It happens in two way:
r, v, w, y, z f, t, a, c, e, s 4
1. Expressway name with legend in brackets ie. ECP (Changi Airport). The
ALL OTHERS 5
spacings between E, C, and P will be 8mm, which is 1.6 times the spacing in table 4.
' (APOSTROPHE) ALL 5
2. Only expressway name ie. ECP. The spacing between letters will be
, (COMMA) ALL 10 double of item 1.
/ ALL 20
*For x-heights of 100mm, 150mm, 250mm and 300mm, the actual letter
* For x-heights of 100mm, 150mm, 250mm and 300mm, the actual letter
STANDARD DETAIL
NOTES FOR DRAWING NO. REV.

(SHEET 1 OF 2)
7-7
TABLE 5: TABLE 7: TABLE 11:
RECOMMENDED SPACING BETWEEN NUMERALS COLOUR CODE DIRECTIONAL SIGNS
* LETTERING TYPE
NUMERALS/ WHEN COMBINED LETTER SPACING COLOUR EXPRESSWAY &
ARROW & BACKGROUND REMARKS OF OTHER ROAD
OTHERS WITH LETTERS CODE SEMI-EXPRESSWAY
BORDER SIGNS
4 4 600m FROM END OF CHEVRON MARKING 150m FROM END OF CHEVRON

WHITE EXPRESSWAY NAMES ADVANCE
1, 3, 8, 9, 0 1, 2, 3, 7 5 A GREEN OF TRAFFIC ISLAND OF AN INTERCHANGE MARKING OF TRAFFIC ISLAND
(Within Blue Box) ON DIRECTIONAL SIGNS DIRECTIONAL
ALL OTHERS 6 ON THE SIDETABLE. OF AN INTERCHANGE OR
SIGNS
INTERSECTION ON THE SIDETABLE.
4 4 (a) DIRECTIONAL SIGNS
2,5,6 INTERMEDIATE 300m FROM END OF CHEVRON MARKING
ALL OTHERS 5 B WHITE GREEN (b) STREET NAME SIGNS-
ADVANCE OF TRAFFIC ISLAND OF AN INTERCHANGE
STAND ALONE SIGNS
DIRECTIONAL ON THE SIDETABLE.
4, 3
SIGNS NOT APPLICABLE.
4 1, 2, 3, 7 4 (a) FACILITY SIGNS IF THERE IS NO SUITABLE SITE FOR THE
ALL OTHERS 5 C BLACK WHITE (b) STREET NAME ON INTERMEDIATE ADVANCE SIGN, THEN IT SHOULD
DIRECTIONAL SIGNS BE MOUNTED ONTO A CANTILEVER SUPPORT.
4 1
7
ALL OTHERS 3 D WHITE BLUE INFORMATION SIGNS
THE EXIT NUMBER SIGN TO BE PLACED AT
E WHITE BROWN TOURISTS THE PHYSICAL NOSING OF TRAFFIC ISLAND
, (COMMA) ALL 10
WITH CANTILEVER / GI POST.
/ ALL 20
TABLE 8: THE CONFIRMATORY SIGN TO BE PLACED ON
* For x-heights of 100mm, 150mm, 250mm and 300mm, THE LEFT SIDE OF THE SLIP ROAD WITH A
the actual letter and numeral spacings will EXPRESSWAY LOGO
EXIT NUMBER SIGN. AT THE PHYSICAL NOSING OF
be multiplied by 4, 6, 10 & 12 respectively.
CONFIRMATORY THE TRAFFIC ISLAND OF AN
For "EXIT NUMBER" Sign, the actual numeral spacings will TYPES OF ROAD ONE LEGEND BORDER TWO LEGENDS BORDER DIRECTIONAL IT CAN BE PLACED AT A PROMINENT LOCATION INTERCHANGE OR INTERSECTION
be multiplied by 11.43. DIRECTIONAL SIGNS ALONG THE STRETCH OF ROAD BETWEEN THE OR LEFT SIDE OF THE
ISLAND NOSING AND THE TIP OF THE CHEVRON CARRIAGEWAY.
SIGN MARKING.
ARTERIAL 280 X 250 20 385 X 350 25

IF THERE IS NO SUITABLE SITE FOR THE
EXPRESSWAY 385 X 350 25 560 X 500 30 CONFIRMATORY SIGN, THEN IT SHOULD BE
MOUNTED ONTO A CANTILEVER SUPPORT.
GANTRY 560 X 500 30 728 X 650 35
TABLE 6:
RECOMMENDED WORD SPACING
TABLE 9:
WORD SPACING REMARKS MULTIPLICATION FACTORS FOR EXPRESSWAY LOGO
(mm)
TABLE 12:
SIZE OF
HORIZONTAL
25 - EXPRESSWAY LOGO WIDTH FACTOR LENGTH FACTOR OTHER SIGNS
SPACING
(mm) X (mm)
TYPE
VERTICAL (i) 20 FOR SPACING BETWEEN UPPER SIGN 385 X 350 1.40 1.40 EXPRESSWAY &
SPACING BORDER TO TOP OF LEGEND WITH
OF OTHER ROAD
SEMI-EXPRESSWAY
UPPER AND LOWER-CASE LETTERS AND 560 X 500 2.00 2.00 SIGNS
ALSO FOR SPACING BETWEEN WORDS.
728 X 650 2.60 2.60 1 km FROM PHYSICAL NOSING OF
(ii) 25 FOR SPACING BETWEEN BOTTOM OF OVERHEAD TRAFFIC ISLAND OF AN INTERCHANGE IF REQUIRED, SUBJECT TO
UPPER-CASE LETTER AND LOWER SIGN GANTRY ON THE SIDETABLE. APPROVAL FROM AUTHORITIES.
BORDER, AND FOR SPACING BETWEEN
UPPER SIGN BORDER TO TOP OF LEGEND TABLE 10:
WITH UPPER-CASE LETTERS ONLY.
SPACING BETWEEN NUMERAL AND ALPHABET IN 'EXIT NUMBER' SIGNS
* For x-heights of 100mm, 150mm, 250mm and 300mm,
the actual letter and numeral spacings will be multiplied
by 4, 6, 10 & 12 respectively.
NUMERAL ALPHABET SPACING
1,2,3,4,
ALL 120
5,6,8,9,0
A 100
7
ALL OTHERS 120
STANDARD DETAIL
NOTES FOR DRAWING NO. REV.

(SHEET 2 OF 2)
7-8
CHAPTER 8
ROAD MARKINGS & SIGNS
LANE MARKINGS (SHEET 1 OF 3) LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS1 B
LANE MARKINGS (SHEET 2 OF 3) LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS2 B
LANE MARKINGS (SHEET 3 OF 3) LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS3 A
ARROW MARKINGS LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS4 A
MULTI-HEAD ARROW FOR TURNING MOVEMENTS LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS5 A
TYPICAL ACCELERATION LANE AT EXPRESSWAY LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS6 A
TYPICAL DECELERATION LANE AT EXPRESSWAY LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS7 A
CHEVRON MARKINGS LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS8 A
ROAD SIGNS & MARKINGS AT INTERSECTIONS LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS9 B
BUS LANE MARKINGS LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS10 B
MANDATORY GIVE WAY TO BUS (MGWTB) LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS11 -
PAVEMENT MARKINGS FOR SHARP CURVE LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS12 A
CURVE ALIGNMENT MARKERS (CAM) LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS13 -
GUIDING LINES AND TURNING POCKETS AT INTERSECTIONS LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS14 A
DRAFT
THICKNESS OF
TYPE MARKINGS DESCRIPTION
THERMOPLASTIC PAINT (mm)
100
1000 1000 1000 1000
These white lines are used to indicate the edge of the carriageway adjacent to
A auxillary lanes eg. exclusive right / left turn lanes at junctions, lay-by, bus bay, 3.0
guidling lines etc.
1000 1000 1000 1000
100
These yellow lines are used along normal bus lanes to indicate a break
1.5
A1 for use by other turning vehicles.
1000 1000 1000 1000

200
These white lines are used to indicate the edge of the carriageway adjacent to
auxillary lanes eg. exclusive right/left turn lanes at acceleration / deceleration lanes 3.0
A2
along expressways. It is also known as speed change lane marking.
300
1000 1000 1000 1000

These broken yellow lines are used to guide drivers emerging from the side road to
keep away from the leftmost traffic lane, which is a normal bus lane. It gives the road
1.5
A3 users advance warning and provides clearer guidance to motorists of normal bus
lane ahead.
200 200
200
These broken white lines are used to demarcate signalised pedestrian

A4 5
crossing lines.
300
1000 3000 1000

100
A5 These broken white lines are used for guiding motorists across junctions. 3.0
1000 1000 1000 1000

100
100
These yellow and red lines are used along full day bus lane to indicate a break 1.5 (Yellow Line)
A6 for use by other turning vehicles. 1.5 (Red Line)
150
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
1000 1000 1000 1000

300
100
These broken yellow and red lines are used to guide drivers emerging from the side
road, to keep away from the left-most traffic lane, which is a full day bus lane. It gives 1.5 (Yellow Line)
A7 the road users advance warning and provides clearer guidance to motorists of full day 1.5 (Red Line)
150
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL bus lane ahead.

400
400 400
A8 These broken white lines are used to demarcate signalised bicycle crossing lines. 3.0
400
4000 2000
100
These white lines are used as lane marking between lanes at other roads & tunnels.
B 3.0
10000 2000
100
B1 These white lines are used as lane marking between lanes on expressway only. 3.0
2000 4000
100
These white lines are used as lane markings at light controlled intersection and along
C the approaches at / before the stop line. Generally 7 to 10 markings are painted. 3.0
DRAFT
NOTES: 3. The dimensioning lane width shall be taken from the centre of lane STANDARD DETAIL
1. Single / double yellow lines are not required under the following situations: markings. See diagram A
- flyover and underpass
c
L
- ramps leasing to flyover and underpass
LANE WIDTH
- slip road (both sides) DRAWING NO. REV.
LANE MARKINGS
- edge of traffic island (forming the slip road) at road intersection c
L LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS1 B
(SHEET 1 OF 3)
2. Thermoplastic road marking materials shall comply with SS 589:2013. B SEP 2017
DIAGRAM A
8-1
THICKNESS OF
100
1000 1000 1000 1000
150
Two parallel white lines indicate that traffic approaching these lines is to give way to oncoming traffic
D either on the left or right.
3.0
150
2750 2750
E These white lines are used as centre lines on a two-way carriageway. 3.0
150
This continuous white line is used as a centre line on a two-way carriageway and also indicates
F no parking on both sides.
3.0
150
This continuous yellow line by the side of the carriageway indicates no parking from 7.00a.m. to
G 7.00p.m. on that side of the carriageway except sundays and public holidays. 1.5
(See notes in Dwg No: LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS1)
150
100
Two parallel continuous white lines are used as centre line on a two-way carriageway or
H between lanes to indicate no crossing of the lines.
3.0
100
150
100
Two parallel continuous yellow lines by the side of the carriageway indicate no parking at
I all times on that side of the carriageway. (See notes in Dwg No: LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS1)
1.5
100
300
This continuous white line is used along expressway adjacent to paved shoulder and also
J as stop lines.
3.0
150 4000 150 4000 150
100
500
These zig zag white line are used to indicate approaching zebra crossing. they also indicate no
500
K crossing and no parking at area where these lines are painted.

3.0
300
300
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL 12m

L This continuous yellow line is used as normal bus lane marking. 1.5
1200
1200 X 200 YELLOW LINE
200
200
This continuous white line is used as edgelines painted next to the centre divider kerbs along
M dual 3-lane (and above) roads where street lightings are not provided along the centre divider. 3.0 (Edgeline)
450
200
These continuous yellow lines are used for yellow box junction. 200mm for the diagonals and
N 450mm for the sides.
3.0
DRAFT
STANDARD DETAIL
LANE MARKINGS DRAWING NO. REV.
(SHEET 2 OF 3) LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS2 B
B SEP 2017
8-2
THICKNESS OF
1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 500
100
300
DOUBLE YELLOW LINES
O Single zig zag yellow line at the edge of a road prohibiting parking at all times. 1.5
100
1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 500
100
100
DOUBLE YELLOW LINES
717
300 Double zig zag yellow line at the edge of a road prohibiting stopping of vehicles
P 1.5
200
at all times unless the vehicle is prevented from proceeding due to traffic conditions.
1200 x 200 WIDE

12m
YELLOW LINE
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
950
150
Q 1.5 (Yellow Line)

100
These continuous yellow & red lines are used as full day bus lane marking.
1.5 (Red Line)
300
2
Raised profile marking to be provided for the following:
R - From the start of the shoulder marking at the exit road to 10m behind the gore area 8
300
+70
300 300 - From the start of chevron to 10m after the gore area
- From the start of the deceleration lane along expressway next to paved shoulder 300
300
- Continuously along the expressway shoulder lane next to slow lane
c
L c
L
50+
EDGE OF CARRIAGEWAY
DROP-INLET CHAMBER DROP-INLET CHAMBER SHOULDER

DROP-INLET CHAMBER WIDTH
KERB KERB
400 400 KERB
400
LANE LANE LANE R LANE

I WIDTH I WIDTH WIDTH WIDTH
I
RED
100
c
L c
L OF YELLOW LINE c
L OF YELLOW LINE c
L
YELLOW YELLOW
LANE LANE
B WIDTH Q LANE L LANE
WIDTH
B WIDTH B B / B1 WIDTH
c
L c
L c
L c
L
LANE
LANE LANE
WIDTH LANE
WIDTH M WIDTH M WIDTH
M
J
400 SHOULDER
400 400
CENTRE DIVIDER KERB CENTRE DIVIDER KERB CENTRE DIVIDER KERB WIDTH
EDGE OF CARRIAGEWAY
OTHER ROADS FULL DAY BUS LANE NORMAL BUS LANE EXPRESSWAY / TUNNEL LANE
DRAFT
STANDARD DETAIL
LANE MARKINGS DRAWING NO. REV.
(SHEET 3 OF 3) LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS3 A
8-3
0 46
46 0
22
85
0
18
18
0
0
18
18
0
30
375 305 5
32
460 150
460
00
46
1145
750 0
1525
2285
2285
85
R
22
45
610
5 60
1250
60° °
425
2000
180 180 180 180
R
100 43
990
0 18
660
0
990
18
0
0
0
10
40
R
485
1675
45
5 60°
0
37
713
300
530
R
45
4523
5
500
00
32
630
3885
3200
3200
3350
2740
150
600
460
1830
550
500
R 500
1905
1500
600
30° 60°
1 30
23 5
305 305 305
350 200
460
TO INDICATE CERTAIN
TRAFFIC MOVEMENT
WITH TIME LIMIT
DRAFT

1. Thickness of thermoplastic paint is 3mm.
DRAWING NO. REV.

ARROW MARKINGS LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS4 A
8-4
0
15
200
R
0
R
15
15
12
00
R
R
50
12
10
25
50
R
00
00
20
R
00
35
00
R
30
00
0
15
300
0
15
800 300 800
1100
6100
150
400
150
450
800 450 800
500
800 600 800
600
800 750 800
600
200
900 500
1000
(MINIMUM)
PEDESTRIAN CROSSING LINE
KERB LINE
OVERALL DIAGRAM
WITH JUNCTION
LAYOUT
NOT TO SCALE DRAFT

MULTI-HEAD ARROW DRAWING NO. REV.
FOR TURNING MOVEMENTS LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS5 A
8-5
RA
I
SE
BE D
GR KERB
TAP ADU TO
ER A
(
5m ED LLY
LEN DO
GT WN
H) 5m
40m
J 5. ENDOF 35m 35m 35m
5m
RAI
SEDKER
B
R ENTRY 2m SHOUL EDGE OF CARRIAGEWAY

START OF RAMP DER 2.75m SHOULDER
R
EXTENDGUARDRAILFROM EXPRESSWAY 3.
5m
TO STARTOFFULLYRAI
SEDKERB 2.5m 2.75m 2.75m
3.5m 3.5m
S
2.75m SHOULDER
H 3 2 1
3.5m 3.5m 3.5m 3.5m
3.5m 3.5m 3.5m 3.5m
3.5m 3.5m 3.5m 3.5m
0.9m 0.9m 0.9m 0.9m
R
J R A2 J B1 R
12m 35m PARALLEL LANE (L) 90m
PHYSICAL
NOSING TOTAL LENGTH OF ACCELERATION LANE
RA
I
SE
BE DK
G ER
BT
TAP RADU O
ER A
B (
5m ED LLY TYPICAL ACCELERATION LANE FOR SINGLE LANE ENTRY RAMP
LEN DOW
GT N
R H) SCALE 1:1000
START OF
MI
NIMU
M 60m
5m 40m
35m 35m 35m
ENDO
FRAI
SEDKE
RB
ENTRY 2m SHOUL EDGE OF CARRIAGEWAY
RAMP DER
R
EXTEND GUARDRAIL FROM EXPRESSWAY 3.
5 2.75m SHOULDER
m
TO START OF FULLY RAISED KERB 2.5m 2.75m 2.75m
3.5m 3.5m
S
2.75m SHOULDER
H 3 2 1
3.5m 3.5m 3.5m 3.5m
3.5m 3.5m 3.5m 3.5m
3.5m 3.5m 3.5m 3.5m
0.9m 0.9m 0.9m 0.9m
R
J R A2 J B1 R
LENGTH OF PARALLEL LANE (L)

12m 35m PARALLEL LANE (L) 90m
ABSOLUTE
DESIRABLE
(SUBJECT TO LTA'S APPROVAL) PHYSICAL
NOSING TOTAL LENGTH OF ACCELERATION LANE
175m 105m
TYPICAL ACCELERATION LANE FOR TWO LANE ENTRY RAMP

SCALE 1:1000
DRAFT

1. Appropriate width of the slip road shall be provided based on the various radii of
the slip road, in accordance to Civil Design Criteria.
TYPICAL ACCELERATION DRAWING NO. REV.
LANE AT EXPRESSWAY LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS6 A
REV. DATE 1st APR 2014 AS SHOWN 1 of 2
8-6
TOF
ENDTREATMEN AIL
VEHICUL ARIMPACTGUARDR
LFROM
RAI
(EXTENDGUARD
O START
EXPRESSWAYT
m OFFUL LYRAISEDKERB)
40
40m m O BE
5
20 NI
m MI MUM RBT ED
S
I EDKE TAPER
RA LLY H)
A DUA LENGT
2.75m SHOULDER STARTOF GR 5m
N(
RAISEDKERB DOW 5m
5.
ELECTRONIC MESSAGE ADVISORY SIGN (EMAS) R
B1 R A2 J
TRAFFIC INFORMATION DISPLAY (TID) 2m SHOULDER
TRAMP
EXI
S
R m J
L
35
.
O
S
R
W
L
END OF R
O
2.75m 2.75m 3.0m
W
S
3.5m 3.5m 2.75m SHOULDER

H3
3.5m 3.5m 3.5m 3.5m

3.5m 3.5m 3.5m 3.5m
2 1
3.5m 3.5m 3.5m 3.5m

0.9m 0.9m 0.9m 0.9m
CRASH CUSHION CURVE ALIGNMENT MARKER (CAM)
10m
75m PARALLEL LANE (L) 75m 12m
OVERHEAD GANTRY
PHYSICAL
TOTAL LENGTH OF DECELERATION LANE NOSING
TYPICAL DECELERATION LANE AT EXIT FOR SINGLE LANE EXIT RAMP
TOF
ENDTREATMEN L
AI
VEHICUL MPACTGUARDR
ARI
RD LFROM
RAI
(EXTENDGUA
O START
EXPRESSWAYT
OFFUL L SEDKERB)
YRAI
40m
BE
40m 5m TO D
20 NI
m MI MUM ERB ERE
SED K YTAP )
2.75m SHOULDER RAI UALL ENGTH
D L
20m
STARTOF GRA N (5m
R
ELECTRONIC MESSAGE ADVISORY SIGN (EMAS)
RAISEDKERB DOW
TRAFFIC INFORMATION DISPLAY (TID) J
R 5m
3.
S
A2 m
L
35
.
O
B1 5
.m
L
3
WS
O
R TRAMP
EXI
WS
5
.m R
L
3
O
L
W
5m
O
3. R
W
2.75m 3.0m END OF
3.5m 35
.m
S
2.75m
H3
3.5m 3.5m 3.5m 3.5m

3.5m 3.5m 3.5m 3.5m
2 1
3.5m 3.5m 3.5m 3.5m

0.9m 0.9m 0.9m 0.9m
CRASH CUSHION
CURVE ALIGNMENT MARKER (CAM)
10m
75m PARALLEL LANE (L) 75m 12m
OVERHEAD GANTRY
PHYSICAL
TOTAL LENGTH OF DECELERATION LANE NOSING
TYPICAL DECELERATION LANE AT EXIT FOR TWO LANE EXIT RAMP

LENGTH OF PARALLEL LANE (L)
DESIRABLE MINIMUM ABSOLUTE

(SUBJECT TO LTA'S APPROVAL)
150m 80m 10m
DRAFT

1. Area between the slip road and main road behind the nosing shall be graded level
with carriageway and shall be free of signs, trees, lamp posts and other hard
objects except split arrows and object marker sign.
2. Total length of the deceleration lane can be further reduced to absolute minimum DRAWING NO. REV.
TYPICAL DECELERATION
value of 160m due to site constraint subject to approval by LTA. LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS7 A
LANE AT EXPRESSWAY
3. Appropriate width of the slip road shall be provided based on the various radii
of slip road, in accordance to Civil Design Criteria. A SEP 2017
REV. DATE 1st APR 2014 1:1000 2 of 2
8-7
1800
150
150
DI
RECTI
ONOFTRAVEL
90°
ONOFTRAVEL
RECTI
DI
150
0
20
AGEWAY
NCARRI
FOLLOW ALGNMENTOFMAI
I
AVEL
ONOFTR
RECTI
DI
300
150
300
CHEVRON MARKING WHERE TWO TRAFFIC STREAMS MERGE
90°
2m
150
150
0
300
300
300
90
90
6000
START OR END OF
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
WIDE PAVED SHOULDER 1800
150
10m 2m
150
DI
RECTI
ONOFTRAVEL
45°
CHEVRON MARKING & RAISED PAVEMENT MARKER ON EXPRESSWAY EXIT
ONOFTRAVEL
RECTI
DI
150
20
AGEWAY
NCARRI 0
FOLLOW ALGNMENTOFMAI
I
DIAGONAL MARKING IN ADVANCE OF MEDIAN ISLAND

10m 2m
300
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
MINIMUM LENGTH ≥ 50m

150
6000
90°
1800 MAI AGEWAY
NCARRI
FOLLOW ALGNMENTOF
I
150
90
90
R 600
300
0
0
150
ONOFTRAVEL
RECTI
DI
DI
RECTI 90°
ONOFTR
AVEL
DI
RECTI
ONOFTRAVEL
150
0
20
CHEVRON MARKING & RAISED PAVEMENT MARKER ON EXPRESSWAY ENTRANCE
CHEVRON MARKING WHERE A TRAFFIC STREAM DIVIDES
LEGEND :
RAISED REFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKERS (AMBER)
CHEVRON MARKING ON EXPRESSWAY CHEVRON MARKING ON OTHER ROAD

DRAFT

1. The raised reflective pavement markers shall be complied with the requirements
laid down in BS 8442:2006, BS EN 12899-1:2007, BS EN 1463-1:2009.
DRAWING NO. REV.

CHEVRON MARKINGS LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS8 A
8-8
B
J
0m K F
A4 7.
FOOTPATH /CLOS I
EDDR
D AI
N J
A
10m
MUM)
1m
NI
(MI
3m
MUM)
1.3m (MINIMUM)
.
1 NI
(MI
0m
3m (MINIMUM) M
SEE INSET A C
LEGEND 3.5m (DESIRABLE)
A B
3.3m (ABSOLUTE MINIMUM)
M UM )
K
PRIMARY SIGNAL 5m
5.
NI
0m
J
MI
SECONDARY SIGNAL
7.
(
10m 15m 15m 30m
RIGHT TURN ON GREEN ARROW SIGNAL
(DIMENSIONING OF ARROWS MARKING)
PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL
D REFER TO LANE MARKINGS

3.5m
'PEDESTRIAN CROSSING' SIGN ON FLASHING BEACON
SEE INSET B
'PEDESTRIAN CROSSING PROHIBITION' SIGN
TO BE PLACED PERPENDICULAR TO
3.2m
THE 'ARROW' SIGN
'ARROW' SIGN TO BE PLACED PARALLEL
TO SIDE OF ROAD
AL GNSTO BECL
LSI AMPEDONTO THENEAREST 3.5m
6m
NG L
STI
EXI AMPPOSTSWHEREVERPOSSIBLEAND
0.
SUBJECT TO SO'S APPROVAL LAYOUT OF INTERSECTION
SCALE 1:750
TO BELOCATED50 NG
ANCROSSI
m FROM PEDESTRI
TRAFFIC 1m
X 50m
LIGHT POLE (MINIMUM)
2 NOS. OF 'PEDESTRIAN CROSSING' (1.2m FROM KERB)
SIGNS MOUNTED BACK TO BACK 600
USING TRAFFIC SIGN HOLDER TYPE 2
ON THE FLASHING BEACON POLE
600
Y
0
Y 60
12m
2200
2500
1m Y (MINIMUM)
0
60
GROUND EDGE OF CARRIAGEWAY / LANE MARKING
600 ROAD 600 1m
LEVEL VARIABLE 6m (MINIMUM)
(
2m I
LEVEL
M
X Y CLEAR ZONE
I
0
N
ROAD TYPE 60
M
UM
EXPRESSWAY 60m EQUAL
1m
15
OTHER ROAD 30m EQUAL
3m NI
0
(M
TYPICAL DETAIL OF PEDESTRIAN CROSSING SIGNS
I
M
INSET A
UM
ON FLASHING BEACON POLE 60
0
)
SCALE 1:100
ARRANGEMENT OF MERGE ARROWS ON ROAD
SCALE 1:500
INSET B DRAFT
6. The zig zag markings shall be 350mm away from the road kerb. SCALE 1:250
NOTES:
7. The 'Pedestrian Crossing' sign shall face the oncoming traffic and erect
1. For pedestrian crossing with green and red man aspect, crossing is to be painted STANDARD DETAIL
away from the road kerb.
white.
8. The 'Pedestrian Crossing' sign is to be erected on existing lampost / traffic
2. For pedestrian crossing without green and red man aspect, crossing is to be
light pole / any sign pole that is located less than 1m away from the
painted yellow.
flashing beacon pole.
3. However, where site condition necessitates it, the stop line can be more than a
9. There shall be no additional loading on the flashing beacon pole other than DRAWING NO. REV.
ROAD SIGNS & MARKINGS
metre from the mouth of the junction.
'Pedestrian Crossing' signs. AT INTERSECTIONS LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS9 B
4. If the width of centre median does not permit the erection of 'Keep Left' sign, B SEP 2017
10. Thickness of thermoplastic paint for zebra crossing marking is 3mm.
spring-loaded delineator post shall be used. A OCT 2015 DATE OF ISSUE SCALE SHEET NO.
11. Appropriate width of the slip road shall be provided based on the various
5. The zig zag markings must not overlap existing double yellow lines. REV. DATE 1st APR 2014 AS SHOWN 1 OF 1
radii of slip road, in accordance to civil design criteria.
8-9
LEGEND 1m
MIN.
PRIMARY SIGNAL
MI
1m
N.
SECONDARY SIGNAL
PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL
F
REFER TO LANE MARKINGS INSET A

D
SEE INSET A
A1 or A1 or A3 or A1 or END OF BUS
L or L or L or
I A6 I C A6 Q A7 B I A6 LANE MARKING
Q Q
END OF
BUS LANE MARKING
A4
BUS
BUS
6m (MINIMUM) (1200 X 200) YELLOW LINE 20m (MINIMUM) 20m (MINIMUM)
TANGENT POINT
50m (MINIMUM) 12m TANGENT POINT
TANGENT POINT
J
TANGENT POINT
F
2400
BUS LANE AT SIGNALISED JUNCTION
150 300 150 150 375 150 150 525
SCALE 1:500
300
300
END OF BUS
L or LANE MARKING
A1 or END OF BUS
900
900
A3 or Q L or A1 or
A6 LANE MARKING (1200 X 200)
A7 Q A6
YELLOW LINE
150 150
BUS
BUS
2700
300
150
20m (MINIMUM)
20m (MINIMUM)
I
OF TRAVEL
ON
900
RECTI
TANGENT POINT (1200 X 200) TANGENT POINT
YELLOW LINE
DI
300
750 150 675 150 675
MARKINGS FOR START OF BUS LANE BUS LANE AT UNCONTROLLED JUNCTION OR OPENING DRAFT
STANDARD DETAIL
DRAWING NO. REV.

BUS LANE MARKINGS LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS10 B
B SEP 2017
8-10
BUS BAY
A B
2m
300
1.
GIVE WAY LINES
300
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
18m 2m 13m 50m (MINIMUM) 15m-30m
150
MANDATORY GIVE WAY TO BUS

SCALE 1:500
600
900
1000 135 X 118
5000 3000
500
2500 3600 INLINE 20mm
500
600
2000
1200
150
500
GIVE WAY LINES

NON-SKID YELLOW COLOUR
DETAILS
300
SCALE 1:250
'MANDATORY GIVE WAY TO BUS' SIGN

SCALE 1:15
DRAFT

1. Colour code for the Bus Zone shall be of "BS 381C 355 LEMON" or equivalent
for the section to be coated with yellow.
MANDATORY GIVE WAY DRAWING NO. REV.
TO BUS (MGWTB) LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS11 -
8-11
LEGEND
100
DOUBLE AMBER RAISED REFLECTIVE
PAVEMENT MARKERS
150
DOUBLEAMBER
VE
ECTI
SEDREFL
RAI
MARKER
H
DOUBLEAMBERRAI
VEL SEDREFL
ONOFTRA
RECTI
DI
ECTI
VEMARKER
6m
DI
RECTI
ONOFTRAVE
L
50m INT 50m

TANGENTPO TANGEN
TPOI
NT
RAISED REFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKERS AT SHARP CURVE (AT 6m INTERVAL)

SCALE 1:200
DI
RECTI
ONOFTRAVE
27
.5m L
27
.5m
m
150
55
.
2.
75m 2.
75m
DI
RECTI
ONOFTRAVE
L
m 50m
50
INT TANGENTP
TANGENTPO OI
NT
RAISED REFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKERS AT SHARP CURVE (AT 5.5m INTERVAL)

SCALE 1:200
DRAFT

1. The raised reflective pavement markers shall comply with BS 8442:2006,
BS EN 12899-1:2007, BS EN 1463-1:2009.
2. Sharp curve refers to radius equal to or less than 200m.
PAVEMENT MARKINGS DRAWING NO. REV.
FOR SHARP CURVE LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS12 A
8-12
TABLE 1:
SIZE OF CURVE ALIGNMENT MARKER (CAM)
CLASS OF ROAD SIZE OF CAM REMARKS
EXPRESSWAY 750 X 900

HEIGHT CLEARANCE OF THE CURVE ALIGNMENT END
MARKER SHALL NOT BE MORE THAN 1.2m OF
T CUR
AR VE
FROM THE GROUND TO THE BOTTOM OF ST URVE
THE MARKER. FC
O
O
IF CURVE ALIGNMENT MARKER MOUNTED ON X RT
FE )
VIADUCT, HEIGHT CLEARANCE OF THE CURVE (RE 2
BLE
OTHER ROAD 600 X 750 ALIGNMENT MARKER SHALL BE 1.5m. TA
TABLE 2: R
(REFER TO
SPACING OF CURVE ALIGNMENT MARKER (CAM) FOR EXPRESSWAY TABLE 2)
ION
CT
DIRE EL
RAV
RADIUS OF CURVE - R SPACING OF CURVE ALIGNMENT MARKERS - X T
OF
(m) (m)
45 9 CURVE ALIGNMENT MARKER FOR EXPRESSWAY

60 11
75 12
90 15
120 17
150 20
180 21
210 23
DI TR
240 24
RE A
O
F
CT VE
270 26
I
O
N
L
300 27
DI TR
RE A
O
F
CT VE
I
ST CU
O
Y
AR R
F
L
(REFER TO
T VE
TABLE 3: TABLE 3) 600 X 750 CURVE ALIGNMENT MARKER
SPACING OF CURVE ALIGNMENT MARKER (CAM) FOR OTHER ROAD
TABLE 3)
(
RADIUS OF CURVE - Y
Z
SPACING OF CURVE ALIGNMENT MARKERS - Z
REFER TO
(m) (m)
Y
OFCURVE
START
< 50 14 (REFER TO
TABLE 3)
OFCURVE
50 - 100 16
START
101 - 150 24
(
Z
TABL
REFE
> 150 32
E 3)
R TO
OFTRAVEL
ON
RECTI
DI
TYPICAL HORIZONTAL CURVE (ONE WAY) TYPICAL HORIZONTAL CURVE (TWO WAY)
CURVE ALIGNMENT MARKER FOR OTHER ROAD
DRAFT

1. The first CAM shall be placed at a distance of one spacing after the start of the 4. Minimum three CAM are to be installed at each approach.
curve for all roads.
2. Last CAM shall be placed at the end of the curve with intermediate CAM equally
placed.
CURVE ALIGNMENT DRAWING NO. REV.
3. CAM are mandatory for curves with radius less than
MARKERS (CAM) LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS13 -
a) 95m for roads of posted speed limit of 70km/h.
b) 60m for roads of posted speed limit of 60km/h. DATE OF ISSUE SCALE SHEET NO.
CAM may be installed for larger radius curve at the discretion of the authority. REV. DATE 1st APR 2014 1:1000 1 of 1
8-13
C B
A4
A4
A5 B M
2m
2m
J
2m
A
2m )
UM
2m NIM
I
A (M
2m
J
J C A 2m
2m
A
GUIDING LINES COULD BE APPLIED UNDER THE FOLLOWING SCENARIOS:

a) For skewed intersections or intersections with crest where the receiving
lanes are not clearly seen by motorists and where it is not feasible to
Boundary lines could be applied where there may be possible conflicts
realign the intersections;
between two opposite turning traffic.
b) For complex intersections (usually large junctions) where motorists need
to make right turn across more than 3 lanes (excluding exclusive right
turn lane).
FIGURE 1 FIGURE 2
GUIDING LINES BOUNDARY LINES

B M B
)
M
U
IM
N TURNING
(M m
IN
2
POCKET
C
C
N
30
0
INSET A A C M A C
60
0
A4 A4
J 30
0
C
INSET A
TYPICAL ONE LANE TURNING POCKET TYPICAL TWO LANE TURNING POCKET
NOT TO SCALE DRAFT
NOTES: 4. Guiding lines shall not be painted over yellow box markings. STANDARD DETAIL
1. Use 1m mark by 3m gap (A5) for straight guiding lines and 1m mark by 1m gap (A) 5. The guiding line shall be provided based on the turning swept path
for curve guiding lines. for all vehicles.
2. Guiding lines shall not recommended to be applied directly next to the pedestrian
crossing lines where not possible, pedestrian crossing lines and or stop line may GUIDING LINES AND DRAWING NO. REV.
need to be offset (at least one lane width) from guiding line. TURNING POCKETS LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS14 A
3. Guiding lines shall not intersect with existing turning pocket and shall not be drawn AT INTERSECTIONS
within turning pocket.
8-14
MAIN PAGE
CHAPTER 9
TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT MEASURES
SPEED REGULATING STRIPS LTA/SDRE14/9/TMM1 A
CHANNELISING ISLANDS & U-TURN LTA/SDRE14/9/TMM2 B
PHYSICAL NOSING WITH DRAINAGE - FOR EXPRESSWAY

& NON-EXPRESSWAY LTA/SDRE14/9/TMM3 A
PAVEMENT MARKINGS FOR PEDESTRIAN CROSSINGS LTA/SDRE14/9/TMM4 B
RAISED ZEBRA CROSSING LTA/SDRE14/9/TMM5 B
ROAD HUMP LTA/SDRE14/9/TMM6 A
BUS FRIENDLY ROAD HUMP LTA/SDRE14/9/TMM7 -
BUS FRIENDLY ROAD HUMP CUM RAISED ZEBRA CROSSING LTA/SDRE14/9/TMM8 B
WAITING AREA FOR MOTORCYCLISTS LTA/SDRE14/9/TMM9 B

START OF CURVE /
2.52m 2.52m PEDESTRIAN CROSSING
3m 3m 3m 3m
15m 30m 25m 23m 20m 17m 14m 11m 8m 6m 30m (REFER TO TRAFFIC PLAN)
2m 2m 2m 2m 2m 2m 2m 2m 2m 2m 2m 2m 2m
A
S
H
TR
E
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
A
P
D
S
1
ROAD MARKINGS ROAD KERB
-
FOR POSTED SPEED OF 70km/h
SCALE 1:1000
2.52m 2.52m
3m 3m 3m 3m START OF CURVE /
15m 30m 10m 8m 7m 6m 4m 20m PEDESTRIAN CROSSING
(REFER TO TRAFFIC PLAN)
2m 2m 2m 2m 2m 2m 2m 2m 2m 2m ROAD MARKINGS
A
S
T
H
R
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
I
A
P
D
S
AHEAD
PS
STRI
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
3m 3m 3m 3m
1 20m 4m 6m 7m 8m 10m 30m 15m
ROAD MARKINGS
-
300 300 2m 2m 2m 2m 2m 2m 2m 2m 2m 2m 2.52m 2.52m
1400 FOR POSTED SPEED LESS THAN 70km/h

SCALE 1:1000
100
300
300
350
A
420
420
420
420
440
440
630
630
-
200
280
280
150
1050
490
640
630
550
770
190
550
770
190
8 THK WHITE
THERMOPLASTIC PAINT
980
980
2520
2520
1680
420
420
840
420
420
630
420
420
150
DETAIL 1
490
1050
SCALE 1:50
350
350
910
910
300
200 80
490
490
440
440
420
420
8
350
150
300
300
CARRIAGEWAY CARRIAGEWAY
100
200 160 200 200 160 200 160 160 200 160 200 300 200 200 200 200 200 300 200 280
WHITE STRIP FORMED BY 100

100
THERMOPLASTIC PAINT 2980
SECTION A-A MARKINGS FOR STRIPS AHEAD


1. Speed regulating strips shall not be placed at road bend.
2. Thickness of thermoplastic paint for strips ahead marking is 3mm.
SPEED REGULATING DRAWING NO. REV.
STRIPS LTA/SDRE14/9/TMM1 A
9-1
EL
AV
TR 500 OR LESS
F
O
N
O
TI
EC
IR
D TYPE K2A PRECAST
CONCRETE KERB
50 THK SAND BASE
100 THK C16/20 CONCRETE
FINISHED ROAD LEVEL
Y Y
R X Y R X Y
DIVERGING 600 600 3600 2-WAY TRAFFIC 600 600 3600
X X
MERGING 300 300 1800
R R APPROVED BACKFILL MATERIAL SUB-BASE
X X DETAILS OF PAVED SURFACE

SCALE 1:25
Y Y DI ONOFTRAVEL
RECTI
DIVERGING / MERGING TWO WAY TRAFFIC
NOSING AT CHANNELISING ISLAND

SCALE 1:100
I A B
30m 40m (MINIMUM)
3m
3.
1m M UM )
REFLECTIVE SPRING LOADED POST
NI
4m
MI
9.
(
KERB LINE
5m 10m 8m 2m
DETAIL OF U-TURN
LESS THAN 2500kg (2 LANES CARRIAGEWAY)
SCALE 1:500

1. Centre median of width less than 500mm shall be paved.
CHANNELISING ISLANDS & DRAWING NO. REV.
U-TURN LTA/SDRE14/9/TMM2 B
B SEP 2017
9-2
SUMP
ROADSI
DEDRAI
N MAIN CARRIAGEWAY 1200 (MINIMUM) SLIP ROAD
SI
DETABLE
B
-
S
SLOT HOLE 125 600 125
AT 1.5m C/C
VEHICULAR GRATING AT 3m C/C
KERB
FALL
BOX CULVERT
FINISHED ROAD LEVEL
FALL
SLI
P ROAD
SLOPING SURFACE TO BE TURFED
SLIP ROAD
RAISED KERB VEHICULAR GRATING
AT 3m C/C 600
C16/20 CONCRETE
SUMP 1168
600 WIDE DRAIN R600
TYPE C2 CHANNEL
125
35 WIDE SLOT HOLE
AT 1.5m C/C
Y 10m 50 THK LEAN CONCRETE
100 THK HARDCORE

RAISED KERB TO BE GRADUALLY 12m
TAPERED DOWN TO BE IN LINE
WITH EDGE OF SHOULDER
SECTION A-A
A
SCALE 1:20
-
PLAN OF PHYSICAL NOSING
20 900 20
C
- 900 X 125 PRECAST KERB (C20/25)
WITH SLOT HOLE AT 1.5m C/C
X Y CEMENT MORTAR R13 M.S. BAR
TYPE OF ROAD TYPE OF R13 M.S. BAR
KERB (mm) (m)
EXPRESSWAY MOUNTABLE KERB 100 2
75
125
X
NON-EXPRESSWAY K2A KERB -
KERB
250
60
12m PHYSICAL NOSE
50
2m 10m 600
KERB ROAD LEVEL

X FOUNDATION

ELEVATION SCALE 1:10 SCALE 1:10
SCALE 1:100

1. This detail is also applicable for the off-ramp nosing where crash cushion
is not required.
(Refer to Drawing No. LTA/SDRE14/6/VIG3A, if a crash cushion is required) PHYSICAL NOSING WITH
DRAINAGE - FOR DRAWING NO. REV.
EXPRESSWAY & LTA/SDRE14/9/TMM3 A
NON-EXPRESSWAY
9-3
50m c
L 50m
8m
LEGEND
1.
1.5m 1.5m
PRIMARY SIGNAL
FOOTPATH / CLOSED DRAIN
F C F B
SECONDARY SIGNAL
PEDESTRIAN SIGNAL
A4

J
FLASHING BEACON WITH 'PEDESTRIAN CROSSING' SIGN 3m 3m
SEDREFL
RAI AMBER)
VEPAVEMENTMARKERS(
ECTI J
'PEDESTRIAN CROSSING PROHIBITION' SIGN B C

FOOTPATH / CLOSED DRAIN
THE 'ARROW' SIGN
8m
3m
1.
'ARROW' SIGN TO BE PLACED PARALLEL TO
SIDE OF ROAD SIGNALISED PEDESTRIAN CROSSING
ALL SIGNS TO BE CLAMPED ONTO THE NEAREST SCALE 1:500
EXISTING LAMPPOSTS WHEREVER POSSIBLE AND
SUBJECT TO SO'S APPROVAL
50m c
L 50m
B
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
OVERHEAD BRIDGE
SCALE 1:500
c
L
50m 50m
3000 1500 1500 3000
1m
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL K
600
J
1m
500
500
1m
J
600
ZEBRA CROSSING
1m
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
ZEBRA CROSSING AND ZIG ZAG MARKING

SCALE 1:250

7. The 'Pedestrian Crossing' sign is to be erected on existing lampost /
1. Pedestrian crossing with green and red man aspect is to be painted white. traffic light pole / any sign pole that is located less than 1m away from
2. Pedestrian crossing without green and red man aspect is to be painted yellow. the flashing beacon pole.
3. The zig zag markings must not overlap existing double yellow lines. 8. No additional loading is to be added onto the flashing beacon pole other
4. The zig zag markings shall be 350mm away from the road kerb. than 'Pedestrian Crossing' signs. PAVEMENT MARKINGS DRAWING NO. REV.
5. The raised reflective pavement markers shall comply with the requirements 9. 'Pedestrian Prohibition Crossing' signs is not applicable for expressway. FOR PEDESTRIAN LTA/SDRE14/9/TMM4 B
laid down in BS 8442:2006, BS EN 12899-1:2007, BS EN 1643-1:2014. B SEP 2017 CROSSINGS
6. The 'Pedestrian Crossing' sign shall face the oncoming traffic and erect away A OCT 2015
from the road kerb. REV. DATE 1st APR 2014 AS SHOWN 1 OF 1
9-4
LEGEND
RAISED REFLECTIVE PAVEMENT MARKERS (AMBER) 'PEDESTRIAN CROSSING PROHIBITION' SIGN

D REFER TO LANE MARKINGS THE 'ARROW' SIGN
FL NG BEACONWI
ASHI PEDESTRI
TH' SI
NG'
ANCROSSI GNS 'ARROW' SIGN TO BE PLACED PARALLEL TO
SIDE OF ROAD
ALL SIGNS TO BE CLAMPED ONTO THE NEAREST
600 3m 600
1.6m 200 200 1.6m
C
L
2.5m 15m 2.5m 15m 2.5m 30m 30m 2.5m 15m 2.5m 15m 2.5m
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
1m
S
A
X
L
H
-
J
E
O
I
N
1m
A
W
1m
SLOW
NG
AHEAD
600
J
X-I
A
-
1m
600
ZEBRA CROSSING
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
K
YELLOW CHECKER MARKING
PLAN
SCALE 1:250
1400 3000 1400
CHAMFER ZEBRA CROSSING CHAMFER
100
50 50 CARRIAGEWAY LEVEL
500 500
TO BE RAISED BY WEARING COURSE

SECTION A-A
SCALE 1:50
RAISED ZEBRA CROSSING

1. Footpath joining pedestrian crossings shall be flushed with zebra crossing.
2. Checker markings to be painted in yellow.
DRAWING NO. REV.

RAISED ZEBRA CROSSING LTA/SDRE14/9/TMM5 B
B SEP 2017
9-5
100
350
420
420
630
630
200 2520 15000 2520 30000 4000 30000 2520 15000 2520
150
1050
490
630
A
H
H
A
U
DIRECTION
E
A
M
OF TRAVEL -
D
P
AHEAD
HUMP
DIRECTION
980
980
OF TRAVEL
2520
1680
420
420
840
HUMP
YELLOW STRIPS 150 WIDE 45°
630
420
420
TYPICAL PAVEMENT WARNING MESSAGE FOR ROAD HUMP
490
1050
SCALE 1:400
150
200
80
490
490
420
420
350
150
Y-AXIS 0 8 32 50 68 92 100
100
c
L X-AXIS 0 400 800 1000 1200 1600 2000
300 200 200 200 200 200 300 200 280
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

Y Y
2980 PARABOLIC S-CURVE
X TO BE RAISED BY PREMIX W3B X
100
CARRIAGEWAY LEVEL
50
300
800 2400 800
420
440
4000
840
280
1050
SECTION A-A
SCALE 1:25
770
190
550
1820
280
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
420
20
15
420
0
0
840
4000
280
1050
350
910
45°
560
440
420
300
WIDTH OF CARRIAGEWAY
200 100 200 200 150 100 150 100 200 100 100 200 100 DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
100
COLOUR SCHEME FOR HUMP
MARKINGS FOR HUMP AHEAD SCALE 1:20
SCALE 1:30

1. Thickness of thermoplastic paint for hump ahead marking is 3mm.
DRAWING NO. REV.

ROAD HUMP LTA/SDRE14/9/TMM6 A
9-6
100 100
600 600
2150 3.7m 2150
2.5m 15m 2.5m 30m 8m 30m 2.5m 15m 2.5m
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
A
U
H
M
E
A
P
AHEAD
HUMP
A A
- -
150 WIDE YELLOW STRIPES AT 45° YELLOW CHECKER DIRECTION OF TRAVEL

AND 200 WIDE APART MARKING
PLAN
SCALE 1:250
1300 4000 4000 1300
100 110 100

50 50
500 500
100 8000 100

1200 1200
SECTION A-A
SCALE 1:50
BUS FRIENDLY HUMP
STANDARD DETAIL
DRAWING NO. REV.

BUS FRIENDLY ROAD HUMP LTA/SDRE14/9/TMM7 -
9-7
LEGEND
'PEDESTRIAN CROSSING PROHIBITION' SIGN

D REFER TO LANE MARKINGS THE 'ARROW' SIGN
FL NG BEACONWI
ASHI PEDESTRI
TH' SI
NG'
ANCROSSI GNS 'ARROW' SIGN TO BE PLACED PARALLEL TO
SIDE OF ROAD
ALL SIGNS TO BE CLAMPED ONTO THE NEAREST
500 500
3m 5m 5m 3m
(MINIMUM) (MINIMUM) (MINIMUM) (MINIMUM)
600 100 100 600
1m 2m 4m 2m 1m
8m
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
S
1m
L
H
O
E
A
A
W
G
-
1m
1m
D
2m
1.
1m
NG
AHEAD
SLOW
1m
X-I
J
600
1m
K DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
YELLOW CHECKER MARKING
2.5m 15m 2.5m 15m 2.5m 30m 30m 2.5m 15m 2.5m 15m 2.5m
C
L
PLAN
SCALE 1:250
4000
c
L
1000 1000
SEPARATOR 200 200 SEPARATOR

200 200
100 110 100
500 1500 500 4000 500 1500 500
2200 1300 8000 1300 2200
SECTION A-A
SCALE 1:50
BUS FRIENDLY HUMP CUM RAISED ZEBRA CROSSING

1. Footpath joining pedestrian crossings shall be flushed with zebra crossing.
2. Center refuge island shall terminate near a lamp pole.
3. Floodlight to be provided if necessary.
BUS FRIENDLY HUMP DRAWING NO. REV.
CUM RAISED ZEBRA LTA/SDRE14/9/TMM8 B
B SEP 2017 CROSSING
9-8
900
WIDTH OF
5
22.
22.5 97.5 660 97.5 22.5
10m FLYOVER / VIADUCT 10m
A Waiting Area for 22.5

TYPE 'B' RAILING
57
- FOOTPATH
120
(MINIMUM WIDTH 1.5m)
Motorcyclist
255
1.5m
OPENING 52.5
R135 R210 R135
1.5m DRAIN
VEHICULAR IMPACT GUARDRAIL
900
SIDETABLE
270
3m
DROP-INLET CHAMBERS AT 3m C/C 45
60
FLUSH KERB PAVED SHOULDER
74
90
SHOULDER LINE 52.5
42 158
52.5
52.5
RAISED KERB TO BE
CARRIAGEWAY
GRADUALLY TAPERED
DOWN (5m LENGTH) 45° 600
5
22.
PLAN RAIN SHELTER SIGN
SIZE : 900mm X 900mm
COLOUR : BLUE BACKGROUND, WHITE LOGO,
ARROW AND BORDER
WIDTH OF Waiting Area for
FLYOVER / VIADUCT
Motorcyclist 900
900
PROPOSED DRAIN WITH TYPE K2 RAISED KERB WITH DROP-INLET
CHAMBERS AT 3m C/C 32 58 720 58 32
GALVANISED MILD STEEL
5
22.5 97.5 660 97.5 22.5
57 22.
FLUSH
32
VEHICULAR GRATING RC BOX CULVERT
KERB TYPE 'B' RAILING
VIG END-TERMINAL
TYPE 2 VIG TERMINAL 22.5
125
120
DRAIN
255
COLUMNS OF FLYOVER 52.5
300m
R210
280
600
3m SIDETABLE R135 R135
PAVED SHOULDER
900
FLUSH KERB FLUSH KERB
270
131
FOOTPATH
SHOULDER LINE
60
(MINIMUM WIDTH 1.5m)
5 74
32
90
APPROVED SAFETY BARRIER
CARRIAGEWAY
157.
WITH PROPER END TREATMENT
42
5
22.
ADVANCED RAIN SHELTER SIGN
PLAN
SCALE 1:500
SIZE : 900mm X 900mm SIZE : 900mm X 600mm
COLOUR : BLUE BACKGROUND, WHITE LOGO COLOUR : BLUE BACKGROUND, WHITE LOGO
DRAIN FOOTPATH AND BORDER AND BORDER
1.5m
DROP-INLET CHAMBER AT 3m C/C
SAFETY
RIGID PAVEMENT
RAILING
250 DIA UPVC PIPE

AT 3m C/C
SECTION A-A
SCALE 1:100
STANDARD DETAIL
DRAWING NO. REV.

WAITING AREA FOR
MOTORCYCLISTS LTA/SDRE14/9/TMM9 B
B SEP 2017
9-9
MAIN PAGE NEXT
CHAPTER 10
SUPPORTS FOR ROAD SIGNS
SUPPORT FOR DIRECTIONAL AND INFORMATION SIGNS

(SHEET 1 OF 3) LTA/SDRE14/10/SUP1 B

(SHEET 2 OF 3) LTA/SDRE14/10/SUP2 A

(SHEET 3 OF 3) LTA/SDRE14/10/SUP3 -
SUPPORT FOR TRAFFIC SIGN (SHEET 1 OF 4) LTA/SDRE14/10/SUP4 A
SUPPORT FOR TRAFFIC SIGN (SHEET 2 OF 4) LTA/SDRE14/10/SUP5 A
SUPPORT FOR TRAFFIC SIGN (SHEET 3 OF 4) LTA/SDRE14/10/SUP6 B
SUPPORT FOR TRAFFIC SIGN (SHEET 4 OF 4) LTA/SDRE14/10/SUP7 -
ROAD GANTRY TRUSS (SHEET 1 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/10/SUP8 A
ROAD GANTRY TRUSS (SHEET 2 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/10/SUP9 A
ROAD GANTRY SIGN LTA/SDRE14/10/SUP10 -
SUPPORT FOR CANTILEVER DIRECTIONAL SIGNS


(SHEET 2 OF 3) LTA/SDRE14/10/SUP12 -
PREVIOUS
CHAPTER 10
SUPPORTS FOR ROAD SIGNS

TYPICAL STEEL BRACKETS FOR 4.5m HEIGHT LIMIT SIGN

(900mm X 900mm) LTA/SDRE14/10/SUP14 -
SUPPORT FOR TRAFFIC SIGN (FOR ARTERIAL & EXPRESSWAY) LTA/SDRE14/10/SUP15 -

NEXT
DETAIL FOR DIFFERENT TYPE OF SUPPORTS (FOR DETAILS, SEE LTA/SDRE14/10/SUP2 & 3)
W = 5000 (MAXIMUM) (NTS)
MAXIMUM AREA OF SIGNBOARD POST SIZE FOOTING SIZE BASE PLATE SIZE DIAMETER OF BOLT
SUPPORT HD BOLT ANCHORAGE FIN PLATE
TYPE SHS L B D L X B X THK (GRADE 8.8) LENGTH SIZE
AREA, (m² ) = W X H
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) FOR BASE PLATE (mm) (mm)
DIA 75 G.I. PIPE

A AREA ≤ 1.54 450 450 750 200 X 200 X 10 - - 150 X 50 X 8
3.2 THK
B 1.54 < AREA ≤ 10 100 X 100 X 6 1650 800 300 250 X 250 X 12.5 16 600 100 X 75 X 10
C 10 < AREA < 20 120 X 120 X 8 2300 800 400 300 X 300 X 15 20 650 150 X 75 X 12.5
D 20 < AREA ≤ 27.5 150 X 150 X 6 2600 800 500 350 X 350 X 15 24 700 200 X 75 X 15
M AXI
H = 5500 ( NTS)
M UM )(
100 100
M UM )
90
R
M AXI
1
SDRE14/10/SUP3
H = 858 (
400
W = 1800 (MAXIMUM)
2400
2400
MINIMUM 1000
MINIMUM 1000
50
L
A B
- -
500
D
150
STUMP 500 X 500 STUMP

M.S. FIN PLATE
50 WELDED TO POST
M.S. BASE PLATE
D
100
WELDED TO POST
B
L
M.S. BASE PLATE 50 THK LEAN CONCRETE
150 THK HARDCORE
B B B
SECTION A-A SUPPORT TYPE A SECTION B-B SUPPORT TYPE B, C & D
NOTES: 7. All structural steel work shall be hot-dipped galvanised to 125 microns
1. The concrete shall be of C25/30. before one coat epoxy based primer and two coats of epoxy paint of
2. The minimum concrete cover to all reinforcement shall be 35mm. approved color (International Paint Intergard EAA001/EAA002 or STANDARD DETAIL
3. The minimum soil bearing capacity shall be 75 kPa. equivalent) are applied.
4. Yield strength of galvanised iron pipes as specified in SS EN 10255:2013 8. All bolts strength grade used are as specified in BS 4190 GRADE 8.8
shall be 195N/mm². unless noted otherwise.
5. Fabrication and erection of steel structure shall be in accordance with 9. All welding shall be 6mm continuous fillet weld. SUPPORT FOR DIRECTIONAL DRAWING NO. REV.
BS EN 1, SS EN 1993, BS EN 1090, SS EN 1994. 10. The rigidity of a sign plate may be improved by forming a flange around AND INFORMATION SIGNS LTA/SDRE14/10/SUP1 B
6. All structural steel sections shall be in accordance with BS EN 10025, its perimeter. The flange must be provided along all edges and be B SEP 2017 (SHEET 1 OF 3)
folded at right angles to the sign face and to a depth not less than 25mm. A OCT 2015 DATE OF ISSUE SCALE SHEET NO.
BS 7668, BS EN 10029 AND BS EN 10210-1.
(To be continued at sheet 2 of 3) REV. DATE 1st APR 2014 1:25 1 OF 3
10-1
A
-
1 75 DIA X 3.2 THK G.I. ELBOW
2
SDRE14/10/SUP3 JOINED TO G.I. PIPE BY SINGLE V
FULL STRENGTH BUTT WELD SDRE14/10/SUP3 2
6 THK M.S. BRACKET BUTT SHS TO BE SEALED WITH
M.S. EYELET TO BE SDRE14/10/SUP3
WELDED TO POST ON 5 THK M.S. PLATE ON TOP
WELDED TO G.I. PIPE COUNTER SUNK
RIVETS AT 150 PERIMETER TO SUPPORT SIGN
(TYP.) 10 DIA BOLT
C/C STAGGERED
100
5 THK CIRCULAR END
PLATE WELDED TO END
OF G.I. PIPE 75 X 75 X 6 BRACKET BUTT
200
WELDED TO POST ON 3 SIDES
75 X 38 X 3 RHS TO SUPPORT STIFFENERS OF SIGN
SIGN
200
3
SDRE14/10/SUP3 COUNTER SUNK
BUTT JOINT BACKING RIVETS 5
SDRE14/10/SUP3
4
SDRE14/10/SUP3
ALUMINIUM SHEETING 14SWG. LAMINATED ON 75 X 38 X 3 RHS
ONE SIDE / BOTH SIDES WITH HIGH INTENSITY
/ DIAMOND GRADE REFLECTIVE SHEETING
75 X 38 X 3 RHS
M UM
SIGNBOARD TYPE A 4
700 M AXI
6
200
SCALE 1:25 SDRE14/10/SUP3 SDRE14/10/SUP3
2 X 10 DIA BOLT
)
TYP.
B 6 THK M.S. BRACKET BUTT

ALUMINIUM BACKING WELDED TO POST ALONG
50 (
50 (TYP.)
PIECE TO BE USED PERIMETER TO SUPPORT SIGN
HD BOLT WITH ALUMINIUM
WASHER & NUT SHEETING
100
L
NO. 14 SWG
6 THK FILLET WELD ALL ROUND
1000 (MAXIMUM) B
75 FIN PLATE WELDED TO
-
M.S. BASE PLATE BASE PLATE AND SHS
2400
SECTION B-B
NON-SHRINK GROUT
SUPPORT POST
SCALE 1:25
100
25 THK CEMENT GROUT
25
NKS
BOLT
T10-
200
8T13
LI
ANCHORAGE
C
LENGTH
-
400
DETAIL AS RHS
4 NOS.
3T13
100 X 100 X 6
THK ANGLE WELDED
T10-200 LINKS
2T13 TO FORM A SQUARE T13-200 T&B
BOTHWAY
STUMP
3T13 REAR VIEW OF SIGNBOARD TYPE B, C & D
SECTION A-A
SCALE 1:50
SCALE 1:50
SECTION C-C
SCALE 1:25
NOTES:(Continued) STANDARD DETAIL

11. Backing is required when the sign is made up of separate sheets.
12. Further stiffening can be effected by reinforcing the flange with
25mm x 25mm x 3mm thick angles.
13. The position of signboard shall not be obstructed and shall be determined on site. SUPPORT FOR DIRECTIONAL DRAWING NO. REV.
14. All circular hollow section pipe sizes shown are normal. AND INFORMATION SIGN LTA/SDRE14/10/SUP2 A
15. All rectangular hollow section and square hollow section sizes shown are (SHEET 2 OF 3)
external dimensions. A SEP 2017
10-2
6 DIA
M.S. BOLT
& NUT
28
4.
5
18
5 THK CAPPING PLATE
ON
EXTENSI
6 THK M.S. PLATE
WELDED ALL ROUND
18
5
.
18 37
5
.
EXISTING CAPPING 37
PLATE TO REMAIN
ISOMETRIC VIEW OF DETAIL 1

FULL PENETRATION
EYELET FOR SUPPORT TYPE A ISOMETRIC VIEW OF DETAIL 2 ISOMETRIC VIEW OF DETAIL 3 BUTT WELD ALL 50
REF DWG NO: SDRE14/10/SUP1 & 2 REF DWG NO: SDRE14/10/SUP2 REF DWG NO: SDRE14/10/SUP2 ROUND
EXISTING POST
TYPICAL SPLICING DETAIL FOR

EXTENSION OF POSTS FOR ADDITIONAL SIGNBOARD
(FOR SUPPORT TYPES B, C, D & E ONLY)
38
75
NOTES:
1. The total area of the signboard shall not
100
exceed the maximum for the support.
(See table in Dwg No: LTA/SDRE14/SUP/1)
10
0 2. The height (h) of signboard shall not
exceed 5.5m, including whatever signboard
2 NOS. 10 DIA BOLT which is subsequently added.
2 NOS. 10 DIA BOLT
6 THK M.S. BRACKET

BUTT WELDED TO
100
COUNTER SUNK RIVET

HORIZONTAL MEMBER
ISOMETRIC VIEW OF DETAIL 4 DETAIL 5 ISOMETRIC VIEW OF DETAIL 6

REF DWG NO: SDRE14/10/SUP2 REF DWG NO: SDRE14/10/SUP2 REF DWG NO: SDRE14/10/SUP2
STANDARD DETAIL
SUPPORT FOR DIRECTIONAL DRAWING NO. REV.

AND INFORMATION SIGN LTA/SDRE14/10/SUP3 -
(SHEET 3 OF 3)
10-3
1000 (MAXIMUM)
R50
ALUMINIUM FLAT
50 X 3 THK
AS STIFFENER
M UM )
350 800 350
M AXI
50
900 (
R50
400
4.8 DIA POP RIVETS
-
(3 NOS)
50
TRAFFIC SIGN
TRAFFIC SIGN (3 THK ALUMINIUM FLAT
(3 THK ALUMINIUM SHEET) 50 X 3 THK
4.8 DIA RIVETS
ALUMINIUM SHEET) APPROVED 25 WIDE
(MINIMUM 3 NOS. & AS STIFFENER
(1.1 THK MINIMUM)
NOT MORE THAN
ES FROM 500 -1200

VERY HIGH BOND
150mm APART) SHS
DOUBLE COATED
1 50 X 50 X 2.3 THK HOT DIPPED ACRYLIC FOAM TAPE
SDRE14/10/SUP6 GALVANISED SQUARE HOLLOW SECTION
1
50 X 50 X 2.3 THK CEMENT MORTAR
CEMENT MORTAR SDRE14/10/SUP6 TRAFFIC SIGN
HOT DIPPED GALVANISED 300 X 300 X 75
GHT VARI
300 X 300 X 75
SQUARE HOLLOW SECTION (ON FOOTPATH) 4.8 DIA RIVETS
(ON FOOTPATH)
400 X 400 X 75 ALUMINIUM FLAT
400 X 400 X 75
(ON FOUNDATION) 50 X 3 THK STIFFENER
HEI
(ON FOUNDATION)
SECTION A-A
REF DWG NO: SDRE14/10/SUP6
SCALE 1:2
400 X 400 X 400

GRADE 20 CONCRETE
SINGLE POST SUPPORT DOUBLE POST SUPPORT


1. Minimum height clearance:
- 900mm - 1200mm - sharp deviation barrier traffic sign
- 500mm - Keep Left / Right Pass Either Side traffic sign
2. Stiffener to use approved 25mm (1.1mm thk minimum) very high bond double SUPPORT FOR DRAWING NO. REV.
coated acrylic foam tape firmly bonded to traffic sign. TRAFFIC SIGN LTA/SDRE14/10/SUP4 A
(SHEET 1 OF 4)
10-4
60 60
TRAFFIC SIGN TRAFFIC SIGN
TRAFFIC SIGN
TRAFFIC SIGN HOLDER

REFER TO ISOMETRIC
19 WIDTH STAINLESS
VIEW
STEEL BAND WITH BUCKLE
SECURED AROUND LAMP
25
25
POST OR VERTICAL
SUPPORT
19
600 & BELOW
4.8 DIA RIVETS
LAMP POST OR
VERTICAL SUPPORT
2400
4.8 DIA RIVETS
(3 NOS)
600 600
25 X 20 X 6 THK
ALUMINIUM FLAT BAR WELDED
GROUND LEVEL TO 250 X 25 X 6
THK ON 450 X 25 X 6 THK
25
FLAT BAR ALUMINIUM
250 X 25 X 6 THK
ALUMINIUM FLAT BAR
900
TRAFFIC SIGN ON VERTICAL SUPPORT
SCALE 1:20
25
450 X 25 X 6 THK
ALUMINIUM FLAT BAR
LAMP POST OR
VERTICAL SUPPORT
25
FULL WELD
GN)
GN)
25
FOR 600 SI
FOR 900 SI
25 X 6 THK ALUMINIUM FLAT BAR

FABRICATED AT RIGHT ANGLES AND
WELDED TO 250 X 25 X 6 THK OR
250 (
450 (
450 X 25 X 6 THK ALUMINIUM FLAT BAR
250 X 25 X 6 THK OR
450 X 25 X 6 THK ALUMINIUM FLAT BAR
25
FULL WELD
ISOMETRIC VIEW TRAFFIC SIGN HOLDER TYPE 1

SCALE 1:5 SCALE 1:5
STANDARD DETAIL
SUPPORT FOR DRAWING NO. REV.

TRAFFIC SIGN LTA/SDRE14/10/SUP5 A
(SHEET 2 OF 4)
10-5
900 (MAXIMUM)
50
SHS (WITHOUT HAND
CUT FACE) TO BE SEALED
WITH RIGHT SIZE
RUBBER PLUG ON TOP
M UM )
1100 - 1700
M AXI
SHS (WITHOUT HAND CUT FACE)
4.8 DIA RIVETS (NOT 4.8 DIA RIVETS (NOT
TO BE SEALED WITH RIGHT SIZE
1000 (
MORE THAN 150 APART) MORE THAN 150 APART)
RUBBER PLUG ON TOP
50
50 A
SDRE14/10/SUP4
4.8 DIA RIVETS

(NOT MORE THAN
150 APART)
ES
VARI
50
SDRE14/10/SUP4
50
50 X 50 X 2.3 THK HOT DIPPED GALVANISED
SQUARE HOLLOW SECTION (SHS)
TRAFFIC SIGN ALUMINIUM FLAT
50 X 3 THK
AS STIFFENER
800
2400
SIDE ELEVATION
50 X 50 X 2.3 THK SCALE 1:10
HOT DIPPED GALVANISED
SQUARE HOLLOW SECTION EXPANSION BOLTS HOLE
200 X 200 X 10 THK
CEMENT MORTAR M.S. PLATE WELDED TO SHS 200 X 200 X 10 THK M.S. PLATE
2400
1 300 X 300 X 75
(ON FOOTPATH)
- 400 X 400 X 75
40
(ON FOUNDATION)
CEMENT MORTAR
300 X 300 X 75 (ON FOOTPATH)
75
450 X 450 X 75 (ON FOUNDATION) 40
200
SHS
4 NOS. EXPANSION BOLTS

FULL WELD
400 X 400 X 600

C16/20 CONCRETE
200
450 X 450 X 600
DOUBLE POST SUPPORT C16/20 CONCRETE
PLAN
VERTICAL SUPPORTS FOR TRAFFIC SIGN
2
DETAIL 1
WITH AREA NOT EXCEEDING 1.35m SINGLE POST SUPPORT
REF DWG NO: SDRE14/10/SUP4
STANDARD DETAIL

TRAFFIC SIGN LTA/SDRE14/10/SUP6 B
B SEP 2017 (SHEET 3 OF 4)
OCT 2015 DATE OF ISSUE SCALE SHEET NO.
A
10-6
NOTES:
1. The notes are applicable for support for traffic sign.
2. The dimension of the galvanised Square Hollow Section (SHS) shall
be 50mm x 50mm and measured externally (unless otherwise
specified). Its wall thickness shall be 2.3mm.
3. Square Hollow Section (SHS) shall comply with ASTM A500-74a and
shall be hot-dip galvanised according to BS EN ISO 1461.
4. Rivet used shall be of minimum diameter of 4.8mm.
5. Bolt and nut used must be approved stainless steel and of the
round head type.
6. A minimum of two numbers of rivets or bolts are required per
600 X 600 OR traffic sign.
600 X 450 7. Expansion bolt used shall comply with the followings :
TRAFFIC SIGN
a) Anchor/hole diameter : 15mm (minimum)
b) Anchor length/hole depth : 50mm (minimum)
25 X 25 X 2 THK c) Thread length/depth : 18mm (minimum)
ALUMINIUM SQUARE HOLLOW
d) Internal thread size : 12mm (minimum)
SECTION (SHS)
8. Welding must be continuous and all round.
9. In general, traffic signs are to comprise of 2mm thick aluminum sheets.
LAMP POST OR However, 3mm thick aluminium sheets must be used for the following
VERTICAL SUPPORT
signs:
2 NOS. 50 X 20 X 6 THK a) Traffic signs of size 900mm x 900mm.
10
ALUMINIUM FLAT BAR WELDED b) 'Directional Arrows' signs of size 600mm x 150mm.
TO 250 X 50 X 6 THK
c) Signs erected at height clearance less than 2.2m such as 'Sharp
20
ALUMINIUM FLAT BAR 600 X 150 TRAFFIC SIGN WITH
PROPOSED Deviation', 'Keep Left / Right' and 'Pass Either Side' or
4.8 DIA RIVETS (AS REQUIRED)
25 X 25 d) Street name board installed on walls or bus shelters.
STIFFENER 10. Approved 25mm wide (1.1mm thick minimum) very highly bonded double
2 NOS. 19 WIDTH STAINLESS FULL WELD coated acrylic foam tape is required for all traffic signs of 3mm
STEEL BAND WITH BUCKLE 40 thick aluminum sheets, and or signs with area 1 sq. metre.
20
SECURED AROUND LAMP 600 X 600 OR 11. Stainless steel band used must be approved with minimum thickness
POST OR VERTICAL SUPPORT 600 X 450 TRAFFIC SIGN
of 0.76mm.
12. Appropriate sized aluminum flats shall act as wedge between the
450 traffic sign and lamp post such as to maintain true verticality of
the sign.
(REDUCE TO 100mm IF TRAFFIC
SIGN CAN CLEAR TOP OF
VERTICAL SUPPORT)
TRAFFIC SIGN HOLDER TYPE 2

SCALE 1:10
25 X 25 X 2 THK 7.9 DIA HOLE FOR HIGH

ALUMINIUM SQUARE HOLLOW TENSILE THREADED STUD
SECTION (SHS)
6 THK ALUMINIUM PLAIN PLATE
10
WALL
150
600 X 150 TRAFFIC SIGN
PROPOSED HOLDER TYPE 2
TRAFFIC SIGN
25 X 25
(AS REQUIRED)
STIFFENER
20
FULL WELD
20
150
450
DETAILS OF WALL PLATE TRAFFIC SIGN

SCALE 1:5
TRAFFIC SIGN ON WALL
SCALE 1:10
STANDARD DETAIL

TRAFFIC SIGN LTA/SDRE14/10/SUP7 -
(SHEET 4 OF 4)
10-7
1
2 A
SDRE14/10/SUP9
SDRE14/10/SUP9 SDRE14/10/SUP9
CENTRE-LINE OF SPLICE
1600
2500
0.3L 0.3L
(LANE WIDTH) (LANE WIDTH) (LANE WIDTH) (LANE WIDTH) (LANE WIDTH)
50
OVERHEAD
APPLICABLE ONLY TO LOW-OVERHEAD
NED ON
STRUCTURES WITH HEADROOM
CLEARANCE IS LESS THAN OR
5700
EQUAL TO 4.8m
TO BE DETERM I
TE FOR LOW -
STRUCTURE)
SI
(
TYPICAL LAYOUT OF TRUSS
2
SDRE14/10/SUP9
CENTRE-LINE OF SPLICE
1600
2500
0.3L
(LANE WIDTH) (LANE WIDTH) (LANE WIDTH) (LANE WIDTH) (LANE WIDTH)
50
APPLICABLE ONLY TO LOW-OVERHEAD
STRUCTURES WITH HEADROOM
OVERHEAD
CLEARANCE IS LESS THAN OR

NED ON
EQUAL TO 4.8m
5700
TO BE DETERM I
TE FOR LOW -
STRUCTURE)
SI
(
ALTERNATIVE ARRANGEMENT OF N-TRUSS

FOR OTHER SPANS OF GANTRY
NOTES: 5. All cut edges shall be dressed to a neat workmanlike finish and shall be
1. Fabrication of all structural steel work shall be carried out in accordance with free from distortions. STANDARD DETAIL
SS EN 1993, BS EN 1090, SS EN 1994. All steel work shall be fabricated 6. All welding shall be in accordance with BS EN 1011 & electrodes to
from new sections and in such manner that they are bent, twisted or damaged. BS EN ISO 2560:2005
2. Fabrication of all structural steel work including welding, trimming & painting shall be7. No site welding shall be allowed unless approved by the S.O.
inspected and approved by the S.O. 8. Bolts and locking nuts shall comply with BS 4933. DRAWING NO. REV.
ROAD GANTRY TRUSS
3. The material for all structural steel work shall comply with BS EN 10025, BS 7668, 9. All bolts shall be fitted with washers & locking nuts complying with BS 4320.
BS EN 10029 AND BS EN 10210-1. Nut shall be of at least the strength grade appropriate to the grade of bolt
4. All steel sections shall be hot-dipped galvanised and two coats of compatible paints A OCT 2015 DATE OF ISSUE SCALE SHEET NO.
used.
shall be applied to all damaged surfaces. (To be continued at sheet 2 of 2) REV. DATE 1st APR 2014 1:100 1 OF 2
10-8
CHS
RHS
2500
10 THK CIRCULAR
PACKER PIECE INSIDE
2 NOS. 40 X 40 X 6 THK
M.S. PLATE WELDED TO RHS
1400 1400 (MAXIMUM) CHS
50 DIA G.I. PIPE

APPLICABLE ONLY TO LOW
CENTRE-LINE OF SPLICE OVERHEAD STRUCTURE
SINGLE V FULL
STRENGTH BUTT WELD
RHS
DETAIL 2 3 2 NOS. 40 X 40 X 6 THK

M.S. PLATE WELDED TO R.H.S.
200
-
DETAIL 1 COLUMN / TOPCHORD SPLICE DETAIL
8 DIA G.I. CHAIN
REF DWG NO: SDRE14/10/SUP8 REF DWG NO: SDRE14/10/SUP8
SCALE 1:50 SCALE 1:10 50 DIA WITH 3 THK
G.I. PIPE WRAPPED WITH RED
& WHITE REFLECTED SHEETING
10 THK 'U' BAR WELDED TO G.I. PIPE
SECTION A-A (CHAIN TYPE)
REINFORCED CONCRETE FOUNDATION FOR LOW-OVERHEAD STRUCTURES (4.8m AND BELOW)

SCALE 1:20
RHS
10 DIA BOLT 2 NOS. 40 X 40 X 6 THK

(GALVANISED) PLATE WELDED TO R.H.S.
SETTING OUT PLAN OF FOUNDATION
200
SCALE 1:100 8 DIA G.I. CHAIN
50 DIA WITH 3 THK G.I. PIPE

10 THK `U' BAR WELDED
WRAPPED WITH RED & WHITE
NOTES: (Continued) TO G.I. PIPE
REFLECTED SHEETING
17. 75mm lean concrete blinding (C12/15) shall be provided under the footing.
10. All gantry steel members such as columns, truss members, base plates and
18. Concrete shall be of strength class C28/35. DETAIL 3
stiffener plates, etc are to be at least grade S275.
19. For gantry over carriageway (wholly span or cantilever), the supports shall SCALE 1:10
11. Stainless steel holding down bolts shall conform to BS EN ISO 3506 Grade A4-80.
be designed to comply with the requirement in BD 51/98. When checking
12. Aluminum sign board shall be attached to frame with aluminum head fixing bolt of
against the sliding and bearing capacity of the gantry foundations, even
an approved type and a rubber setting of 3mm thickness be used between all the
for piled foundations, the collision loads shall be reduced by 50% but full
contact area of the aluminum signboard and the frame.
loading shall be considered for checking against overturning in accordance STANDARD DETAIL
13. The top of the concrete footing shall be at a depth of 500mm below the final
with BD 60/04.
ground level.
20. Gantries shall not be located less than two times their maximum height
14. Subgrade below the concrete footing shall be compacted to at least 95% off the
clear of any overhead bridge.
maximum dry density and minimum bearing capacity of soil directly under the
DRAWING NO. REV.
footing shall be 150KN/m². ROAD GANTRY TRUSS
15. Section B-B applicable to low-overhead structure of 4.8m and below.
16. Minimum concrete cover to nearest reinforcement shall be 50mm for the footing A OCT 2015 DATE OF ISSUE SCALE SHEET NO.
and stump. REV. DATE 1st APR 2014 AS SHOWN 2 OF 2
10-9
1400
1400 (MAXIMUM) 1400 (MAXIMUM) (MAXIMUM)
CHS 25 X 25 X 3 SHS
200
SIGNBOARD
SIGNBOARD
5
401.
75
200
200
75
TO BE CUT FROM
25 X 25 X 3 SHS
125 X 75 X 5 RHS
THIS END TO 75 50 X 25 X 3 RHS

BE SEALED UP FRAME
TRUSS
50 X 25 X 3 RHS
1800
1400
1400
1000
1
1600
-
150 X 100 X 6 RHS
50 X 25 X 3 RHS
50 X 25 X 3 RHS
THIS END TO
BE SEALED UP
75
200
200
75
75
5
398.
200
25 X 25 X 3 SHS 6 NOS. OF 8 DIA STAINLESS STEEL

BOLTS AND NUTS OF MINIMUM LENGTH
A
45 PER PANEL OF SIGNBOARD.
RHS -
SECTION A-A
DETAIL OF FRAME FOR SIGNBOARD
STAINLESS STEEL SCALE 1:20
SCALE 1:20
CONNECTION DETAILS OF SIGNBOARD TO TRUSS 8 DIA BOLTS
& NUTS WITH 2 NOS.
SCALE 1:20 18 DIA WASHERS
DETAIL 1
1400 (MAXIMUM) NOT TO SCALE
50 X 25 X 3 RHS 25 X 25 X 3 SHS SIGNBOARD
200
10 DIA BOLT WITH

22 DIA WASHER 3 THK
1800
1400
50 x 25 x 3 RHS
50 x 25 x 3 RHS
200
37.5
6 NOS. 8mm DIA STAINLESS STEEL
BOLTS AND NUTS OF MINIMUM
150 x 100 x 6 RHS
LENGTH 45 PER PANEL OF SIGNBOARD.
6 75
TYPICAL LAYOUT OF FRAME SUPPORTING SIGNBOARD
SCALE 1:50
CONNECTION DETAILS OF SIGNBOARD TO TRUSS

SCALE 1:10
STANDARD DETAIL
DRAWING NO. REV.

ROAD GANTRY SIGN LTA/SDRE14/10/SUP10 -
10-10
6 THK M.S. PLATE FILLET 2 THK ALUMINIUM PLATE
WELDED TO SUPPORT SIGN GENERAL NOTES :
TOP HORIZONTAL
400
100
MEMBER 1) Backing is required when the sign board is made 5) The material for all structural steelwork shall
up of separate sheets. comply with BS 7668, BS EN 10025, BS EN 10029 and
M UM )
2) Every section of the signboard shall be bolted BS EN 10210.
6) All steel sections shall be hot-dipped galvanised
and applied with two coats of compatible paint
being applied to all damaged surfaces, except
the stainless steel holding-down bolts.
700
EQ
M AXI
onto the signboard frame using 8mm diameter 6) All steel sections shall be hot-dipped galvanised
(
2 THK ALUMINIUM
PACKING PIECE stainless steel bolts and nuts at 500mm C/C. and applied with two coats of compatible paint
3) Fabrication of all structural steelwork shall being applied to all damaged surfaces, except
M UM )
be carried out in accordance with BS EN 1, the stainless steel holding-down bolts.

200
1 75 X 38 X 3 THK RHS
700
EQ
SS EN 1993, BS EN 1090, SS EN 1994. 7) All cut edges shall be dressed to a neat

M UM ) M AXI
(
- 100 X 100 X 6 SHS All steelwork shall be fabricated from new workmanlike finish and shall be free from distortions.
sections and in such manner that they are not 8) All welding shall be in accordance with BS EN 1011
bent, twisted or damaged. and electrodes to BS EN ISO 2560.
200
2
700
EQ
BOTTOM HORIZONTAL 4) Fabrication of all structural steelwork including 9) No site welding shall be allowed unless
M AXI
(
- 100
MEMBER welding, trimming and painting shall be inspected approved by the S.O.
and approved by the S.0. 10) Ordinary bolts and nuts shall comply with
100
25
400
BS 3692 OR BS 4190, BS 4933.

11) All ordinary bolts shall be fitted with washers
and nuts complying with BS 4320. Nut shall be
700 EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ EQ 700 of at least the strength grade appropriate to
(1025 MAXIMUM) (1025 MAXIMUM) (1025 MAXIMUM) (1025 MAXIMUM) (1025 MAXIMUM) (1025 MAXIMUM) the grade of bolt used.
12) The grade and diameter of bolts shown in column 's' in
the table for directional signs shall be
A strictly adhered for their specific function.
REAR VIEW OF SIGN BOARD
10 DIA BOLT Using higher or lower grade and bigger or
- SCALE 1:50
TOP HORIZONTAL MEMBER smaller diameter of bolts are not acceptable.
1100 l B 13) The bolts strength grades are as specified in
- BS 4190. Grade 4.6 and 8.8 are made of mild steel
INNER EDGE OF SIGN BOARD
3 and high-strength steel with yield stress of
235N/mm² and 627N/mm² respectively.
SDRE14/10/SUP12
100 X 100 X 6 SHS 14) All steel reinforcement bars shall conform to
75 X 38 X 3 THK RHS SS 560. All welded steel fabric reinforcement shall
6 THK M.S. BRACKET FILLET
WELDED TO conform to SS 561.
100 X 100 X 6 SHS ALONG 15) Stainless steel holding-down bolts comforming to
h
PERIMETER TO SUPPORT SIGN 10 DIA BOLT BS EN ISO 3506 Grade A4-80 shall provided to connect
the steel post base plate with the anchorages in
the 800mm x 800mm stump.
75 X 75 X 6 THK ANGLE
4 MS BRACKET WELDED TO
16) Minimum concrete cover to nearest reinforcement
SDRE14/10/SUP12 100 X 100 X 6 SHS ON shall be 50mm for the footing & stump.
75 X 75 X 6 THK ANGLE 3 SIDES TO SUPPORT SIGN 17) 75mm lean concrete blinding (C12/15) shall be
M.S. BRACKET WELDED TO
400
2 THK ALUMINIUM PACKING PIECE provided under the footing.

ADDITIONAL MEMBER FOR 100 X 100 X 6 SHS ON 3
18) Concrete shall be of strength class C28/35.
5 TYPE `4', `5', `10' AND `11' ONLY SIDES TO SUPPORT SIGN
DETAIL 1 SECTION B-B 19) Subgrade below the concrete footing shall be
SDRE14/10/SUP12
100 X 100 X 6 SHS compacted to at least 95% of the maximum dry density
(a) 100 X 100 X 6 SHS SCALE 1:20 SCALE 1:20
WELDED TO TOP & and minimum bearing capacity of soil directly under
75 X 38 X 3 THK RHS the footing shall be 130KN/m².
BOTTOM HORIZONTAL
5700
MEMBERS C
-
2 NOS. 10 DIA BOLT
100 X 100 X 6 SHS

1250 900 2750 3700
2 NOS. 10 DIA BOLT
EXPRESSWAY EXPRESSWAY
1050
SHOULDER OUTER LANE 6 THK MS BRACKET WELDED

TO 100 X 100 X 6 SHS
ALONG PERIMETER TO
SUPPORT SIGN
2 THK ALUMINIUM DETAIL 2 SECTION C-C

PLATE
FOUNDATION
BOTTOM HORIZONTAL MEMBER
The dimension of the components in the drawings shall be taken as the minimum size required.
ELEVATION OF DIRECTIONAL SIGN ALONG EXPRESSWAY The bolts shown in column 's' shall be strictly followed as highlighted in drawing note no 12.
SECTION A-A
The specified structural strength of the components shall be checked by professional engineer.
SCALE 1:100
SCALE 1:20
STANDARD DETAIL
SUPPORT FOR CANTILEVER DRAWING NO. REV.

DIRECTIONAL SIGNS LTA/SDRE14/10/SUP11 A
(SHEET 1 OF 3)
OCT 2015 DATE OF ISSUE SCALE SHEET NO.
A
10-11
300 X 6 THK M.S. PLATE
WELDED TO CHS BY 6 THK (q) CHS INNER TUBE WELDED
FILLET WELD ALL ROUND B TO BOTTOM PLATE BY
FULL STRENGTH BUTT WELD CHS WELDED TO BASE PLATE BY
A -
FULL STRENGTH BUTT WELD
-
300
8 NOS. 20 THK STIFFENER PLATE (x)
WELDED TO CHS AND BASE PLATE BY
(e) BOTTOM HORIZONTAL SHS FILLET WELD (y) ALL ROUND
WELDED TO CHS BY
FULL STRENGTH BUTT WELD
4 NOS. 6 THK STIFFENER PLATE
WELDED TO CHS AND SHS BY (w) THICKNESS OF BASE PLATE
4 NOS OF STIFFENER (f) WELDED TO CHS
AND SHS WITH 6 THK FILLET WELD ALL ROUND
(b) TOP HORIZONTAL SHS WELDED TO
CHS BY FULL STRENGTH BUTT WELD
(j) CHS FOR UPPER SECTION OF COLUMN (t) CHS FOR LOWER SECTION OF COLUMN
(j) CHS FOR UPPER SECTION OF COLUMN
125
DETAIL 3 DETAIL 4
50
REF DWG NO: SDRE14/10/SUP11 REF DWG NO: SDRE14/10/SUP11
175
600
175
125
50
8 NOS. OF STAINLESS STEEL
75 (FOR TYPE `1' & `6') HOLDING-DOWN BOLTS
50 (FOR THE REST) 125 175 175 125
50
75 (FOR TYPE `1' & `6') 75 100
50 (FOR THE REST)
50
75 100
600
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B BASE PLATE FOR LOWER SECTION OF COLUMN
50
475 DIA
50
(n) 475 DIA TOP PLATE
100 100
50
(j) CHS FOR UPPER SECTION OF
125 100
PROJECTION OF
COLUMN WELDED TO TOP PLATE HORIZONTAL MEMBERS
100 100
BY FULL STRENGTH BUTT WELD
200
150
ON
101
IA ID
p)
O
RECTI
C
V
TRAFFI
.(
(q) CHS INNER TUBE WELDED TO BOTTOM
D
PLATE BY FULL STRENGTH BUTT WELD
101 20 80
DI
50
1000
CHS OF THE UPPER 8 NOS. 10 THK OF STIFFENERS PLATE

SECTION OF COLUMN (j) WELDED TO CHS AND TOP PLATE STIFFENER CUM STIFFENER PLATE
BY FILLET WELD (m) ALL ROUND STIFFENER (k) (7 NOS.)
STOPPER (k1) (1 NO.) DETAIL (x) (8 NOS.)
7 NOS 10 THK STIFFENER PLATE TOP PLATE
WELDED TO CHS AND TOP PLATE
BY FILLET WELD (m) ALL ROUND 20 80 475 DIA
475 DIA
1 NO. 10 THK STIFFENER CUM STOPPER 101
(r) 475 DIA BOTTOM PLATE 101
150
PROJECTION OF
3 THK PTFE SHEET
100 100
100 100
HORIZONTAL MEMBERS
200
200
SANDWICH BETWEEN THE
ID
p)
TWO PLATE (q) CHS INNER TUBE
VO
(
ON
A
DI
RECTI
C
(s) 8 NOS. OF BOLTS
TRAFFI
8 NOS. OF 10 THK STIFFENERS PLATE 50 50
CONNECTING TWO PLATES 50
WELDED CHS BOTTOM 50
DI
PLATE BY FILLET WELD (v) ALL ROUND
CHS OF THE LOWER 8 NOS. 10 THK OF STIFFENERS PLATE STIFFENER CUM
SECTION OF COLUMN (t) WELDED TO CHS AND BOTTOM PLATE
BY FILLET WELD (v) ALL ROUND STIFFENER (u) (7 NOS.) STOPPER (u1) (1 NO.) PTFE SHEET
(t) CHS FOR LOWER
SECTION OF COLUMN
BOTTOM PLATE
DETAIL 5 The bolts shown in column 's' shall be strictly followed as highlighted in drawing note no 12.
REF DWG NO: SDRE14/10/SUP11 The specified structural strength of the components shall be checked by professional engineer.
STANDARD DETAIL

DIRECTIONAL SIGNS LTA/SDRE14/10/SUP12 -
(SHEET 2 OF 3)
10-12
TABLE FOR SUPPORT FOR CANTILEVER DIRECTIONAL SIGNS
NOS. OF 100 x DETAILS OF TOP HORIZONTAL DETAILS OF BOTTOM HORIZONTAL DETAILS OF UPPER SECTION OF DETAILS OF TOP PLATE OF DETAILS OF BOTTOM PLATE DETAILS OF 8 NOS. OF BOLTS
100 x 6 THK MEMBER OF GRADE 43 STEEL MEMBER OF GRADE 43 STEEL COLUMN OF GRADE 43 STEEL 475 DIA (GRADE 43) OF GRADE 43 STEEL CONNECTING THE TWO PLATES
CHS OF INNER
SHS OF GRADE
SIZE OF STIFFENER FILLET WELD SIZE OF STIFFENER FILLET WELD SIZE OF STIFFENER FILLET WELD TOP PLATE DIAMETER OF TUBE -GRADE 43 BOTTOM PLATE DIAMETER OF GRADE DIAMETER
43 STEEL
SHS PLATE THK LEG LENGTH SHS PLATE THK LEG LENGTH CHS PLATE THK LEG LENGTH THK CENTRAL VOID THK BOTTOM PLATE OF BOLTS OF BOLTS
TYPE
(h) (I) (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (j) (k, k1) (m) (n) (p) (q) (r) (s) (s)
NO.
(m) (m) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
1 2.50 ≤ l ≤ 3.75 2 150 X 150 X 6 6 6 150 X 150 X 12.5 8 6 273 X 8 CHS 10 6 16 257 219.1 X 8.0 CHS 16 475 GRADE 4.6 16
2 3.75 < l ≤ 4.70 2 200 X 200 X 6 6 6 200 X 200 X 16.0 15 6 273 X 16 CHS 10 12 25 241 219.1 X 12.5 CHS 25 475 GRADE 4.6 20
3 1.0 ≤ h ≤ 1.5 4.70 < l ≤ 5.60 2 200 X 200 X 6 6 6 200 X 200 X 16.0 15 6 273 X 16 CHS 10 12 25 241 219.1 X 12.5 CHS 25 475 GRADE 4.6 22
8 1.5 ≤ h ≤ 2.5 4.50 ≤ l ≤ 5.25 2 250 X 250 X 6 6 6 250 X 250 X 12.5 20 6 273 X 20 CHS 10 15 25 233 219.1 X 20.0 CHS 25 475 GRADE 4.6 22
800
8T28
800
TABLE FOR SUPPORT FOR CANTILEVER DIRECTIONAL SIGNS
3000
T13-250 LINK T13-125 LINK DETAILS OF LOWER SECTION OF COLUMN DETAILS OF BASE PLATE
SECTION B-B TYPE

GRADE OF SIZE OF STIFFENER FILLET WELD GRADE OF THK OF STIFFENER FILLET WELD
NO. STEEL CHS PLATE THK LEG LENGTH STEEL BASE PLATE PLATE THK LEG LENGTH
800 x 800 (t) (t) (u, u1) (v) (w) (w) (x) (y)
STUMP (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
1 GRADE 43 273 X 16 10 6 GRADE 43 40 12 15

400
A 2 GRADE 50 273 X 25 10 12 GRADE 50 50 20 18

HIGH STRENGTH NON-SHRINK
- CEMENTITIOUS GROUT OF
100
400
3 GRADE 50 273 X 25 10 12 GRADE 50 50 20 18

MINIMUM STRENGTH 40N/mm 2
4 GRADE 50 273 X 25 10 12 GRADE 50 50 20 18

600
350 400 400 350 8 NOS. OF 30 DIA STAINLESS STEEL 5 GRADE 50 273 X 25 10 12 GRADE 50 50 20 18
HOLDING-DOWN BOLTS CONFORMING
1500 B TO BS EN ISO 3506 GRADE A4-80 6 GRADE 43 273 X 16 10 8 GRADE 43 40 12 15
NK
4 NOS. 100 X 100 X 6 THK

1500
T13 LI
- ANGLE WELDED TO FORM A SQUARE 7 GRADE 50 323.9 X 20 10 15 GRADE 50 50 20 18

3000
8 GRADE 50 323.9 X 20 10 15 GRADE 50 50 20 18

13T20 8T28
9 GRADE 50 323.9 X 20 10 15 GRADE 50 50 20 18
T13-150
10 GRADE 50 323.9 X 20 10 15 GRADE 50 50 20 18

500
1T20 1T20
11 GRADE 50 323.9 X 20 10 15 GRADE 50 50 20 18

13T20 T13-150
1500
FOOTING PLAN SECTION A-A

The bolts shown in column 's' shall be strictly followed as highlighted in drawing note no 12.
DETAILS OF FOUNDATION
The specified structural strength of the components shall be checked by professional engineer.
SCALE 1:50
STANDARD DETAIL

DIRECTIONAL SIGNS LTA/SDRE14/10/SUP13 A
(SHEET 3 OF 3)
A OCT 2015
10-13
1 50 X 50 BOTTOM RAIL OF
5 NOS. 12 DIA
PEDESTRIAN OVERHEAD BRIDGE
- ADHESIVE TYPE
ANCHOR BOLTS
2 NOS. 10 DIA BOLTS 13
0
DISTANCE TO BE ADJUSTED
ACCORDING TO BEAM DESIGN
AND SPECIFICATION REQUIREMENT
WALL / BEAM
( < 1000 = )
250
200
50
50
38 X 9
FLAT BAR
1000
500
HIGH BOND HIGH BOND
TAPE WITH TAPE WITH
6 NOS. OF 6 NOS. OF
10 DIA 10 DIA
BOLTS WITH BOLTS WITH
WASHERS FOR WASHERS FOR
SIGN SIGN
67
10 DIA BOLT
38 X 9
FLAT BAR
38
67
50 X 50
(EXTERNAL)
BOTTOM RAIL 0
40
OF PEDESTRIAN
OVERHEAD BRIDGE
75
100
38
DETAIL 1 TYPE A TYPE B

SCALE 1:50 (FOR DIMENSION REFER TO TYPE A)
SCALE 1:100
SCALE 1:100

1. All steel brackets and flats bar are to be of stainless steel.
2. All bolts and nuts are to be of stainless steel.
3. All joints are to be fully welded.
TYPICAL STEEL BRACKETS
4. Where aluminium are used instead of stainless steel. The grade of aluminium
FOR 4.5m HEIGHT DRAWING NO. REV.
shall of HE 30 WP.
LIMIT SIGN LTA/SDRE14/10/SUP14 -
(900mm x 900mm)
10-14
VARIES VARIES
ES
ES
4.8 DIA RIVETS 4.8 DIA RIVETS
VARI
VARI
(NOT MORE THAN (NOT MORE THAN
150 APART) 150 APART)
75 X 75 X 3 THK 100 X 100 X 3 THK

HOT DIPPED GALVANISED HOT DIPPED GALVANISED
SQUARE HOLLOW SECTION SQUARE HOLLOW SECTION
2400
2400
EXPANSION BOLTS HOLE
CEMENT MORTAR CEMENT MORTAR
1 300 X 300 X 75 1 300 X 300 X 75 200 X 200 X 10 THK M.S. PLATE
(ON FOOTPATH) (ON FOOTPATH)
- 400 X 400 X 75 - 400 X 400 X 75
(ON FOUNDATION) (ON FOUNDATION)
40
40
200
SHS
FULL WELD
550 X 550 X 550 650 X 650 X 650

C16/20 CONCRETE C16/20 CONCRETE
200
VERTICAL SUPPORTS FOR TRAFFIC SIGN VERTICAL SUPPORTS FOR TRAFFIC SIGN PLAN
WITH AREA NOT EXCEEDING 1.1m² WITH AREA NOT EXCEEDING 2.3m² DETAIL 1
FOR ARTERIAL ROAD FOR EXPRESSWAY REF DWG NO: SDRE14/10/SUP4
SCALE 1:5
STANDARD DETAIL
SUPPORT FOR
TRAFFIC SIGN DRAWING NO. REV.
(FOR ARTERIAL AND LTA/SDRE14/10/SUP15 -

EXPRESSWAY)
REV. DATE SEP 2017 AS SHOWN 1 OF 1
10-15
MAIN PAGE
CHAPTER 11
BUS STOPS
BUS BAY (SHEET 1 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/11/BUS1 B
BUS BAY / LAYBY FOR NPARKS' WATER TANKER

(SHEET 2 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/11/BUS2 B
BUS BAY DETAILS LTA/SDRE14/11/BUS3 B
BUS SHELTER - TYPE A TEMPORARY USE ONLY LTA/SDRE14/11/BUS4 B
BUS STOP LAYOUT AND ELEVATION LTA/SDRE14/11/BUS5 -

POINTOF
ON
ECTI
INTERS NT
TANGE
TANGENT NT
POI
POINT
2000m
2000m
TANGENT
250 DIA UPVC PIPE (HEAVY DUTY) POINT
2000m 2000m 10000 AT 3m C/C APPROXIMATE 5000
NTOF
POI
BUS STOP (REFER TO COMMUTER I ON
NTERSECTI
BUS - STOP POLE
DETAIL 1 FACILITIES CHECKLIST FOR DETAILS) TANGE
NT
SCALE 1:100 SLAB THICKNESS AND REINFORCEMENT DETAILS POINT DETAIL 2
SAFETY BOLLARDS AT 3m C/C
(REF DWG NO: SDRE14/14/BOL3 & 4)
SCALE 1:100
FOOTPATH CUM DRAIN
PEDESTRIAN GRATING 1800
FOOTPATH
WITH CHEQUER PLATE
3800
1500
3000
1800
600
2 F
CATCH BASIN 3700
-
DROP-INLET CHAMBER
EXPANSION JOINT
EXPANSION JOINT EXPANSION JOINT NO. OF
1 DIRECTION OF TRAVEL (FOR DOUBLE AND (REF DWG NO: SDRE14/11/BUS3)
A 200 X 1.5 THK YELLOW BAND TYPE DESCRIPTION L EXPANSION
TRIPLE BUS BAY) 3
- THERMOPLASTIC PAINT TO
JOINT
BE DRAWN 125mm FROM KERB LINE SDRE14/11/BUS2
(ON PAVED AREA ONLY) 1 2
SINGLE BUS BAY 18m
2 DOUBLE BUS BAY 32m 3

25000 L 20000
980 980 3 TRIPLE BUS BAY 46m 4
KERB HEIGHT KERB HEIGHT OF 150mm KERB HEIGHT
OF 125mm KERB HEIGHT KERB HEIGHT OF 125mm
TRANSITION TRANSITION
TYPICAL SECTION OF BUS BAY

SCALE 1:250
0
98
250 DIA UPVC PIPE (HEAVY DUTY) 150
AT 3m C/C APPROXIMATE SLAB THICKNESS AND
REINFORCEMENT DETAILS
(REF DWG NO: SDRE14/14/BOL3 & 4)
BUS STOP (REFER TO
10000 COMMUTER FACILITIES
CHECKLIST FOR DETAILS) 0
5000 PEDESTRIAN GRATING 98
SAFETY BOLLARDS AT 3m C/C WITH CHEQUER PLATE 125
FOOTPATH CUM DRAIN
1800
K
TH AY
20 TAR EW
M R AG
MU O RI
XI TM R
MA MEN CA
CE
5000
EDGE OF 3000 1500

CARRIAGEWAY
BUS STOP
POLE
CATCH BASIN 3
3000
200 X 1.5 THK YELLOW BAND YELLOW LINE

THERMOPLASTIC PAINT TO SDRE14/11/BUS2 RIGID PAVEMENT
BE DRAWN 125mm FROM KERB LINE
(ON PAVED AREA ONLY) 600 600
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL ISOMETRIC VIEW
100 L
980 980
KERB HEIGHT TRANSITION FROM 150mm TO 125mm
KERB HEIGHT KERB HEIGHT OF 150mm KERB HEIGHT
OF 125mm KERB HEIGHT KERB HEIGHT OF 125mm SCALE 1:30
TRANSITION TRANSITION
BUS STOP WITHOUT BUS BAY

SCALE 1:250
NOTES: 5. The kerb line (L) shall always be a straight line even when the bus stop is STANDARD DETAIL
1. Size and type of bus shelter shall be subject to approval from LTA. located in a curve / bend.
2. Safety bollards shall be provided at all bus stops, according to the posted speed 6. Where there is site ocnstraints, width of bus bay can be reduced to an
limit. absolute minimum of 3m subject to approval from LTA.
3. Location of advertising panel and bus stop sign shall not obstruct pedestrian 7. Safety bollards shall not be erected on scupper pipes. BUS BAY DRAWING NO. REV.
movements and the view of the approaching buses. 8. Refer to the table in DWG No: LTA/SDRE14/4/GRA1 for the type and (SHEET 1 OF 2)
LTA/SDRE14/11/BUS1 B
4. Where there is site constraints, width of bus bay can be reduced to an absolute spacing of pedestrian grating. B SEPT 2017
minimum of 3m subject to approval from LTA. A OCT 2015 DATE OF ISSUE SCALE SHEET NO.
11-1
BUS SHELTER
(REFER TO COMMUTER FACILITIES
CHECKLIST FOR DETAILS)
CARRIAGEWAY BUS BAY 600 1800
1m (MINIMUM CLEARANCE)
SAFETY BOLLARD
25 THK
RIGID PAVEMENT SLAB THICKNESS AND REINFORCEMENT DETAILS GRANOLITHIC FINISH
(REF. DWG NO: SDRE14/14/BOL 3 & 4)
SEPARATING
SHEET 1:100 100 THK HARDCORE
1:20
250 DIA UPVC SCUPPER PIPE

CATCH BASIN (HEAVY DUTY)
TYPICAL SECTION OF BUS BAY / SHELTER

SCALE 1:50
DRAIN
REGULATORY SI
'
WITHI
Wi
Vehi
NPar
Except
N BAY'
thi
n Bay
cl
ks'
es
GN
R5m R5m
3m
R5m CARRIAGEWAY BUS BAY

R5m
RIGID PAVEMENT
3
RIGID PAVEMENT
I I 150
A DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
225
105
9000 10000 4000
200M UM )
NI
300
LAYBY FOR NPARKS' WATER TANKER
MI
(
SCALE 1:250
SUB-BASE
SUB-GRADE
DETAIL 3
REF DWG NO: SDRE14/11/BUS1
SCALE 1:25
STANDARD DETAIL
BUS BAY / LAYBY FOR DRAWING NO. REV.

NPARKS' WATER TANKER LTA/SDRE14/11/BUS2 B
B SEPT 2017 (SHEET 2 OF 2)
11-2
WELDING THROUGHOUT
45 45
R13
52.5 52.5
20
15
45
6 DIA
HOLE AT ROAD LEVEL
BASE R20 DOWEL BAR R20 DOWEL BAR
ROAD LEVEL
40
60 DIA.13 AT 45 C/C
VIEW E
SCALE 1:20
VERTICAL ALUMINIUM GRATING
SCALE 1:20
DETAIL 1
SCALE 1:3
BUS SHELTER PLATFORM
100 600 100 150 200 125 275 100
COMPLETE ASSEMBLY EXCLUDING

R6 BAR TO BE GALVANISED 780 X 255 X 26 THK 15mm THK. GRANOLITHIC FINISH
BEFORE CASTING OF SLAB CONCRETE SLAB
VERTICAL 25mm THK. GRANOLITHIC FINISH
ALUMINIUM GRATING R13
1 A A K2 KERB
100
255
R6
DIA 13
50
255
475
R20 R20 R6
375
425
1:
5
KERB E 1:20
FOUNDATION 350 X 400
100
KERB FOUNDATION
780 250 DIA UPVC PIPE

B KERB
WSFR B8
PLAN VIEW OF SLAB FOR CATCH BASIN PLAN VIEW OF CATCH BASIN SECTION B-B
780 X 255 X 26 THK

CONCRETE SLAB 2
15
45 X 45 X 4
GALVANISED M.S. ANGLE 15mm THK. GRANOLITHIC FINISH
APPROVED SEALER
WELDING 6 THK GALVANISED REINFORCEMENT TO TERMINATE
M.S. KEYHOLE CASING COMPRESSIBLE MATERIAL 60 + 20 FROM CENTRE LINE 15
25
3
R6
10
90
25
3
30 DIA.
PVC CAP
45
15
4 THK BOTTOM GALVANISED BASE PLATE 75

WELDED TO GALVANISED M.S. BASE
DETAIL 2
6 DIA DRAINAGE HOLE
25 DIA SMOOTH DOWEL BAR AT APPROVED PRE-MOULDED JOINT FILLER SCALE 1:5
5 THK GALVANISED M.S. BASE
300mm CENTRES TREATED WITH
50 X 50 X 5 GALVANISED M.S. ANGLE BOND BREAKING COMPOUND OVER 300 300
FISH TAIL FIXED INTO CONCRETE HALF ITS LENGTH
SECTION A-A
SCALE 1:3 EXPANSION JOINT
SCALE 1:10

1. All m.s., angle, base plate to be hot galvanised in accordance
to ISO 1460, ISO 1461.
2. All flats and angles are to be fillet welded throughout.
DRAWING NO. REV.

BUS BAY DETAILS LTA/SDRE14/11/BUS3 B
B SEPT 2017
11-3
A
5°
9000
3000 150 2850 3000 2850 (END UNIT)

3 THK FIBRE 25 X 50 X 3 THK RHS
GLASS ROOFING
225
3 THK FIBRE 1m
GLASS ROOFING 600 (MINIMUM)
80 DIA M.S. PIPE
SAFETY BOLLARD 450

40 DIA M.S. PIPE
6 FILLET
2100
WELD ALL ROUND
450
420
125
WSFR A5
500
SAFETY BOLLARD
3 THK FIBRE
GLASS SEATING
300
500
WSFR A8
KERB & FLOOR LEVEL

200 THK HARDCORE
300 THK CONCRETE FOOTING
A ROAD LEVEL
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
FRONT ELEVATION SECTION A-A

40 DIA M.S. PIPE

C
2
800mm^2 X 300mm
0
75 1425 1500 1500 1425
25°
CONCRETE FOOTING 340
240
2202
80 DIA M.S. PIPE

1840
80 DIA M.S. PIPE
250
(4 THK)
150 X 150 X 6 THK
B
600
500
ROOF LINE M.S. PLATE
10 DIA HOLE 25 X 50 X 3 THK RHS
50 X 25 KAPOR TIMBER STRIP
6 THK M.S. SEAT PLATE

OUTLINE OF FIBRE
GLASS SEATING
450
600
SAFETY BOLLARDS AT 3m SPACING

KERB
600
200 x 1.5 THK YELLOW BAND THERMOPLASTIC PAINT TO EDGE OF CARRIAGEWAY

BE DRAWN 125mm FROM THE KERB LINE PLAN LAYOUT DETAIL OF FIBRE GLASS SEATING
(ON PAVED AREA ONLY) SCALE 1:50 SCALE 1:20
50 X 25 KAPOR TIMBER STRIP WITH 2 LAYERS

400 400 OF FIBRE GLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC
85 85 6 THK M.S. SEAT PLATE

40 40 20mm WOOD SCREW
3 THK FIBRE GLASS SEATING
130
170
250
85 85 200 X 12 DIA BOLT & NUT

15
80 DIA M.S. PIPE ( 4 THK )

500
450
75 X 75 X 8 FLANGE PLATE 100 X 12 DIA BOLT & NUT ( NOT TO BE ENCASED
IN CONCRETE IF USED AS TEMPORARY SHELTER )
250 X 250 X 10 THK M.S. PLATE
50
80 DIA M.S. PIPE (4 THK) 150 X 150 X 6 THK M.S. BASE PLATE
550
1000 1000 CONCRETE HAUNCHING ( NOT REQUIRED
100
WHEN USED AS TEMPORARY SHELTER )
300 300
50
DETAIL OF POST CONNECTED
DETAIL OF FIBRE GLASS ROOFING TO CONCRETE FOOTING SECTION B-B SECTION C-C

1. Type A bus shelter shall be used for temporary shelter use.
(with 2 units unless otherwise specified).
2. All pipes to be class medium (B) in accordance with SS EN 10255:2013
3. All exposed metal surface to be coated with a layer of red lead undercoat
DRAWING NO. REV.
and 2 layers of finishing paint of approved quality and colour
BUS SHELTER - TYPE A
TEMPORARY USE ONLY LTA/SDRE14/11/BUS4 B
specified by the S.O. B SEPT 2017
11-4
SIZE OF BUS SHELTER 1500
CONNECTING RAIN SCREEN TO BE

FOOTPATH
FRAMED ON ALL SIDES BUS INFORMATION PANEL WITH
LOCATION AND NUMBER OF BUS INFORMATION PANEL TO BE PROVIDED
LIGHTING PROVISION
ROOF EAVE ABOVE SIZE OF BUS LOCATION MINIMUM NUMBER
S/N
SHELTER(m)
1 NO. ELECT. PIPE FOR
ADVERTISEMENT PANEL 1 9 FRONT 1 SET
ALUM. SEAT AND RAIN
ALUM. SEAT
3000
SCREEN SHALL NOT BE CONC. SLAB COMPLETE
PROVIDED IF THERE IS WITH ARM REST 2 12 FRONT
WITH GRANOLITHIC 1 SET
100
CONNECTING FOOTPATH FINISHES
1:
3 15 CENTER 1 SET
SAFETY BOLLARDS @ 3m C/C 2000
4 18 CENTER 1 SET
600
5 21 CENTER 1 SET
3000
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL ROAD KERB 24 AND ABOVE
6 FRONT AND CENTER 2 SETS
POINT OF INTERSECTION
NOTE: 1 SET= MINIMUM 2 NUMBERS
BUS-STOP POLE
BUS STOP LAYOUT PLAN 1
SCALE 1:100
RAIN SCREEN TO BE BUS INFORMATION PANEL WITH
FRAMED ON ALL SIDES LIGHTING PROVISION
BUS STOP ADDRESS

& NUMBER SIGN
PLATE TO FACE
ONCOMING TRAFFIC
CONNECTING
FOOTPATH
FFL
SAFETY BOLLARD
3000
ALUM. SEAT AND RAIN ALUM. SEAT
SCREEN SHALL NOT BE WITH ARM REST
PROVIDED IF THERE IS
CONNECTING FOOTPATH
BUS STOP ELEVATION 1
SCALE 1:100
SIZE OF BUS SHELTER 1500
CONNECTING
FOOTPATH
RAIN SCREEN TO BE
FRAMED ON ALL SIDES
ROOF EAVE ABOVE
1 NO. ELECT. PIPE FOR

ADVERTISEMENT PANEL
ALUM. SEAT AND RAIN 1 NO. ELECT. PIPE FOR
SCREEN SHALL NOT BE
3000
ALUM. SEAT ADVERTISEMENT PANEL

WITH ARM REST PROVIDED IF THERE IS
CONNECTING FOOTPATH CONC. SLAB COMPLETE
100
WITH GRANOLITHIC
1:
BUS INFORMATION PANEL WITH
2000 FINISHES
LIGHTING PROVISION
SAFETY BOLLARDS @ 3m C/C
600
3000
DIRECTION OF TRAVEL ROAD KERB
POINT OF INTERSECTION
BUS STOP LAYOUT PLAN 2 BUS-STOP POLE
SCALE 1:100
1. This drawing shall be read in conjunction with LTA Architectural Design Criteria 5. The design of the bus stop shall comply with BCA Code on Accessibility
(ADC) checklist and Material and Workmanship Specifications. in the Built Environment.
2. The size of the bus shelter shall be in accordance to ADC checklist. 6."No smoking" sign shall be provided at every 9m spacing of bus
BUS STOP LAYOUT DRAWING NO. REV.
3. All aluminium elements (bench, flashing piece,roof capping etc) shall be in shelter.
AND ELEVATION LTA/SDRE14/11/BUS5 -
powder coated finish. 7. The location of bus-stop pole shall be subjected to approval from LTA.
4. 25% of all the seats shall be provided with arm rests. 8. All aluminium seats shall be of a darker shade than the floor finish. DATE OF ISSUE SCALE SHEET NO.
11-1
MAIN PAGE
CHAPTER 12
PLANTING REQUIREMENT
SOIL AERATION (SHEET 1 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/12/PNR1 A
SOIL AERATION (SHEET 2 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/12/PNR2 A

C D E
12000
AERATION TROUGH SDRE14/12/PNR2
SDRE14/12/PNR2
SDRE14/12/PNR2
12000
EDGE OF CARRIAGEWAY
FOOTPATH CUM DRAIN TREE PLANTING STRIP
AN
CENTRE M EDI
NG
4000
2000
CONTRACT DRAW I
A TREE PLANTING STRIP B
ON,
M ENSI
REFER TO
FOR DI
VERGES & SERVICES

EDGE OF CARRIAGEWAY
E APPROVED SOIL MIX
250 DIA UPVC
6000
2000 2000 (HEAVY DUTY) PIPE SDRE14/12/PNR2
APPROVED EDGE OF CARRIAGEWAY
SOIL MIX
C D PROPOSED SOIL AERATION AT CENTRE MEDIANS (FOR NORMAL CROSSFALL)
SDRE14/12/PNR2 SDRE14/12/PNR2
SCALE 1:150
PROPOSED SOIL AERATION AT SIDETABLE

SCALE 1:150
FALL
APPROVED SOIL MIX
EDGE OF CARRIAGEWAY
12000 12000
AN
E MEDI
4000
2000
CENTR
AERATION TROUGH APPROVED SOIL MIX B
TREE PLANTING STRIP
1000
375
4000 6000
1 EDGE OF CARRIAGEWAY
250 DIA UPVC
FALL
(HEAVY DUTY) PIPE CLOSED DRAIN
AERATION TROUGH WRAPPED ROUND

SECTION A-A WITH GEOTEXTILE AS SPECIFIED PROPOSED SOIL AERATION AT CENTRE MEDIANS (FOR SUPERELEVATION)
SCALE 1:150 IN M&W SPECIFICATIONS SCALE 1:150
20 DIA HOLES AT
100 C/C ALONG
250 DIA UPVC
(HEAVY DUTY) PIPE
200
12000
85
500
700
20 SIZE STONE
AERATION TROUGH APPROVED SOIL MIX
115
1000
2000
DETAIL 1
SCALE 1:50
SECTION B-B
SCALE 1:150
NOTES:
5. Low plants can be permitted in front of the road-signs.The choice of
1. Tree planting strip is to be excavated to 1.0m deep ready to receive these plant shall take into account the need to do pruning so as to
loamy soil from Nparks. keep the height of these plants at a manageable level.
STANDARD DETAIL
2. Service verge is to be excavated to 0.6m deep ready to receive 6. Trees planted along curve section of road shall not obstruct the
loamy soil from Nparks. required sight visibility around the bends otherwise no planting zone
3. Aeration trough is required when area of tree planting strip / verges and shall be implemented or low height shrub shall be considered.
services are less than 12 sqm. 7. Tree / shrubs shall not be planted right before non-signalised road
SOIL AERATION DRAWING NO. REV.
4. Tree planted shall have clear sight distance in front the road signs as follow: junction unless sufficient intersection sight distance can be achieved.
(SHEET 1 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/12/PNR1 A
ROAD TYPE CLEAR DISTANCE
EXPRESSWAY 75m A SEPT 2017 DATE OF ISSUE SCALE SHEET NO.
OTHER ROAD 45m REV. DATE 1st APR 2014 AS SHOWN 1 OF 2
12-1
CARRIAGEWAY VERGES & SERVICES 1500 / 2000 1800
TREE PLANTING STRIP FOOTPATH CUM CARRIAGEWAY VERGES & SERVICES 1500 / 2000 1800
DRAIN
APPROVED CLOSED-TURFING TREE PLANTING STRIP FOOTPATH CUM
DRAIN
20 DIA HOLES ON
600
APPROVED CLOSED-TURFING
UPVC AT 100 C/C
1
:
600
40
FALL 1
:40
FALL
1:20
1:20
APPROVED
SOIL MIX
250 DIA UPVC (HEAVY DUTY) PIPE

2m X 2m X 0.7m TROUGH OF UNIFORM
APPROVED SOIL MIX
20mm GRADED STONE WRAPPED ROUND
WITH GEOTEXTILE AS SPECIFIED IN
M&W SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION D-D
SECTION C-C
WITHOUT AERATION TROUGH
WITH AERATION TROUGH
REF DWG NO: SDRE14/12/PNR1
SCALE 1:50
SCALE 1:50
CARRIAGEWAY 4000 CARRIAGEWAY

CARRIAGEWAY VERGES & SERVICES 2000 1800
CENTRE MEDIAN
2000 TREE PLANTING STRIP FOOTPATH CUM
DRAIN
APPROVED
1000
CLOSED-TURFING
600
1:
40
FALL
FALL FALL
1:20
600
1000

APPROVED SOIL MIX
2
APPROVED SOIL MIX

SECTION D-D
SECTION E-E
SIDETABLE MORE THAN 6m
(FOR OTHER ROAD)
SCALE 1:50
SCALE 1:50 NOTE:
Concrete sump to be provided when length of UPVC scupper is more than 6m.
CARRIAGEWAY 4000 CARRIAGEWAY
1000 1000
2
VEHICULAR 1000 CARRIAGEWAY 125 600 SDRE14/4/GRA3B
VEHICULAR
IMPACT GUARDRAIL IMPACT GUARDRAIL (SEE ANGLE FRAME FOR
VEHICULAR PEDESTRIAN
125 300 PEDESTRIAN GRATING)
IMPACT GUARDRAIL GRATING
APPROVED
600 X 300
SOIL MIX WSFR B6 WSFR B6 A
FALL FALL FALL PRECAST
300
CONCRETE SDRE14/4/GRA2A
250 DIA UPVC SUMP GRADE 30
(SEE PEDESTRIAN
(HEAVY DUTY) FALL CONCRETE
1000
GRATING FOR SUMP

PIPE
1000
WITH M.S. PLATE)

50 THK LEAN
100
CONCRETE
250 DIA UPVC B
F (HEAVY DUTY)
APPROVED SOIL MIX PIPE MILD STEEL PLATE SDRE14/4/GRA2A
SECTION E-E (SEE DWG NO. (SEE PEDESTRIAN GRATING FOR
SDRE14/4/GRA2A) SUMP WITH M.S. PLATE)
SECTION E-E (FOR OTHER ROAD WITH DETAIL 2 SECTION F-F
SCALE 1:50 SCALE 1:50 PEDESTRIAN GRATING
(FOR EXPRESSWAY) VEHICLUAR IMPACT GUARDRAIL)
SCALE 1:25

1. The spacing for M.S. pedestrian gratings shall be 18m when the drain depth
is more than 1m. Refer to the table in DWG No: LTA/SDRE14/4/GRA1
for the type and spacing of the pedestrian grating.
2. 2m soil depth from the ground level at the planting verge to be free of any debris,
DRAWING NO. REV.
SOIL AERATION
hardcore and other form of construction wastage like concrete
(SHEET 2 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/12/PNR2 A
A SEPT 2017 DATE OF ISSUE SCALE SHEET NO.
12-2
CHAPTER 13
PROJECT SIGNS
PROJECT SIGN BOARD FOR LTA PROJECT -

TIMBER SIGN BOARD LTA/SDRE14/13/PSB1 -
PROJECT SIGN BOARD FOR LTA PROJECT -

ALUMINIUM SIGN BOARD LTA/SDRE14/13/PSB2 A
FLYOVER SIGNAGE & BRIDGE INFORMATION SIGN LTA/SDRE14/13/PSB3 A
PROJECT SIGN BOARD LTA/SDRE14/13/PSB4 -
DRAFT
600 2800 600 600 2800 600
300
WHITE BACKGROUND
100
100
300
LASER CUT OUT VINYLS OR SILK SCREENED

800
160
800
160
LTA CORPORATE SYMBOL BLUE TO MATCH
GAP
PANTONE 2746C BLUE

100
GAP
100
LASER CUT OUT VINYLS OR SILK SCREENED
LTA CORPORATE NAMESTYLE GREEN TO MATCH
128
PANTONE 321C GREEN (TYP)

Title of Project ) LASER CUT OUT VINYLS OR SILK
Coming Your Way
80
LASER CUT OUT VINYLS OR SILK SCREENED WHITE
913
951
SCREENED WHITE ROTIS SANS SERIF

145
ROTIS SANS SERIF EXTRA BOLD LETTERING TYPEFACE Title of Project ) EXTRA BOLD LETTERING TYPEFACE
GAP
"COMING YOUR WAY 2ND QTR 98" TEXT MESSAGE
2nd Qtr 20XX
100
GAP
PROJECT TITLE TEXT AND

Contract no:
100
160
128
CONTRACT NO.
160
CORPORATE BLUE BACKGROUND TO MATCH

Text Message )
850
80
PANTONE 2746C BLUE

960
(LOCATION PLAN) PICTOGRAM (OPTIONAL)

Text Message )
80
GAP
100
Text Message ) LASER CUT OUT VINYLS OR SILK SCREENED WHITE
160
ROTIS SANS SERIF EXTRA BOLD LETTERING TYPEFACE
92 92 92
PROJECT TEXT MESSAGE WHITE BACKGROUND
Contractor / Design Team
500
LASER CUT OUT VINYLS OR SILK
300 300 Contractor / Design Team
SCREENED BLACK ROTIS SANS SERIF
BOLD LETTERING TYPEFACE TEXT
400
LTA CUSTUMER HOTLINE NO:
MESSAGE
PROJECT OFFICE HOTLINE NO:
FROM GROUND LEVEL

2300
CORPORATE GREY TO MATCH PMS 5445C (TYP)

LASER CUT OUT VINYLS OR SILK
M UM )
SCREENED WHITE ROTIS SANS SERIF
BOLD LETTERING TYPEFACE PROJECT
NI
OFFICE HOTLINE NUMBERS ON
MI
CORPORATE BLUE BACKGROUND
1500 (
TO MATCH PANTONE 2746C BLUE
CORPORATE GREY TO MATCH PMS 5445C

FFL FFL
PROJECT SIGN BOARD BEFORE CONSTRUCTION PROJECT SIGN BOARD DURING CONSTRUCTION
DRAFT
NOTES:
STANDARD DETAIL
1. Timber sign board shall be used for project period not exceeding two years
unless otherwise specified.
PROJECT SIGN BOARD DRAWING NO. REV.

FOR LTA PROJECT -
LTA/SDRE14/13/PSB1 -
TIMBER SIGN BOARD
13-1
SDRE14-13 PSB 1.dgn LAYOUT edition 2017 20/09/2017 5:55:02 PM
D
350 5 T2
40 40 1 NO M12
GRADE 4.6 20 50
4360 BOLT
C16/20 3
25
40
350 X 350 X 12 THK CONCRETE
50
350
T1 T2 50 M.S. BASE PLATE HAUNCHING GROUND LEVEL
100
40
5 THK M.S. STIFFENER C T1
40 X 40 X 3 THK
EQ EQ EQ C1 M.S. ANGLE
50
6 C1
450
D
SCALE 1:50 SCALE 1:20 4 NOS. M20 GRADE 4.6
HOLD DOWN BOLTS DETAIL 2
SCALE 1:5
4000
4.8 DIA RIVETS AT 150 C/C
A
100
2 THK
6 THK M.S. CAPPING PLATE
DETAIL 1 ALUMINIUM PANEL
WITH 3 THK BUTT WELD
ALL ROUND TYPICAL BASE PLATE CONNECTION DETAILS
25 X 25 X 1.74kg/m
SCALE 1:20 RIVET
SHS (T1)
2 THK
B B ALUMINIUM PANEL
T1
(TYP)
2 3
3
25 X 25 X 1.74kg/m
SECTION D-D
M UM )
ADDITIONAL 2x2T10 LINKS

SHS (T2) WIRED TO REINFORCEMENT SCALE 1:5
CAGE TO HOLD BOLTS IN
M AXI
POSITION
6000 (
180 X 180 X 6 THK

SHS (C1)
4 NOS 100 X 5 THK

M.S. STIFFENERS PLATES
200 LOOPS
T2 75
(TYP)
1000
4T10-
100
50
1
2200
10T13 BW
6 (TYP)
20 THK NON-SHRINK
20 THK LEAN CONCRETE CEMENTIOUS GROUT
(C16/20)
350
100 THK WELL COMPACTED
HARDCORE
WELL COMPACTED GROUND

1000
1000 x 1000 x 1000 DEEP FOOTING DETAIL 3
TYPICAL FOOTING DETAILS 5mm THK M.S. STIFFENER DETAILS
A
(CLEAR COVER TO REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE 50mm)
ALL STRUCTURAL AND GEOTECHNICAL DETAILS ARE TO BE CHECKED AND

REAR ELEVATION OF PROJECT SIGN BOARD SECTION A-A DRAFT ENDORSED BY PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER
NOTES:
STANDARD DETAIL
1. Minimum soil bearing capacity shall be 75KPa.
2. Soil around footing shall be compacted after backfilling.
3. The concrete shall be C28/35.
PROJECT SIGN BOARD DRAWING NO. REV.

FOR LTA PROJECT - LTA/SDRE14/13/PSB2 A
ALUMINIUM SIGN BOARD
13-2
SDRE14-13 PSB 2A.dgn LAYOUT- edition 2017 20/09/2017 5:57:38 PM
A
-
500
NKS
2T13
- 250
LI
50
3T13
50
34
80
15
20 BOLT
T13
1515
TYPE FONT :
6 THK FILLET WELD For Feedback CG CALIFORNIA
900
500
ALL ROUND
B
- & Maintenance
1000
100 X 50 X 10 THK Please Call:
FIN PLATE (WELDED
200
TO BASE PLATE AND CHS)
1515 18
CORPORATE GREEN (PMS 321C) 1800-CALL-LTA
15
400 X 400 X 20 THK M.S. PLATE

500 X 500 X 150 STUMP
(1800-2255-582)
320
50
21 13 30
WHITE BACKGROUND
NKS
2T13
ENGINEER 3T13 Quote Bridge No :
C
LI
6050 70
BLACK LETTERING GRADE MATERIAL

XXXXX XXXXX -
780
FLYOVER
1234
45
5 THK SOLID S.S WITH
TYPE FONT :
PROTECTIVE COATING ON
ROTIS SANS SERIF
BOTH SIDES
15 21
350
A www.lta.gov.sg
-
PLAN OF FOUNDATION BRIDGE INFORMATION SIGN

(FOOTING SIZE = 900mm(L) x 500mm(B) x 500mm(D) SCALE 1:5
150
3 THK S.S PLATE SCALE 1:10

CORPORATE GREEN (PMS 321C)
2600
500
75 DIA S.S POST

75 DIA S.S POST (3 THK)
150
600
400 X 400 X 20
CORPORATE BLUE (PMS 2746C) 3T13 THK M.S. PLATE
400 X 400 X
20 MINIMUM
20 THK M.S PLATE
CEMENT GROUT
350
150
150
250
3T13
150
C25/30 CONCRETE
350
350
T13
400
600
50 THK 500
LEAN CONCRETE
150 THK HARDCORE
150 THK
HARDCORE
2T13 2T13
LINKS LINKS 500 SECTION C-C
3T13
75 SCALE 1:20
FRONT SIDE SECTION A-A SECTION B-B DRAFT

STANDARD DETAIL
FLYOVER SIGNAGE & DRAWING NO. REV.
BRIDGE INFORMATION SIGN LTA/SDRE14/13/PSB3 A
13-3
SDRE14-13 PSB 3A.dgn LAYOUT- JUN 15 21/09/2017 11:31:51 AM
830 SILK SCREENED LTA CORPORATE 830
SYMBOL BLUE TO MATCH PANTONE
X X X X
2746c BLUE
50
50
SILK SCREENED LTA CORPORATE
NAMESTYLE GREEN TO MATCH PANTONE
50
50
Land Transport Authority 321c GREEN Land Transport Authority
90
90
450
25
25
40
40
SILK SCREENED BLACK ROTIS SANSERIF
CONTRACT NO: BOLD LETTERING TYPEFACE PROJECT
CONTRACT NO:
30
30
TITLE TEXT AND CONTRACT NUMBERS
TITLE: TITLE:
JUSTIFIED CENTER OF BOARD
WHITE BACKGROUND
15
30 40
25 65 X 65 THK MILDSTEEL SQUARE SECTION
30
PAINTED CORPORATE GREY TO MATCH
PMS 5445c
87
30 35 30
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
MAIN CONTRACTOR: SILK SCREENED WHITE ROTIS SANSERIF

BOLD LETTERING TYPEFACE TEXT
TEL/FAX:
MESSAGE JUSTIFIED CENTER OF BOARD
THANK YOU FOR
COMMENCEMENT:
SILK SCREENING BLACK ROTIS SANSERIF YOUR COOPERATION
1600
1600
COMPLETION: BOLD LETTERING TEXT JUSTIFIED TO CENTER
600
WHITE BLACKGROUND
LTA HOTLINE : LTA HOTLINE :

PROJECT HOTLINE : CORPORATE GREEN TO MATCH PROJECT HOTLINE :
MANAGED BY: PANTONE 321c GREEN MANAGED BY:
LAND TRANSPORT AUTHORITY LAND TRANSPORT AUTHORITY
EYELET
15
1120
CEMENT MORTAR
300 X 300 X 75
(ON FOOTPATH)
400 X 400 X 75
(ON FOUNDATION)
FFL
FFL
65 700 65 65 700 65
200X200X10 THK M.S. PLATE
WELDED TO SHS
4nos EXPANSION BOLTS
400 X 400 X 400

C16/20 CONCRETE
FRONT ELEVATION OF PROJECT SIGNBOARD REAR ELEVATION OF PROJECT SIGNBOARD

DRAFT
STANDARD DETAIL
DRAWING NO. REV.

PROJECT SIGN BOARD LTA/SDRE14/13/PSB4 -
A
13-4
SDRE14-13 PSB 4.dgn LAYOUT 21/09/2017 9:01:11 AM
MAIN PAGE
CHAPTER 14
BOLLARDS
BOLLARDS LTA/SDRE14/14/BOL1 B
SPRING LOADED POST & FLEXIBLE POST LTA/SDRE14/14/BOL2 A
SAFETY BOLLARD AT BUS STOP - POSTED SPEED :

60km/h & 70km/h (SHEET 1 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/14/BOL3 A
SAFETY BOLLARD AT BUS STOP - POSTED SPEED :

60km/h & 70km/h (SHEET 2 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/14/BOL4 A
SAFETY BOLLARD AT TURFED AREA - POSTED SPEED :

60km/h & 70km/h LTA/SDRE14/14/BOL5 A
1
- 6 THK G.I. CHAIN
6 DIA G.I. BOLT
AND NUT
75 DIA G.I. PIPE FILLED 6 THK M.S. BAR WELDED TO 3 THK STAINLESS STEEL
25
WITH C16/20 CONCRETE POST FOR LOCKING DEVICE CIRCULAR PLATE, SATIN FINISH
1000
(WITH FISHTAIL WELDED) TO
BE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE
6 THK
G.I. CHAIN
R6-225 LINK
500 500
PLAN
SCALE 1:5 230 DIA STAINLESS STEEL
50
(CHS 3 THK) SATIN FINISH
900
300
CONCRETE
450
6T10
25
WALKWAY FINISHING /
50
40 CEMENT SCREED
300 X 300 X 450 C16/20 3 THK M.S. PLATE
30
50
CONCRETE FOUNDATION
450
10 DIA HOLE IN 350 X 350 X 450
40 X 30 X 6 C16/20 CONCRETE
M.S. PLATE AND WELDED
TO M.S. PIPE
BOLLARD TO PREVENT VEHICLE ENTRY / PARKING DETAIL 1 STAINLESS STEEL BOLLARD ON PAVEMENT
CONCRETE BOLLARD SPACED

AT 1m (MINIMUM) CLEAR SPACING
600
c
LOF SYMMETRY
6T10 30 THK
22
GRANOLITHIC FINISH
70
5R6-225 LINK 12
22 X 20
750
2 ALUMINIUM RING
230 DIA PRECAST PIPE TO BE FILLED UP -
1200 (SOLID BRASS RING
20
WITH C16/20 CONCRETE AND PAINTED
FOR CIVIC DISTRICT)
WITH BANDS OF 300 WIDE OF BLACK AND
30
YELLOW PAINTS WITH 2 COATS WHITE HIGH INTENSITY
RETROREFLECTIVE SHEETING
20
ROAD KERB (TYPE IV OF ASTM D4956-04)
4R6-225 LINK
10 THK
250
250 DIA C20/25

GRANOLITHIC FINISH
750
REFER RIGHT-HAND SIDE PRECAST CONCRETE BOLLARD

(GRADE OF CHIPS NOT
FOR REINFORCEMENT DETAILS
6T10 MORE THAN 5 DIA)
200
APPLY HIGH STRENGTH

FOOTPATH LEVEL EPOXY GROUT ON
BOLLARD BASE & 10 WIDE GROOVE
500 X 500 X 450
C16/20 CONCRETE DOWEL BAR
FOUNDATION 200 EMBEDDED
10
75
250 30 X 5 THK
IN CONCRETE SLAB
ALUMINIUM FLAT GRID
30
(BRASS GRID FOR
CIVIC DISTRICT)
10
CONCRETE BOLLARD ON GROUND CONCRETE BOLLARD ON PAVEMENT DETAIL 2
(FOR CIVIC DISTRICT) SCALE 1:5
SCALE 1:20
SCALE 1:20

CONCRETE
1. Minimum concrete cover to nearest reinforcement shall be 50mm for the
foundation and 30mm for others.
REINFORCEMENT DRAWING NO. REV.

BOLLARDS LTA/SDRE14/14/BOL1 B
2. All steel reinforcement bars shall conform to BS 4449:1997 and SS 560.
B SEPT 2017
14-1
60
150
5 THK HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE 80
POST
GUIDELINES ON APPLICATION OF FLEXIBLE POST (FP):
150
BLACK VINYL CUT-FILM
120
(TYP) Flexible post can be applied on the following locations:
1. On road pavement:
120
150
FLUORESCENT YELLOW RETROREFLECTIVE
MICROPRISMATIC SHEETING, TYPE IX OF ASTM a) Flexible post can be installed on road pavement if there are two POLYURETHANE BLACK POST
or more damages on the existing spring loaded posts (slp) per year.
120
D4956-04
150
b) One-third length of the chevron marking area where the slp are YELLOW FLEXIBLE PRISMATIC
installed, can be replaced with flexible post. for chevron marking
120
APPROVED ACRYLIC ADHESIVE RETROREFLECTIVE SHEETING - (4 BAND)
areas on expressway and arterial road, flexible post can be spaced
150
SHALL BE APPLIED ALONG THE BUTT
at 2.5m and 1.8m respectively and at the centre of the chevron marking.
120
JOINT OF THE SHEETING
c) They shall not be installed on top of the existing chevron marking.
150
SOLID WHITE HIGH DENSITY
120
POLYETHYLENE BASE WITH SPRING 2. At gore areas with crash cushion: POST BASE TO BE ANCHORED INTO
100 MECHANISM a) Flexible post can be installed in front of crash cushion if there are CONCRETE / ASPHALT SURFACE WITH SINGLE
120
two or more damages on the crash cushion per year. EMBEDDED ANCHOR BASE
b) Installation of flexible post shall be confined to one-third length of the (AT LEAST 50 DIA X 60 DEPTH)
120
15
35
chevron marking starting from the crash cushion. spacing of flexible post
shall be 2.5m and at the centre of the chevron marking.
c) They shall not be installed on top of the existing chevron marking.
M UM )
60
50 (MINIMUM)
3. On centre divider
MINI
700 a) If there are two or more damages on the slp per year on the centre
(
divider, the damaged slp can be replaced with flexible post.
SPRING LOADED POST FLEXIBLE POST

FOR NARROW DIVIDER ( <700mm WIDE ) SCALE 1:10
SCALE 1:10 SPECIFICATIONS OF FLEXIBLE POST (FP)
4 HOLES FOR STAINLESS 1. The manufacturer is to certify that flexible post complies with the requirements of
STEEL ANCHORING BOLTS category 1, National Cooperative Highway Research Programme (NCHRP) Report 350
(12 DIA X 100) or equivalent. Category 1 includes small and lightweight items, such as channelizing
and delineating devices that have been in common use for many years and are known
SCREW HOLES SHALL to be tested to be crashworthy and years of demonstrable safe performance.
BE POSITIONED AT 45° these devices are allowed for use under the manufacturer's self certification.
TO THE LINE OF TRAFFIC
TO FASTEN THE POST 2. Flexible post shall be made of polyurethane and capable of withstanding repeated
TRAFFIC FLOW impacts and wheel-overs in all directions. The post shall not deform more than
10 degrees from the vertical position and capable of retaining its structural
BASE - (PLAN VIEW) performance when exposed to prevailing weather and traffic conditions within the
SCALE 1:10 three (3) years warranty period.
3. Flexible post shall be tested in an established laboratory with test facility such as
flying wheel test or equivalent. the crash testing is to be recorded on videotape, and
include a means, other than the test vehicle's speedometer, for determining the vehicle
NOTE FOR INSTALLATION OF SPRING LOADED POST (SLP): speed at the time of impact (range from 35 to 100 km/h) and to state the vehicle mass
(at least an 800kg passenger car). In the manufacturer's certification, it is also required
1. Spring loaded post shall comply to National Cooperative Highway to state that the flexible post shall not pose any risk to impacting vehicle occupants.
Research Programme (NCHRP) Report 350, Category 1 with manufacturer's
self-certification. 4. Flexible post is to return to its original vertical orientation with quick rebound after
every impact in any direction, therefore eliminating the need for re-straightening. It must
2. Spring loaded post shall consist of a spring mechanism which enables be impact tested to at least 1,000 impacts without failure and bounce back to original
the post to rebound back to its original vertical position upon any vertical position.
impact and it is meant for installing on raised kerb / divider with a
width not more than 700mm. 5. Flexible post shall be in black and pasted with yellow flexible prismatic reflective
sheeting which comply with ASTM E810 with minimum coefficient of retroreflection
3. The base of the spring loaded post shall be secured to the concrete as follows:
divider by minimum 4 nos. of stainless steel anchor bolts with a size of
12mm diameter x 100mm long. 6. The yellow flexible prismatic reflective sheeting shall comply with ASTM D4956-S2.2.2
flexibility under S2. reboundable sheeting requirements.
4. One-year manufacturer's warranty shall be provided against permanent
damage as a result of impact on the high density polyethylene (HDPE) 7. the epoxy resin mortar used to embed the post base into concrete / asphalt surface
2 2
post component. should have at least a compressive strength of 65n/mm, tensile strength of 13N/mm
2
and flexural strength of 35N/mm.
5. Date of installation of the post shall be pasted on the post with
the names of the supplier and the reflective sheeting.
OBSERVATION ANGLE 0.2° 0.5°
ENTRANCE ANGLE -4° 30° -4° 30°
COEFFICIENT OF RETROFLECTION
(CANDELAS PER LUX PER 270 135 110 54
SQUARE METRE)

CONCRETE
1. Minimum concrete cover to nearest reinforcement shall be 50mm for the
foundation and 30mm for others.
REINFORCEMENT
SPRING LOADED POST & DRAWING NO. REV.
2. All steel reinforcement bars shall conform to BS 4449:1997 and SS 560.
FLEXIBLE POST LTA/SDRE14/14/BOL2 A
14-2
GENERAL NOTES:-
R=85
8 THK GRANOLITHIC FINISH WITH PEBBLE SIZE NOT RETROREFLECTIVE SHEETING IS NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY.
STEEL WORK
EXCEEDING 3
25
85
2 X R6 U-BARS 1. Fabrication of all structural steel work shall be carried out In accordance with
BLACK ARROW ON FLUORESCENT YELLOW
AT TOP OF BOLLARD SS EN 1993, BS EN 1090, SS EN 1994. All steel work shall be fabricated from new sections
MICROPRISMATIC RETROREFLECTIVE SHEETING
250
RECESS OF 1.5 X 300 and in such manner that they are not bent, twisted or damaged.
(TYPE XI OF ASTM D4956-11a) BAND SHALL BE PROVIDED
300
(REF DWG NO: SDRE14/14/BOL4) BY MILLING DOWN THE CHS 2. Fabrication of all structural steel work including welding, trimming & painting
STEEL BOLLARD DETAIL shall be approved by S.O.
1.5 RECESS ALL ROUND SURFACE OF STEEL BOLLARD TO BE PAINTED TO MATCH SIMILAR TO DETAIL OF
EXISTING BUS STOP COLUMN'S COLOUR (SEE GENERAL SAFETY BOLLARD 3. The material for all structural steel work shall comply with
50 THK MASS CONCRETE
1000
C16/20 NOTES - STEELWORK NO 13.) (EXISTING BUS STOP: T < 200) Parts 1 to 3 of BS EN 10025:2004, BS 7668:2004, BS EN 10029:2010,
(C16/20)
CONCRETE Parts 1 to 3 of BS EN 10210-1:2006
600 50 THK MASS CONCRETE (C16/20) 600
4. All steel section shall comply to CODE BS EN ISO 1461:1999 for hot-dipped galvanised
and two coats of compatible paint shall be applied to all damaged surfaces.
10 THK NON-SHRINK
CEMENTITIOUS GROUT NEW WSFR (AS SHOWN IN TABLE BELOW) EXISTING FINISHES
2
WELD 6mm FW TO EXISTING REINFORCEMENT 5. All cut edges shall be dressed to a neat finish and shall be free from distortions.
(MINIMUM 30N/mm ) EXISTING SLAB MINIMUM
A
(WELD LENGTH = 200 PER BAR ON 2 SIDES) MAXIMUM HACKING 35
GRADE 20 CONCRETE 6. All welding shall be in accordance with BS EN 1011-1:2009,
EXISTING KERB
BS EN 1011-2:2001 & electrodes to BS EN ISO 2560:2005.
T
CARRIAGEWAY CARRIAGEWAY 7. No site welding shall be allowed unless approved by the S.O.
T
LINE OF HACK 8. All steel bollards and base plates to be of GRADE S275 steel.
EXISTING
550
RC SLAB 9. The general dimensions & tolerances of bolts shall comply with BS 4933:2010.
EXISTING
HARDCORE
10. All bolts strength grade used are as specified in BS 4190:2014
65° NEW HARDCORE GRADE 8.8 unless otherwise stated.
550 NTS EXISTING HARDCORE
11. All bolts shall be fitted with washers and locking nuts complying with BS 4320:1968.
10 THK NON-SHRINK CEMENTITIOUS GROUT
C25/30 CONCRETE 2 Nuts shall be at least the strength grade appropriate to the grade of bolt used.
450(L) X 1000(W) FOOTING (MINIMUM 30N/mm )
EXISTING REBARS
T13 APPROVED EPOXY RESIN IN HOLE DIA (d) HAVING 12. All stainless steel bolts shall comply to Part 1 to 2 of
150 THK WELL COMPACTED 450 (SEE NOTE 2 & 3)
T13-200 LINK ULTIMATE PULL OUT STRENGTH (F) PER BOLT IN GRADE BS EN ISO 3506:2009 unless otherwise stated.
HARDCORE
30 CONCRETE (REFER TO TABLE BELOW) 13. Prepare and apply one coat of approved two pack etching primer, one approved
two pack epoxy undercoat (dry film thickness 150 microns) and two coats of
approved two pack polyurethene paint (dry firm thickness of 50 microns) to all
CONNECTION DETAIL OF SAFETY BOLLARD CONNECTION DETAIL OF SAFETY BOLLARD galvanised metal surface and galvanised steel pipes to the
satisfaction of the S.O.
EXISTING BUS-STOP : 150mm < T < 200mm EXISTING BUS-STOP : T > 200mm
SCALE 1:20 DIMENSIONS h, d & F REFER TO TABLE IN DWG NO: SDRE14/14/BOL4
14. All the welds between bollard and base plate shall be tested. 50% of the welds shall be tested
SCALE 1:20 by ultrasonic or radiographic tests and the other 50% of the welds shall be tested by
NOTES FOR EXISTING BUS STOP
magnetic particle flaw detection concrete.
EXISTING SLAB THICKNESS 150mm < T < 200mm T > 200mm

CONCRETE
(1) Minimum concrete class Concrete class at least C25/30 Concrete class at least C25/30
For existing slab, T< 150mm or concrete class C25/30 For existing concrete class C25/30, 15. Minimum concrete cover to nearest reinforcement shall be 50mm for the foundation.
contractor shall proposed slab strengthening method to Contractor shall proposed slab strengthening method to
engineer's approval engineer's approval 16. Concrete to be used shall have minimum concrete strength as specified in drawings.
2
(2) Minimum existing Each layer of existing top & bottom reinforcement (fy =460N/mm ) shall not be less than the areas specified below.
reinforcement area 17. All existing concrete surface shall be primed with bonding agent prior to casting of new concrete.
2 2
Posted speed (a) 550mm /m (traffic direction) Posted speed (a) 450mm /m (traffic direction)
2 2
60 km/h (b) 200mm /m (distribution bar) 60 km/h (b) 200mm /m (distribution bar) REINFORCEMENT
2 2
Posted speed (a) 900mm/m (traffic direction) Posted speed (a) 800mm /m (traffic direction) 18. All steel reinforcement bars shall conform to BS 4449 and SS 560.
2 2
70 km/h (b) 200mm /m (distribution bar) 70 km/h (b) 200mm /m (distribution bar)
19. Reinforcement mill certificates must be submitted for acceptance prior to concreting work.
(3) If item (2) is New reinforcement shall be added using either of the 2-method below:
not satisfied The added reinforcement shall cover an area of 1500mm x 1500mm. Main bars shall be placed parallel to traffic direction and
nearer to the top surface & soffit of the slab for top & bottom reinforcement respectively.
RETROREFLECTIVE SHEETING
(i) 2 layers of top & bottom reinforcement of WSFR A13 (i) 2 layers of top & bottom reinforcement of WSFR A13
Posted speed Posted speed 20. Butt joint shall be used at the end of the retroreflective sheeting.
60 km/h (ii) 1 top layer T13-100 (traffic direction), 60 km/h (ii) 1 top layer T13-125 (traffic direction),
T10-200 (distribution bar) T10-200 (distribution bar) 21. 10mm wide approved acrylic adhesive shall be applied along the butt joint.
Posted speed (i) 2 layers of top & bottom reinforcement of WSFR B13 Posted speed (i) 2 layers of top & bottom reinforcement of WSFR A13
70 km/h (ii) 1 top layer T20-125 (traffic direction), 70 km/h (ii) 1 top layer T13-100 (traffic direction),
T10-200 (distribution bar) T10-150 (distribution bar)
THE DIMENSION OF THE COMPONENTS IN THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE TAKEN AS THE MINIMUM SIZE REQUIRED.
DRAFT
THE SPECIFIED STRUCTURAL STRENGTH OF THE COMPONENTS SHALL BE CHECKED BY PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER

1. The structural details shown above are for bollard installed at bus-stop along road
with posted speed limit of 60 km/h and 70 km/h.
2. Safety bollard installed within 2m from the perimeter of the new / upgraded bus-stop
SAFETY BOLLARD AT BUS
shall be welded to the reinforcement steel of the bus shelter platform to ensure
STOP - POSTED SPEED : DRAWING NO. REV.
equi-potential bonding is achieved and certified by licensed electrical worker.
60 km/h & 70 km/h LTA/SDRE14/14/BOL3 A
3. Spacing of safety bollard to be at 3m c/c.
(SHEET 1 OF 2)
14-3
INSIDE CHS
CHS WALL
350 350
35 EQ EQ 35 EQ EQ
MINIMUM SLAB
5 8
35 REINFORCEMENT
35
5 (REF DWG NO:SDRE14/14/BOL3)
8
5mm SINGLE V BUTT WELD
EQ
EQ
M UM )
AT NEAR FACE
150
CARRIAGEWAY
350
350
NI
8mm FILLET WELD AT
MI
NEAR FACE C16/20 CONCRETE
(
8 NOS. M22 (GRADE 8.8)
EQ
EQ
H.D. BOLTS FITTED WITH 22 THK M.S. PLATE

WASHER, MINIMUM 500mm
EMBEDDED INTO CONCRETE 8 NOS. GRADE A4-80 SS
THREADED RODS & NUTS
CAST-IN ANCHORAGE AND
22 THK M.S. PLATE FITTED WITH WASHER
REINFORCEMENT
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B (REFER TO TABLE)
REFER TO DRAWING OF
150mm < T < 200mm T > 200mm RELEVANT SPEED LIMIT
(POSTED SPEED: < 60 km/h) (POSTED SPEED: < 60 km/h)

REF DWG NO: SDRE14/14/BOL3 REF DWG NO: SDRE14/14/BOL3 CONNECTION DETAIL OF SAFETY BOLLARD
(NEW BUS-STOP)
SCALE 1:20
TABLE NOTES:
1) FOR BOLLARD, FOOTING & PLATE DETAILS, REFER TO CONNECTION DETAIL OF

POSTED DIAMETER OF DIAMETER ULTIMATE PULL ANCHOR DEPTH
SAFETY BOLLARD
SPEED THREADED OF HOLE OUT STRENGTH OF BOLT
ROD (EXISTING BUS STOP: T < 200mm)
[d] [F] [h]
(mm) (mm) (kN) (mm) 2) REFER TO NEW BUS STOP DRAWING FOR SLAB REINFORCEMENT DETAILS.
60 km/h 16 18 53 125
70 km/h 16 18 50 125
10
INSIDE CHS
350 350
CHS WALL
35 EQ EQ EQ 35 EQ EQ EQ
10 70 60 70 60 70 182
35
35
10
7 12
12
EQ
EQ
42
7mm SINGLE V BUTT WELD
150
AT NEAR FACE
350
350
12mm FILLET WELD AT

EQ
EQ
NEAR FACE C16/20 CONCRETE 0
90
12 NOS. M22 (GRADE 8.8)
LL K
EQ
EQ
W
25 THK M.S. PLATE
150
C
K
W
O
K
A
W
H.D. BOLTS FITTED WITH
LL
C
O
C
L
O
A
LL
LL
B
E
L
WASHER, MINIMUM 500
E
B
10
E
B
Y
Y
12 NOS. GRADE A4-80 SS
Y
EMBEDDED INTO CONCRETE
THREADED RODS & NUTS
25 THK M.S. PLATE FITTED WITH WASHER
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B (REFER TO TABLE)
522
150mm < T < 200mm T > 200mm

(POSTED SPEED: 70 km/h) (POSTED SPEED: 70 km/h) DETAILS OF RETROREFLECTIVE SHEETING
REF DWG NO: SDRE14/14/BOL3 REF DWG NO: SDRE14/14/BOL3 SCALE 1:10

1. For notes, refer to LTA/SDRE14/14/BOL3.
SAFETY BOLLARD AT BUS

STOP - POSTED SPEED : DRAWING NO. REV.
60 km/h & 70 km/h LTA/SDRE14/14/BOL4 A

(SHEET 2 OF 2)
14-4
500
25 THK NON-SHRINK 4T13 (POSTED SPEED LIMIT OF 60 km/h) FOOTPATH CUM DRAIN
CEMENTITIOUS GROUT 7T13 (POSTED SPEED LIMIT OF 70 km/h)
2 TURFED
(AT LEAST 30N/mm )
TURFED AREA AREA
B
CONCRETE HAUCHING
-
75
150 A
WELL-COMPACTED
- GROUND
3m
WELL- KERB
BASE CONNECTION DETAILS BUS STOP
COMPACTED 550 (POSTED SPEED LIMIT OF 60 km/h) DIRECTION OF TRAVEL
(REFER TO SAFETY BOLLARD POST
GROUND 600 (POSTED SPEED LIMIT OF 70 km/h)
2T10-200 LINK AT BUS STOP) (BY OTHERS)
PROPOSED
SAFETY BOLLARD
AT 3m C/C
PLAN VIEW OF BUS SHELTER
SCALE 1:150
4T16 (POSTED SPEED LIMIT OF 60km/h)
WELL COMPACTED GROUND
7T16 (POSTED SPEED LIMIT OF 70km/h)
600
DETAIL OF BOLLARD AT TURF AREA
SCALE 1:25
150
250 3000 250 4T13
550
REF DWG NO: SDRE14/14/BOL4 600 X 550 TIE BEAM 2T10-200
LINK
4T16
600
SECTION B-B
(POSTED SPEED LIMIT OF 60 km/h)
SECTION A-A SCALE 1:25

SCALE 1:25
1100
250 3000 250
150
REF DWG NO: SDRE14/14/BOL4 1100 X 600 TIE BEAM
7T13
600
2T10-200
LINK
1100
7T16
SECTION B-B
SCALE 1:25
SECTION A-A
SCALE 1:25

1. For notes and details of bollard, refer to LTA/SDRE14/14/BOL3.
2. Tie beam shall be tied to at least 2 bollards.
3. Concrete used shall be of C28/35.
SAFETY BOLLARD AT
4. Ground surrounding the tie beam shall be properly compacted and any gap
TURFED AREA DRAWING NO. REV.
between the beam and the ground shall be grouted to Engineer's details
- POSTED SPEED : LTA/SDRE14/14/BOL5 A
or S.O.'s approval.
60 km/h & 70 km/h
14-5
MAIN PAGE
CHAPTER 15
TRAFFIC MANDATORY SIGNS
TRAFFIC MANDATORY SIGNS (SHEET 1 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/15/TFM1 -
TRAFFIC MANDATORY SIGNS (SHEET 2 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/15/TFM2 -

600 600
600
510
560
232
13 574 13
50
50
R
R
23
2
2
23
60
25
105
180
40
232
600
600
232
210
70
75
45°
75
65
0
23
2
2
23
232 60
60
20 560 20
STOP GIVE WAY STOP-CHILDREN
THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT VEHICLES SHALL STOP AT THE THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT NO VEHICLES SHALL PROCEED BEYOND THIS MANUALLY OPERATED TEMPORARY SIGN INDICATES THAT
TRANSVERSE STOP LINE DRAWN AT JUNCTIONS AND PROCEED THE TRANSVERSE GIVE-WAY LINE DRAWN AT JUNCTIONS IN A MANNER VEHICLES ARE NOT TO PROCEED BEYOND THIS SIGN WHEN IT IS
ONLY WHEN SAFE TO DO SO. THAT WILL CAUSE DANGER TO DRIVERS ON THE MAJOR ROAD OR DISPLAYED BY A TRAFFIC WARDEN ASSISTING SCHOOL CHILDREN TO
CAUSE THESE DRIVERS TO CHANGE THEIR VEHICLES' SPEED OR CROSS THE ROAD.
COURSE.
600
600 600
75 70 75 60 115 325 60 60 325 115 60

60
115
80
80
5
10
80
75
75
600
600
600
70
70
325
75
75
5
10
10
5
45°
45° 45°
60
AHEAD ONLY TURN LEFT TURN RIGHT

THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT VEHICLES ARE OBLIGED THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT VEHICLES ARE OBLIGED TO THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT VEHICLES ARE OBLIGED TO
TO PROCEED IN THE DIRECTION INDICATED BY THE ARROW. PROCEED IN THE DIRECTION SHOWN BY THE ARROW. IT PROCEED IN THE DIRECTION SHOWN BY THE ARROW. IT
THIS SIGN MAY BE USED WITH TRAFFIC SIGNALS OR MAY BE MAYBE USED WITH TRAFFIC SIGNALS OR MAY BE QUALIFIED MAY BE USED WITH TRAFFIC SIGNALS OR MAY BE QUALIFIED WITH
QUALIFIED WITH SUPPLEMENTARY PLATES. WITH SUPPLEMENTARY PLATES. SUPPLEMENTARY PLATES.
STANDARD DETAIL
TRAFFIC MANDATORY SIGNS DRAWING NO. REV.
(SHEET 1 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/15/TFM1 A
15-1
900
600 600 840
560 560
R
50
R
50
30
20
60 60 5
12
83
3
32
5
48
48
70
52 78 72
323
48
485
45
600
900
600
72
248
115
45°
168
70
60
253
441
60° 60°
TURN LEFT AHEAD

PASS EITHER SIDE ( 600mm X 600mm)
THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT VEHICLES ARE OBLIGED TO THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT VEHICLES MAY PASS ON EITHER SIDE 662
TURN LEFT AT THE JUNCTION AHEAD. IT MAY BE QUALIFIED OF SOME PERMANENT OR TEMPORARY OBSTRUCTION. IT MAY BE 60°
WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE. USED AS PART OF TRAFFIC BOLLARDS ON ISLANDS OR REFUGES 60°
AND MAY BE QUALIFIED WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE. PASS EITHER SIDE (900mm X 900mm)
THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT VEHICLES MAY PASS ON EITHER SIDE
OF SOME PERMANENT OR TEMPORARY OBSTRUCTION. IT MAY BE
USED AS PART OF TRAFFIC BOLLARDS ON ISLANDS OR REFUGES
AND MAY BE QUALIFIED WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE.
600
75
560
75
70
71
75
75
60
60
70
80
TE
45
600
I
H
W
248
115
45°
105
60
70
45° 45°
TURN RIGHT AHEAD KEEP LEFT KEEP RIGHT
THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT VEHICLES ARE OBLIGED THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT VEHICLE SHALL PROCEED ON THE LEFT THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT VEHICLE SHALL PROCEED ON THE
TO TURN RIGHT AT THE JUNCTION AHEAD. IT MAY BE OF SOME PERMANENT OR TEMPORARY OBSTRUCTION. IT MAY BE RIGHT OF SOME PERMANENT OR TEMPORARY OBSTRUCTION.
QUALIFIED WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE. USED AS PART OF TRAFFIC BOLLARDS ON ISLANDS OR REFUGES IT MAY BE USED AS PART OF TRAFFIC BOLLARDS ON ISLANDS
AND MAY BE QUALIFIED WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE. OR REFUGE SAND MAY BE QUALIFIED WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE.
STANDARD DETAIL
TRAFFIC MANDATORY SIGNS DRAWING NO. REV.
(SHEET 2 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/15/TFM2 -
15-2
MAIN PAGE
CHAPTER 16
TRAFFIC PROHIBITORY SIGNS
TRAFFIC PROHIBITORY SIGNS (SHEET 1 OF 6) LTA/SDRE14/16/TFP1 -
TRAFFIC PROHIBITORY SIGNS (SHEET 3 OF 6) LTA/SDRE14/16/TFP3 A

560 560 560 560
60 60 235 235 60 60 400 30 500 30
20
50
60
R
117
117
155
60
60
600
600
600
130
110
230
230
155
60
60
60
60
20
600 600 600 600
50°
50
° 45
°
NO RIGHT TURN NO LEFT TURN NO HORNING NO ENTRY
THIS SIGN PROHIBITS VEHICLES FROM TURNING RIGHT. THIS THIS SIGN PROHIBITS VEHICLES FROM TURNING LEFT. THIS THIS SIGN PROHIBITS THE USE OF AUDIBLE DEVICES THE SIGN INDICATES THAT VEHICLES ARE NOT
SIGN MAY BE USED WITH TRAFFIC SIGNALS AND THE PROHIBITION SIGN MAY BE USED WITH TRAFFIC SIGNALS AND THE EXCEPT TO AVOID ACCIDENTS. PERMITTED TO ENTER UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE
MAY BE QUALIFIED WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE. PROHIBITION MAY BE QUALIFIED WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY BY A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE.
PLATE.
600 600 600
60 440 60 60 440 60 60 440 60
167.5
25
30
60
175
600
600
105
150
210
60
35
70
30
225 225 265
MAXIMUM SPEED LIMIT WIDTH LIMIT WEIGHT LIMIT
THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT A SPEED LIMIT OF 50 km/h THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT VEHICLES WIDER THAN 2.3m THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT VEHICLES WITH A LADEN
IS IMPOSED ON THE RESTRICTED SECTION OF THE ROAD. ARE PROHIBITED TO PROCEED. THE NUMERALS IN THIS OR UNLADEN WEIGHT IN EXCESS OF 10 TONNES ARE
THE NUMERALS IN THIS SIGN MAY BE ALTERED TO CATER SIGN MAY BE ALTERED TO CATER FOR DIFFERENT PROHIBITED TO PROCEED. THE NUMERALS IN THIS SIGN
FOR DIFFERENT SPEED LIMITATIONS. WIDTH RESTRICTIONS. MAY BE ALTERED TO CATER FOR DIFFERENT WEIGHT
RESTRICTIONS.
STANDARD DETAIL
TRAFFIC PROHIBITORY DRAWING NO. REV.

SIGNS LTA/SDRE14/16/TFP1 -
(SHEET 1 OF 6)
16-1
900
600 R
50
90
210
R5
60
140
0
0
15
10
15
10
0
0
175
440
600
250
125
660
375
280
900
200
60
HEIGHT LIMIT
90
THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT VEHICLES HAVING AN OVERALL
HEIGHT GREATER THAN 4.5m SHALL BE PROHIBITED
FROM PROCEEDING.
HEIGHT LIMIT
(FOR EXPRESSWAY ONLY)
THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT VEHICLES HAVING AN OVERALL HEIGHT
GREATER THAN 4.5 METRES SHALL BE PROHIBITED FROM PROCEEDING.
600 600
60 46 160 28 206 60
600 365
160
600
165
60
60
140
135
NO OVERTAKING LORRY RESTRICTION

THIS SIGN PROHIBITS THE OVERTAKING OF VEHICLES. IT MAY BE THIS SIGN PROHIBITS THE ENTRY OF ALL GOODS VEHICLES.
USED WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE TO INDICATE THE END OF THIS SIGN MAY BE USED WITH SUPPLEMENTARY PLATES
THE ''NO OVERTAKING'' ZONE OR TO INDICATE THE LENGTH OF FOR EXAMPLE,''EXCEEDING 2500 KILOGRAMS IN UNLADEN WEIGHT''.
ROAD OVER WHICH THE PROHIBITION APPLIES.
STANDARD DETAIL

(SHEET 2 OF 6)
16-2
600 50 60 440 60 503
°
60
60
45
315
0
16
87
BLACK
365 MESSAGE (BLACK) ON REVERSED
10
70
SIDE (WHITE) :
29
90
10
1) PEDESTRIANS
440
600
600
320
50
Please Use Crossing
2) PEDESTRIANS
70
Please Use Underpass
30
28
93
3) PEDESTRIANS
Please Use Overpass
68
330
52
190
2mm WIDE
OUTLINE
45°
60
(BLACK)
0
600 460
22
44
600
70
44
PEDESTRIAN CROSSING PROHIBITION
70
THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT PEDESTRIANS SHALL NOT CROSS THE
ROAD EXCEPT AT THE PROVIDED PEDESTRIAN CROSSING(S). IT MAY
44
BE USED WITH SUPPLEMENTARY PLATES TO INDICATE THE
8 40 40 8
DIRECTION OR DIRECTIONS IN WHICH THE PROHIBITION APPLIES.
70
70
44
50
70
44
600
70
60 300 60
70
44
190
50
70
30
R
1434
44
518
70
44
8
70
355
600
8
44
70
44
60
70
55
70
50
44
70
70
35 145 35
45
44
°
250
190
70
50
HAZARDOUS LOADS PROHIBITION

8
900 THIS SIGN PROHIBITS THE ENTRY OF VEHICLES 480

TRANSPORTING HAZARDOUS LOADS.
RESTRICTION OF MOVEMENT OF VEHICLES PEDESTRIAN CROSSING PROHIBITION
WITH 3 OR MORE AXLES. (MESSAGE ON REVERSED SIDE)
STANDARD DETAIL

SIGNS LTA/SDRE14/16/TFP3 A
(SHEET 3 OF 6)
A SEPT 2017 DATE OF ISSUE SCALE SHEET NO.
16-3
600
324
50
R
300
70
70
10
35 35 50
50
30
560
70
16
300
2mm WIDE OUTLINE
100
(BLACK)
Four
140
518
460
100
CYCLIST CROSSING PROHIBITION CYCLIST CROSSING PROHIBITION
(MESSAGE ON REVERSED SIDE) (MESSAGE ON REVERSED SIDE)
Waiting
140
1092
100
Lanes
140
100
70
Ahead
140
50
70
100
16
16 100 486 100 450 100 16
460
CYCLIST CROSSING PROHIBITION

(MESSAGE ON REVERSED SIDE)
STANDARD DETAIL

(SHEET 4 OF 6)
16-4
50
50
50
50
560
600
560
600
40
85
20
70
70
25
20 25
20
20
125 60 60 60 80 60 60
45°
45°
45 45
° 185 °
200
NO STOPPING NO STOPPING
THIS SIGN PROHIBITS STOPPING BY VEHICLES UNLESS THE VEHICLES IS THIS SIGN PROHIBITS STOPPING BY VEHICLES WITH
PREVENTED FROM PROCEEDING DUE TO TRAFFIC CONDITIONS. THIS SIGN DIRECTIONS IN WHICH THE PROHIBITION APPLIES.
SHALL BE SO PLACED THAT THEIR DISTANCE IS AT 60°TO THE KERB LINE.
IT MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH SUPPLEMENTARY PLATES TO
INDICATE TIME DURATION AND THE CATEGORY OF VEHICLES BEING PROHIBITED.
50
50
560
600
560
600
20
20
100
70
70
40
25
20 25
20
140 60 60 60 80 60
45°
45°
200 200
NO WAITING NO WAITING
THIS SIGN PROHIBITS WAITING BY VEHICLES. THIS THIS SIGN PROHIBITS WAITING BY VEHICLES. THIS SIGN
SIGN SHALL BE PLACED SUCH THAT THEIR DISTANCE SHALL BE PLACED SUCH THAT THEIR PLATE IS
IS 60°TO THE KERB LINE. TO INDICATE TIME DURATION PERPENDICULAR OR NEARLY PERPENDICULAR TO THE ROAD.
AND THE CATEGORY OF VEHICLES PROHIBITED.
STANDARD DETAIL

(SHEET 5 OF 6)
16-5
600 560
20 60 440 60 20
20
R
60
50
300
70
40
600
600
440
70
50
70
300
60
20
450
SIGN INDICATING FIFTY METRES (50m) LIMIT
PEDESTRIAN & CYCLISTS CROSSING PROHIBITION SIGN CYCLIST CROSSING PROHIBITION OF A BICYCLE CROSSING
BLACK PICTOGRAMS, RED CIRCLE & BAR AND GREY (MESSAGE ON REVERSED SIDE) BLACK PICTOGRAMS, RED CIRCLE & BAR AND GREY
ROAD ON WHITE BACKGROUND ROAD ON WHITE BACKGROUND
CYCLIST CROSSING PROHIBITION CYCLIST CROSSING PROHIBITION

SIGN INDICATING FIFTY METRES (50m) SIGN INDICATING FIFTY METRES (50m)
STANDARD DETAIL

(SHEET 6 OF 6)
16-6
CHAPTER 17
TRAFFIC WARNING SIGNS
TRAFFIC WARNING SIGNS (SHEET 1 OF 9) LTA/SDRE14/17/TFW1 -
TRAFFIC WARNING SIGNS (SHEET 6 OF 9) LTA/SDRE14/17/TFW6 A
DRAFT
60
60
0
65
65
22
35 35
30
600
600
600
290
190
40
30
190
40
26
5 5 5
30
75 190
30 40 84 40 30 35 57 35
600
600
600
TWO WAY TRAFFIC ACROSS A

TWO WAY TRAFFIC AHEAD ONE WAY CARRIAGEWAY AHEAD ROAD NARROWS ON RIGHT AHEAD
THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT MOTORISTS ARE APPROACHING A THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT MOTORISTS ARE APPROACHING A THIS SIGN INDICATES A ROAD NARROWING AHEAD ON THE RIGHT
SECTION OF THE ROAD WHICH IS TWO-WAY IN CONTRAST TO THE CONTROLLED OR UNCONTROLLED JUNCTION WHERE THE ROAD SIDE. IT MAY BE USED WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE.
CURRENT SECTION WHICH IS ONE-WAY. IT MAY BE USED WITH A PERPENDICULAR TO THE APPROACH IS TWO-WAY. IT MAY BE USED
SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE. WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE.
60
0
65
65
22 22
0
35 35 35 35
600
600
90
290
600
290
64
90
5 5 5
60
90 65 90 35 92 35 35 57 35
600 600 600
CROSS ROADS AHEAD ROAD NARROWS ON BOTH SIDES AHEAD ROAD NARROWS ON LEFT AHEAD
THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT MOTORISTS ARE APPROACHING A THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT THE ROAD AHEAD BECOMES THIS SIGN INDICATES A ROAD NARROWING AHEAD ON THE
CONTROLLED OR UNCONTROLLED CROSS ROADS. THIS MAY NARROWER ON BOTH SIDES. IT MAY BE USED WITH A LEFT SIDE. IT MAY BE USED WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE.
BE USED WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE. SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE.
DRAFT
STANDARD DETAIL
TRAFFIC WARNING SIGNS DRAWING NO. REV.
(SHEET 1 OF 9) LTA/SDRE14/17/TFW1 -
17-1
SDRE14-17 TFW 1.dgn layout 21/09/2017 10:14:55 AM
600 600 600
56
15
7
45°
30°
8
21
600
600
600
44
190
165
1
13
122
0
14
48
10
44
60
25
60
65 44 56 80 56
BEND TO THE RIGHT AHEAD DOUBLE BEND AHEAD, FIRST TO THE RIGHT SERIES OF BENDS FIRST, TO THE RIGHT AHEAD
THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT THE ROAD AHEAD THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT THE ROAD AHEAD HAS A DOUBLE BEND, THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT THE ROAD AHEAD HAS A SERIES OF
BENDS TO THE RIGHT. IT MAY BE USED WITH WITH THE FIRST BEND TO THE RIGHT. IT MAY BE USED WITH A BENDS, WITH THE FIRST BEND TO THE RIGHT. IT MAY BE USED
A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE. SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE. WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE.
600 600
56
7
15
45°
30°
21
600
8
600
600
44
190
165
122
13
0
14
48
0
10
44
60
60
25
44 65 56 80 56 600
BEND TO THE LEFT AHEAD DOUBLE BEND AHEAD, FIRST TO THE LEFT SERIES OF BENDS FIRST, TO THE LEFT AHEAD
THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT THE ROAD AHEAD THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT THE ROAD AHEAD HAS A DOUBLE BEND, THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT THE ROAD AHEAD HAS A SERIES OF
BENDS TO THE LEFT. IT MAY BE USED WITH WITH THE FIRST BEND TO THE LEFT. IT MAY BE USED WITH A BENDS WITH THE FIRST BEND TO THE LEFT. IT MAY BE USED
A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE. SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE. WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE.
DRAFT
STANDARD DETAIL
17-2
SDRE14-17 TFW 2.dgn LAYOUT 21/09/2017 10:15:14 AM
600 600 600
0
0
65
65
120
0
15
600
100
600
600
65
260
65
120
100
44
60
60
60
65 110 100 65 70 45° 65
SIDE ROAD TO THE RIGHT AHEAD STAGGERED JUNCTION, LEFT TURN FIRST AHEAD TRAFFIC MERGES FROM LEFT AHEAD
THIS SIGN INDICATES THE APPROACH TO A SIDE ROAD JUNCTION. THIS SIGN INDICATES THE APPROACH TO A STAGGERED JUNCTION. THIS SIGN INDICATES THE APPROACH TO A POINT WHERE TRAFFIC
IT MAY BE USED WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE. IT MAY BE USED WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE. WILL BE MERGING FROM THE LEFT ONTO THEIR ROUTE. IT MAY BE
USED WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE.
600
600 600
65
65
0
0
15
120
0
600
100
600
600
260
64
65
120
100
44
60
60
60
110 65 70 64 100 65
45°
STAGGERED JUNCTION,
SIDE ROAD TO THE LEFT AHEAD RIGHT TURN FIRST AHEAD TRAFFIC MERGES FROM RIGHT AHEAD
THIS SIGN INDICATES THE APPROACH TO A SIDE ROAD JUNCTION. THIS SIGN INDICATES THE APPROACH TO A STAGGERED JUNCTION. THIS SIGN INDICATES THE APPROACH OF A POINT WHERE TRAFFIC
IT MAY BE USED WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE. IT MAY BE USED WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE. DRAFT WILL BE MERGING FROM THE RIGHT ONTO THEIR ROUTE. IT MAY BE
USED WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE.
STANDARD DETAIL
17-3
600 600
65
26
0
45
600
600
600
65
245
115
8
45
60
65 60 65 60 600
MERGING INTO TRAFFIC ON RIGHT AHEAD T-JUNCTION AHEAD ROUNDABOUT AHEAD
THIS SIGN INDICATES THE APPROACH TO A MAJOR ROUTE AND THIS SIGN INDICATES THE APPROACH TO A CONTROLLED OR THIS SIGN INDICATES THE APPROACH TO A ROUNDABOUT.
MOTORISTS WILL BE EXPECTED TO MERGE WITH TRAFFIC ON THE UNCONTROLLED T-JUNCTION. IT MAY BE USED WITH A THIS SIGN MAY BE USED WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE.
MAJOR ROUTE. IT MAY BE USED WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE. SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE.
600 600 600

0
26
0
65
65
0
65
65
600
600
600
290
285
80
15
60
65 35 110
57 57
MERGING INTO TRAFFIC ON LEFT AHEAD DUAL CARRIAGEWAY ENDS AHEAD TRAFFIC SIGNALS AHEAD
THIS SIGN INDICATES THE APPROACH TO A MAJOR ROUTE AND THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT THE DUAL CARRIAGEWAY WILL THIS SIGN INDICATES THE APPROACH TO A SET OF TRAFFIC
MOTORISTS WILL BE EXPECTED TO MERGE WITH TRAFFIC ON THE BECOME A SINGLE CARRIAGEWAY AHEAD. THIS SIGN MAY SIGNAL. IT MAY BE USED WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE.
MAJOR ROUTE. IT MAY BE USED WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE. BE USED WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE.
DRAFT
STANDARD DETAIL
17-4
172
50 50
R R
145
5
17
600
600
600
280
65
60
60
25
600 600 600
PEDESTRIAN CROSSING AHEAD STEEP HILL UPWARDS AHEAD SLIPPERY ROAD AHEAD
THIS SIGN INDICATES THE APPROACH TO A PEDESTRIAN CROSSING. THIS SIGN INDICATES A STEEP HILL UPWARDS AND SHOULD BE THIS SIGN WARNS OF THE POSSIBLE SLIPPERY CONDITION
IT MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE. USED AT THE FOOT OF ALL HILLS LIKELY TO GIVE TROUBLE TO OF THE ROAD SURFACE AHEAD. IT MAY BE USED WITH A
THE MOTORISTS. IT MAY BE USED WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE. SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE.
17
0
5
65
600
600
600
260
218
110
15
60
60
60
60
253 600 350
600 600
CHILDREN AHEAD STEEP HILL DOWNWARDS AHEAD UNEVEN ROAD AHEAD

THIS SIGN INDICATES THE APPROACH TO AN AREA WHERE THIS SIGN INDICATES A STEEP HILL DOWNWARDS AND SHOULD THIS SIGN WARNS OF THE UNEVEN ROAD SURFACE
CHILDREN ARE LIKELY TO BE PLAYING NEARBY OR CROSSING BE USED AT THE TOP OF HILLS WHEN THE GRADIENT OF THE AHEAD. IT MAY BE USED WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE.
THE ROAD. IT MAY BE USED TO INDICATE THE APPROACH TO A HILL IS 1:10 OR STEEPER. IT MAY BE USED WITH A
SCHOOL OR PLAYGROUND EXIT. IT MAY ALSO BE USED WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE.
SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE.
DRAFT
STANDARD DETAIL
17-5
15 570 15
600 392
15
0 0
R5 R5
5
67.
105
60
60
50
30
600
600
105
105
75
60
30
105
50
600
60
5
60
67.
15
230 600
0
65
HEIGHT LIMIT AHEAD REDUCE SPEED NOW
THIS SIGN WARNS OF A 4.5m HEIGHT RESTRICTION AHEAD. THIS PLATE MAY BE USED WITH OTHER SIGNS.
IT MAY BE QUALIFIED BY A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE. THE NUMERALS
IN THE ABOVE SIGN MAY BE ALTERED TO CATER FOR DIFFERENT
570
HEIGHT RESTRICTIONS.
280
42.85 42.85
65
65
600
25
60
25
20
1200
75
172 20
105
65
75
600
600
105
215
75
25
90
105
20
90
285 350
78.5 443 78.5
600
HORSES OR PONIES AHEAD ROAD HUMP AHEAD RAISED ZEBRA CROSSING

THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT MOTORISTS ARE APPROACHING A THIS SIGN WARNS OF A ROAD HUMP OR HUMPS AHEAD. THIS SIGN INDICATES THE APPROACH TO A RAISED ZEBRA
LENGTH OF ROAD ON WHICH THEY ARE LIKELY TO ENCOUNTER IT MAY BE ACCOMPANIED BY A 'SLOW' PLATE TO ADVISE CROSSING. IT MAY BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH A
HORSES. IT MAY BE USED WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE. MOTORISTS TO SLOW DOWN. SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE.
DRAFT
STANDARD DETAIL
(SHEET 6 OF 9) LTA/SDRE14/17/TFW6 A
17-6
600
60 60
60
0
65
0
0
65
65
900)
600
600
600 (
70
ERP
50
20
280
60° 266
600 (900) 600
ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICING ZONE AHEAD NARROW BRIDGE AHEAD DANGER AHEAD
THIS SIGN INDICATES THERE IS AN ELECTRONIC ROAD PRICING ZONE THIS SIGN INDICATES THE APPROACH TO A NARROW BRIDGE. THIS SIGN IS THE FIRST WARNING TO MOTORISTS OF AN
AHEAD AND MOTORISTS SHOULD INSERT CASHCARD INTO THE IU TO PAY IT MAY BE USED WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE. OBSTRUCTION AHEAD AND SHOULD BE EXHIBITED ON ALL
FOR ENTERING THE ZONE DURING RESTRICTED HOURS. APPROACHES TO THE WORK SITE. ON EXPRESSWAYS THE
SIGN MUST BE SUPPLEMENTED BY A DISTANCE PLATE.
600
0
65
60
0 60
550
185
R45
900
600
600
205
10
50
R5
80
105
60
80
40
60°
105
75
600 600
50
OTHER DANGER AHEAD QUAYSIDE OR RIVER BANK AHEAD
442.5
THIS SIGN WARNS OF POTENTIAL DANGER AHEAD WHICH IS THIS SIGN WARNS MOTORISTS THAT THE ROAD IS
NOT COVERED BY ANY OTHER WARNING SIGN. THE SIGN ABOUT TO LEAD ONTO A QUAYSIDE OR RIVER BANK.
WILL ALWAYS BE QUALIFIED BY A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE ACCIDENT AREA AHEAD
GIVING THE NATURE OF OTHER DANGER.
THIS SIGN WARNS MOTORISTS THAT THE SECTION OF ROAD
AHEAD IS PRONE TO ACCIDENTS. DRAFT
STANDARD DETAIL
17-7
1500 (3000) 600
600
60 60
60°
800)
400 (
90°
0
65
0
0 13
20
)
00
60
215
600
(4
(2
600
245
65
9
15 (30)
14
SHARP DEVIATION
18
5
THIS SIGN IS USED WHERE THERE IS A SHARP DEVIATION ON THE ROAD TO RIGHT OR LEFT. IT IS TO BE PLACED
90
ON THE BEND OR DEVIATION FACING THE APPROACHING TRAFFIC. IT MAY BE USED SINGLY OR ON LONG BENDS 9
MULTIPLE DEVIATION SIGNS MAY BE PLACED END TO END. THE SIGN MAY ALSO BE USED ON ROUNDABOUTS OR 22 22 17 RED
ON T-JUNCTIONS TO MARK THE END OF THE APPROACHING ROUTE.
15 245
14 65 40 65 14
EXPRESSWAY AHEAD RESTRICTED ZONE AHEAD

13
THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT THE STRETCH OF ROAD AHEAD THIS SIGN WARNS MOTORISTS THAT THE SECTION OF ROAD
0
IS ON EXPRESSWAY. THE SPEED LIMIT ON EXPRESSWAYS AHEAD IS WITHIN THE RESTRICTED ZONE. IT MAY BE USED
IS 80 KM/HR WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE.
400
20
0
600
45°
1520
600
BARRIER
60
THIS SIGN IS FOR TEMPORARY USE AROUND OBSTRUCTIONS OR

EXCAVATIONS. IT MAY BE EXTENDED TO ANY LENGTH REQUIRED.
550
0
65
600
15
50
900
R
105
600
320
50
210
165
60
105
450
65
25
40
60
°
105
105
15
17.5 17.5
50
15 535 15
SLOW PEDESTRIAN IN ROAD AHEAD ELDERLY OR HANDICAPPED

THIS SIGN IS TO INFORM MOTORISTS TO REDUCE THEIR SPEED DUE THIS SIGN INDICATES THE APPROACH TO AN AREA WHERE PEDESTRIANS AHEAD
TO THE PROXIMITY OF SOME DANGER AHEAD. PEDESTRIAN ARE LIKELY TO CROSS THE ROAD. IT MAY BE USED IN
DRAFT
CONJUNCTION WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY PLATE.
17-8
60
24
0 60
50
R
R75
0
65
9
65
20
0
85
85
30°
550
600
600
265
265
85
85
900
50
25 15 25 25 15 25
105
60
600 600
60
40
105
DIVERSION TO ANOTHER CARRIAGEWAY DIVERSION TO ANOTHER CARRIAGEWAY
TO THE RIGHT AHEAD TO THE LEFT AHEAD
50
THIS SIGN WILL BE USED TO DIVERT TRAFFIC FROM ONE THIS SIGN WILL BE USED TO DIVERT TRAFFIC FROM ONE
29 542 29
CARRIAGEWAY OF A DUAL OR MULTI-CARRIAGEWAY ROAD CARRIAGEWAY OF A DUAL OR MULTI-CARRIAGEWAY ROAD TO ANOTHER
600 TO ANOTHER AT AND AROUND WORKS OR OBSTRUCTION. AT AND AROUND WORKS OR OBSTRUCTION.
LOW FLYING AIRCRAFT AHEAD

60°
THIS SIGN CAUTIONS MOTORISTS OF THE POSSIBILITY
OF LOW FLYING AIRCRAFTS CROSSING THEIR PATH IN
THE STRETCH OF ROAD AHEAD.
600
600
60 60
22
50
R
50
R
60° 60°
R75 R75
0
65
190
900
0
65
25
60
65
600
600
35
80
35
35
230
180
140
60
20
20
80
30
65 40 65 60 60 450
600 600
U-TURN AHEAD
DRAFT
U-TURN AHEAD (FROM OPPOSITE DIRECTION) MERGE AHEAD
THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT VEHICLES MAY BE MAKING A THIS SIGN WARNS MOTORISTS THAT VEHICLES FROM THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION THIS SIGN INDICATES THAT THE TWO TRAFFIC LANES WILL BE MERGED INTO
U-TURN AHEAD. (TO BE USED ONLY IN SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES) MAY BE MAKING A U-TURN AHEAD. (TO BE USED ONLY IN SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES) ONE TRAFFIC LANE AHEAD. IT MAY BE USED WITH A SUPPLEMENTARY SIGN.
STANDARD DETAIL
17-9
MAIN PAGE
CHAPTER 18
TRAFFIC INFORMATORY SIGNS
TRAFFIC INFORMATORY SIGNS (SHEET 1 OF 17) LTA/SDRE14/18/TFI1 -
TRAFFIC INFORMATORY SIGNS (SHEET 2 OF 17) LTA/SDRE14/18/TFI2 A

45°
15
15
10
0
50
R
45
45
200
200
210
210
41
41
140
140
41
41
140
140
41
41
55
50 70
140
41
60 477
15
40 40
55 70
30 30
15 939 15
ONE WAY STREET TO LEFT
1029 SCALE 1:10
15 40 60 40 15
45 1278 45 THIS SIGN INFORMS MOTORISTS OF THE ONE WAY

1368 MOVEMENT TO THE LEFT ALONG THE ROAD AHEAD.
THIS SIGN MAY BE USED AT A T-JUNCTION WHERE
45° THE FLOW ALONG THE STRAIGHT-THROUGH
BUS LANE (FULL DAY) BUS LANE (NORMAL) ROUTE IS ONE WAY.
0
10

600
15 50 470 50 15
15
0
R5
600 600 600
55
200 200 200 198 50 100 55 197 197 55 100 50 198

100
0 R
50 R5
50
52
R
125
125
55
100
600
100
345
340
200
450
50
450
200
340
450
290
55
105
125
125
55
15
55
53
15 15
477 15
50
15
NO THROUGH ROAD ON NO THROUGH ROAD ON

ONE WAY STREET TO RIGHT NO THROUGH ROAD SIDE ROAD TO RIGHT SIDE ROAD TO LEFT
THIS SIGN INFORMS MOTORISTS OF THE ONE WAY THIS SIGN IS PLACED AT THE ENTRY TO A ROAD THIS SIGN GIVES ADVANCE INFORMATION OF A NO THIS SIGN GIVES ADVANCE INFORMATION OF A NO
TRAFFIC MOVEMENT TO THE RIGHT ALONG THE ROAD AND INFORMS MOTORISTS THAT THIS IS NO THROUGH ROAD. THROUGH ROAD ON SIDE ROAD TO THE RIGHT. THROUGH ROAD ON SIDE ROAD TO THE LEFT.
AHEAD. THIS SIGN MAY BE USED AT A T-JUNCTION
WHERE THE FLOW ALONG THE STRAIGHT-THROUGH
ROUTE IS ONE WAY.
STANDARD DETAIL
TRAFFIC INFORMATORY
DRAWING NO. REV.
SIGNS
LTA/SDRE14/18/TFI1 -
(SHEET 1 OF 17)
18-1
195
15
15
15
R
50
50
R
R
50
47
65
450
315
600
470
600
476
600
12
0
45°
47
65
15
15 520 15 15 125 100 120 100 125 15
15
15 140 75 140 74 140 15

600 600
600
PEDESTRIAN CROSSING ONE WAY TRAFFIC U-TURN
THIS SIGN INDICATES TO PEDESTRIANS AND MOTORISTS THE THIS SIGN INFORMS MOTORISTS OF THE DIRECTION OF THIS SIGN INFORMS MOTORISTS OF A U TURN FACILITY
POSITION OF A DESIGNATED PEDESTRIAN CROSSING. PERMITTED TRAFFIC FLOW ON A ONE WAY STREET. IT AHEAD. MOTORISTS ARE PROHIBITED FROM EXECUTING
MAY BE PLACED AT THE ENTRY TO A ONE WAY STREET OR U-TURNS AT ALL ROAD INTERSECTIONS AND ARE
AT APPROPRIATE LOCATIONS ALONG A ONE WAY STREET. PERMITTED ONLY BY THE DISPLAY OF THIS SIGN.
600
242
12
55
216
600
55
75
45
75
55
12
20
12 41 130 30 80 50 164 41 12
PASSENGER PICK-UP POINT
THIS SIGN INDICATES A DESIGNATED PICK-UP / DROP OFF

POINT FOR PASSENGERS OF VEHICLES.
STANDARD DETAIL
TRAFFIC INFORMATORY DRAWING NO. REV.

SIGNS LTA/SDRE14/18/TFI2 A
(SHEET 2 OF 17)
18-2
TYPE I TYPE II
600
10 20 600
80
5 1510 5
15
R
50
62
150
20
10 30
600
600
210
40
68
50 20 50 30
15
15 60 30 150 90 150 30 60 15 45°
START OF EXPRESSWAY END OF EXPRESSWAY
THIS SIGN INDICATES THE START OF AN EXPRESSWAY. THIS SIGN IS PLACED AT THE EXIT OF EXPRESSWAY
MOTORISTS HAVE TO OBEY THE TRAFFIC RULES THAT APPLY TO MOTORISTS ARE EXPECTED TO REDUCE THEIR SPEED
EXPRESSWAY BEYOND THIS POINT. THIS SIGN IS NORMALLY ACCORDINGLY.
PLACED AT ENTRANCE TO EXPRESSWAY.
STANDARD DETAIL

SIGNS LTA/SDRE14/18/TFI3 -
(SHEET 3 OF 17)
18-3
2590
TYPE I
40
220
250
350
220
1470
350
2040
220
350
250
2590
250
THIS SIGN IS PLACED AT THE END OF EXPRESSWAY.
40
THIS SIGN GIVES ADVANCE INFORMATION OF THE END OF
EXPRESSWAY AHEAD.
24
1635
130
1449
24 150 1287 150 24
24
210
24
132
128
132
210
210
1220
210
132
132
132
1224
210
1220
210
210
132
132
148
210
210
24
24 150 150 24
1107
150
150
RED LIGHT CAMERA SIGN
24
24
DUAL CARRIAGEWAY AHEAD KEEP LEFT UNLESS OVERTAKING

THIS SIGN INFORMS MOTORISTS OF THE PRESENCE OF A RED
LIGHT CAMERA SYSTEM AT THE SET OF TRAFFIC SIGNALS
AHEAD. THE RED LIGHT CAMERA SYSTEM IS ACTIVATED WHEN A
VEHICLE BEATS THE RED LIGHT. A PHOTOGRAPH OF THE
OFFENDING VEHICLE IS THEN RECORDED.
STANDARD DETAIL

(SHEET 4 OF 17)
18-4
600
600
15 50 240 38 205 37 15
15 40 240 47 205 38 15
15
15
50
20
35
50
20
35
20
160
201
280
20
20
280
50
30
600
90
360
30
600
316
30
70
50
70
50
5
27.
40
25
40
5
25
80
2
80
35
5
27.
35
5
27.
15
355
15
356
OVERPASS UNDERPASS
THIS SIGN INFORMS PEDESTRIAN ON THE LOCATION OF AN OVERPASS. THIS SIGN INFORMS PEDESTRIAN ON THE LOCATION OF AN
UNDERPASS.
600 600
15
75
20 12
50
R
50
R
50
105
35
450
320
105
450
35
105
75
50
21
12
19.5 19.5
15
15 117.5 335 117.5 15 12 537 12
TAXIS DROP-OFF POINT END OF RESTRICTED ZONE

THIS SIGN INDICATES A DESIGNATED DROP-OFF POINT FOR TAXIS. THIS SIGN INFORMS MOTORISTS THAT THEY ARE MOVING OUT
NO PASSENGERS ARE PERMITTED TO BOARD TAXIS HERE. OF THE RESTRICTED ZONE.
STANDARD DETAIL

(SHEET 5 OF 17)
18-5
600
600
12 69.75 436.5 69.75 12

15 29 513 28 15
25 12
20 15
R
5
0
600
105
75
105
25.5 25.5
12 525 12
35
30
12
105
105
450
65
600
35
30
60
105
105
105
35
65
25
35 35 35
105
15
105
26
CONCEALED EXIT AHEAD
65
35
12
THIS SIGN ADVISES MOTORISTS OF A CONCEALED EXIT AHEAD.
900
355
105
65
QUEUE HERE FOR TAXI
105
THIS SIGN INFORMS TAXI COMMUTERS TO QUEUE AT THIS
LOCATION TO BOARD TAXIS.
68
28 28
30
15
15
68
600 15
60 60 220 60 60
15
12
50
12
R
51
85
SPEED REGULATING STRIPS AHEAD
70
THIS SIGN ADVISES MOTORISTS OF THE PRESENCE OF SPEED
51
450
REGULATING STRIPS AHEAD. SPEED REGULATING STRIPS ARE

USED TO SLOW DOWN VEHICLES AT LOCATIONS WHERE IT IS
450
70
255
50
INADVISABLE TO TRAVEL AT A HIGH SPEED.
52
70
86
56
15
12
12 88 400 88 12 15 81 408 81 15
600
U-TURNING VEHICLES KEEP RIGHT
BICYCLES STAND THIS SIGN ADVISES U-TURNING VEHICLES TO KEEP TO THE
THIS SIGN INDICATES A BICYCLE STAND. RIGHT LANE SO THAT THE U-TURNING MANOEUVRE MAY BE
SAFELY MADE.
STANDARD DETAIL

(SHEET 6 OF 17)
18-6
600
50
12 88 400 88 12
12
85
255
403
12
40)
R
24
50
(
91
86
220)
132
900
75
50
40
(
350)
450
210
89
90
1430)
(
830
25
250)
27
(
150
70
280) (
27
140
89
91
250) (
150
70
(
12
355
1413
40)
600
24
92
(2355)
(
DIRECTION OF TEMPORARY PEDESTRIAN ROUTE ROCHOR RD, KEEP LEFT
12
12 88.5 399 88.5 12
NO PARKING OF BICYCLES
THIS SIGN ADVISES PEDESTRIANS THAT THE TEMPORARY
SCALE 1:10 FOOTWAYS IS TO THE LEFT. THE ARROW MAY BE REVERSED OR
1200
A DOUBLE HEADED ARROW MAY BE USED TO ADVISE OF A
THIS SIGN INFORMS CYCLISTS OF THE PROHIBITION OF TEMPORARY FOOTWAY TO THE RIGHT OR TO THE LEFT AND 16 100 276 100 372 40 296
16
PARKING BICYCLES AT PLACES DISPLAYING THIS SIGN. RIGHT RESPECTIVELY.
140 88
140
600
600
204
588
88
NPP LOGO
15 85 400 85 15 15 65 440 65 15
15
15
100 140
50
R
35
38
15 35
80
140
16
0
R25
170
POLICE POST
0
R90 R14 R90
38
SCALE 1:20
1600
140
600
180
30
600
12 75 210 75 976 222
12
40
38
75 105 66 105 66
30
15 28 35 3535 49
60
105
75
140
100
P.A.
441
210
LOGO
39
400
15
12
45°
SPEED CHECK AREA RAIN SHELTER COMMUNITY CENTRE
THIS SIGN INFORMS MOTORISTS OF THE POSSIBILITY OF A THIS SIGN INFORMS MOTOR CYCLISTS / CYCLISTS ON THE
SPEED CHECK AHEAD. LOCATION OF A RAIN SHELTER.
STANDARD DETAIL

(SHEET 7 OF 17)
18-7
4505
40
50
R
350
2000
460
40
24
24 42 42
210
420
540
42
342
210
40
42
40
672
EXPRESSWAY DISTANCE MARKER

SCALE 1:20
CONFIRMATION SIGN
(FACILITY SIGN) CONFIRMATION SIGN
DIRECTIONAL SIGN ADVANCE DIRECTIONAL SIGN


1. Logo of expressway shall always be on the right of the sign regardless
of the arrow direction.

(SHEET 8 OF 17)
18-8
600 600
15
1272
10
15 75 420 75 15 10 130 320 130 10
15
80
78
80
140
Left Give Way
140
70
70
17
0
78
80
340
70
140
Turn
140
1010
80
70
78
80
Left
140
Green And Main
140
140
1200
1200
80
80
78
Turn
140
Arrow Road Traffic
140
140
80
78
100
140
140
Ahead On Red
15
15 100 136 100 806 100 15
15
80
100
80
560
10 55 160 80 230 55 10
10
15
15
140
80
560
20 100 20
80
140
For Buses
140
80
940
80
700
755
For Buses
140
On Left Most
105
80
80
Lane Only
105
105
On Bus Bay Only
100
100
15
15
15 100 740 100 15

15 100 915 100 15
1145 970
B-SIGNAL FOR BUSES ON BUS BAY ONLY B-SIGNAL FOR BUSES ON LEFT MOST LANE ONLY
STANDARD DETAIL

(SHEET 9 OF 17)
18-9
600
32.5
32.5
10 366 40 109.5 10
10
62
105
62
105
600
62
15
105
80
79
Watch Out
140
10
80
For Traffic
140
790
Motorcycles &
80
210
140
100
15
Slower Traffic
15 100 326 100 270 100 310 100 15
1220
1336
Keep Left
1830
STANDARD DETAIL

(SHEET 10 OF 17)
REV. DATE 1st APR 2014 1:10 10 OF 17
18-10
24 179.5 700 179.5 24
24
120
580
120
1888
Speed
210
120
Camera
210
120
Ahead
210
150
24
24 150 759 150 24
1107
STANDARD DETAIL

(SHEET 11 OF 17)
REV. DATE 1st APR 2014 1:100 11 OF 17
18-11
600 600
60 15
60 15
50
50
R
R
140
Right Right
140
28.5 28.5
12 519 12
60
60
12
33
Turn Turn
140
140
105
105
900
900
60
60
33
450
105
Lane Lanes
80
140
140
25
224
35 30 35
60
60
25
Ahead Ahead
140
140
12
30
475
15 70
15 70
600
15 85 400 85 15 15 85 400 85 15
TO STAY WITHIN RESTRICTED ZONE RIGHT TURN LANE/LANES AHEAD

1806 900
16
24
80
120
140
Do Not
210
80
Drive
140
120
1012
1098
80
Distance
210
On Road
140
80
100
140
Shoulder
140
Front
100
150
16
24
16 144 580 144 16
24 100 1558 100 24
KEEP A SAFE DISTANCE FROM VEHICLE IN FRONT DO NOT DRIVE ON ROAD SHOULDER
STANDARD DETAIL

SIGNS -
LTA/SDRE14/18/TFI12
(SHEET 12 OF 17)
18-12
1385
20 20 20 20 20
WALK 15 50
20
60 50
20
200
20
60 85
10
90
20
265
20
265
20
15
15
45
160
CARE
40
520
TRAFFIC SIGNAL POST
200
45
15
LANE INDICATION SIGN
SCALE 1:10
COLOUR CODE:
WHITE ARROW, BORDER & LANE MARKINGS ON BLUE BACKGROUND
RIVET
'WALK WITH CARE' SIGN SLIGHTY BEND
TO HUG THE POST AND RIVETED 1385
(418 X 100)
SECTION
20 20 20 10 15
SCALE 1:1
15 20 50 60 50 200 60 85 90 265 265 20
20 20 20 20 20 20
15
45
160
40 40
650
160
110
BLUE (PMS 2746C)
20
45
GREEN (PMS 321C)
FONT-ROTIS SAUS REGULAR
15
NOTE:
POSITION OF RIVETS
SCALE 1:10
418mm X 100mm
COLOUR CODE:
SCALE 1:20 WHITE ARROW, BORDER & LANE MARKINGS ON BLUE BACKGROUND
STANDARD DETAIL

(SHEET 13 OF 17)
18-13
600
600
245
25
60
0
65
112.5
650
500
CYCLIST CROSSING AHEAD
THIS SIGN INDICATES THE APPROACH TO A CYCLIST CROSSING
900
60
55
70
60°
40
600
70
55
50
82.5 435 82.5
600
600
245
CONGESTION EXPECTED AHEAD
60 25
225
650
CYCLIST CROSSING AHEAD
THIS SIGN INDICATES THE APPROACH TO A CYCLIST CROSSING
STANDARD DETAIL

(SHEET 14 OF 17)
REV. DATE 1st APR 2014 1:10 14 OF 17
18-14
50
50
50
50 50
100
785
800
45°
80
0
0
20 59
0
0
20
°
45
R50
20
0
13
0
200 200 200
2000
0
18
310
0
13
1015
1000
45°
R5
00
50
50
50
2380
STANDARD DETAIL

(SHEET 15 OF 17)
REV. DATE 1st APR 2014 1:10 15 OF 17
18-15
5015
725
(MINIMUM)
NO. OF LANES c
a b
(mm) (mm) (mm)
2 LANES ( 7.4m) 290.5 290.5 300
1800
350
3 LANES ( 11.1m) 1115.5 1115.5 400
4 LANES ( 14.8m) 1790.5 1790.5 800

HEIGHT
LIMIT SIGN 1000

5 LANES ( 17.5m) 2565.5 2565.5
50
725
250 1200 250 840 250 175 150 150 100 250 250 900 (MINIMUM) 250
FOR 1 LANE
2 LANES = 4038
3 LANES = 4238
4 LANES = 5038
5 LANES = 5438
690
1800
420
HEIGHT 60 60 HEIGHT
LIMIT SIGN LIMIT SIGN
a 900 (MINIMUM) b 1440 c 1008 c 210 60 120 180 120 300 b 900 (MINIMUM) a
690
(1200) (1200)
FOR 2 LANES OR MORE
STANDARD DETAIL

(SHEET 16 OF 17)
REV. DATE 1st APR 2014 1:20 16 OF 17
18-16
600 20
600 205 95
16
20
16
20
20
50 50 50
R R R
20
75
528
678
45°
BLACK
750
835
80
835
80
45°
20
80
16
20 20
16 528 16
0
12
20
0
12
600mm X 600mm OBJECT MARKER
16
20 20
16 278 250 16 SCALE 1:10
BLACK ARROW : VINYL CUT FILM

CURVE ALIGNMENT MARKER (FOR ARTERIAL ROAD) YELLOW BACKGROUND : FLOURESCENT YELLOW WIDE ANGLE
75
PRISMATIC REFLECTIVE SHEETING OR EQUIVALENT
20
SCALE 1:10
BACKING : 2.03mm ALUMINIUM PLATE
YELLOW BACKGROUND : FLOURESCENT YELLOW WIDE ANGLE
20
BORDER : 16mm BLACK ALL ROUND
PRISMATIC REFLECTIVE SHEETING OR EQUIVALENT 20 20
900 95 165
BACKING : 2.03mm ALUMINIUM PLATE 750
20
50 50 340mm X 990mm OBJECT MARKER
R R
SCALE 1:10
25
BLACK STRIP : VINYL CUT FILM

900
810
900
BLACK
45° 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125
12
0
150
12
0
25
12
KERB STRIP MARKER

0
20
SCALE 1:15
25 25 25 25
20 325 335 20 20 810 20
BLACK STRIP : VINYL CUT FILM
CURVE ALIGNMENT MARKER (FOR EXPRESSWAY) 900mm X 900mm OBJECT MARKER
SCALE 1:15 SCALE 1:15 HEIGHT : 150mm
BLACK ARROW : VINYL CUT FILM LENGTH : VARIES WITH SIZE OF KERB NOSING
STANDARD DETAIL

(SHEET 17 OF 17)
18-17
MAIN PAGE
CHAPTER 19
TRAFFIC INFORMATORY SIGNS
TRAFFIC INFORMATORY SIGNS (SHEET 1 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/19/TFS1 -
TRAFFIC INFORMATORY SIGNS (SHEET 2 OF 2) LTA/SDRE14/19/TFS2 -

12 600
600
45
12 120.75 334.5 120.75 12
12
140
R
50
20
105
45
36
600
600
600
140
25.5 25.5
100
105
15 519 15 15 47.5 475 47.5 15
450
15
45
35
15
30
10
0
R5
105
105
105
75
35 30 35
75
20
150
60
56
35
12
10
12
105
15
12 34.5 34.5 30 45°
507 12
EXCEPT SCHOOL BUSES
35
105
30
900
35
30 45°
60
15
600
105
35 30 35
10
150
35
600
10
105
26.5 26.5 10.5 10.5
75
15 517 15
15
12 555 12
15 47.5 475 47.5 15
15
12
35
R
600
50
25
20
105
105
105
35
DIRECTIONAL ARROWS
36
33
15
30 60
THESE SIGNS ARE TO BE USED WITH OTHER SIGNS TO
450
105
105
SIGNIFY THE EXTENT THE RESTRICTIONS ETC. CONVEYED

BY THESE OTHER SIGNS ARE TO APPLY.
600
35
33
105
105
75
75
20
33
12
105
26
15
EXCEEDING 2500 kg
IN UNLADEN WEIGHT
STANDARD DETAIL

SIGNS LTA/SDRE14/19/TFS1 -
(SHEET 1 OF 2)
19-1
600 600
15 15
15 540
15 41 489 40 15
15
15
30
70
105
WAY OUT
105
30
105
70
450
35 35 35
30
45°
105
70
30
15
105
400
30
15
600
38.25 38.25
600
12 499.5 12
12
15 82 219 82 35 35 35 82 15
65
15
105
70
105
WAY
65
75
30
105
450
70
300
600
65
105
OUT
105
70
15
66
12
STANDARD DETAIL

SIGNS LTA/SDRE14/19/TFS2 -
(SHEET 2 OF 2)
19-2
CHAPTER 20
STREET NAME BOARD
STREET NAME SIGN - GENERAL CONFIGURATION LAYOUT

(SHEET 1 OF 3) LTA/SDRE14/20/SNB1 -


STREET NAME SIGN - STREET NAME SIGN ON SINGLE

SUPPORT POST LTA/SDRE14/20/SNB4 A
STREET NAME SIGN - STREET NAME SIGN ON DOUBLE

SUPPORT POST LTA/SDRE14/20/SNB5 A
STREET NAME SIGN - CANTILEVER STREET NAME SIGN ON

VERTICAL SUPPORT POST LTA/SDRE14/20/SNB6 A
STREET NAME SIGN - CANTILEVER STREET NAME SIGN ON

EXISTING LAMP POST LTA/SDRE14/20/SNB7 A
STREET NAME SIGN SINGLE SIDE STREET NAME SIGN ON

EXISTING LAMP POST LTA/SDRE14/20/SNB8 A
STREET NAME SIGN ON TRAFFIC POST LTA/SDRE14/20/SNB9 A
STREET NAME SIGN - EXTRUSION LTA/SDRE14/20/SNB10 A
STREET NAME SIGN - CASTING PARTS LTA/SDRE14/20/SNB11 A
STREET NAME SIGN - TRAFFIC SIGN ON SUPPORT POST LTA/SDRE14/20/SNB12 -
DRAFT
TEXTS - USE AUTOMATIC KERNING
1585
125 125
10
50 50
30
150
230
105
30
10
1935
125
75 50
10
30
150
230
105
30
10
1708
75 125
50
105
FOR HOUSE NO. SIGN
1498
140 140
730
65 125
65
10
50
20 10
35
70
150
280
105
230
30
70
75
10 20
10
DRAFT
NOTES:
STANDARD DETAIL
1. All measurements indicated in the drawings are approximate and shall be taken
as a guide only.
2. Font used for the street name sign shall be rotis semi-san in extra bold.
3. Wide angle prismatic retroflective sheet shall be used. STREET NAME SIGN -
GENERAL CONFIGURATION DRAWING NO. REV.
4. White letterings on green background, reflective sheetings complying
LAYOUT LTA/SDRE14/20/SNB1 -
with ASTM D4956-2001 Type IX.
(SHEET 1 OF 3)
20-1
SDRE14-20 SNB 1.dgn layout 21/09/2017 11:05:16 AM
DRAFT
NOTES:
STANDARD DETAIL
1. All measurements indicated in the drawings are approximate and
shall be taken as a guide only.
STREET NAME SIGN -

(SHEET 2 OF 3)
20-2
SDRE14-20 SNB 2.dgn layout 21/09/2017 11:05:31 AM
VARIES VARIES
120
VARIES < 2000
VARIES < 2500 VARIES > 2500 STREET NAME SIGN STREET NAME SIGN
100
120
STREET NAME SIGN STREET NAME SIGN
94
286
286
236
STREET NAME SIGN
100
HOUSE NUMBER HOUSE NUMBER
600
600
SIGN SIGN
600
600 600 600 600 600 600
TRAFFIC SIGN TRAFFIC SIGN TRAFFIC SIGN TRAFFIC SIGN

TRAFFIC SIGN
3020
3400
3400
2900
2200
ALUMINIUM
3236
ALUMINIUM ALUMINIUM SUPPORT POST
SUPPORT POST ALUMINIUM ALUMINIUM
SUPPORT POST SUPPORT POST SUPPORT POST
SNS-S1 SNS-S2 SNS-S3 SNS-S4 SNS-S5

SCALE 1:50 SCALE 1:50 SCALE 1:50 SCALE 1:50 SCALE 1:50
VARIES < 2500 VARIES
VARIES < 2500

STREET NAME SIGN STREET NAME SIGN
STREET NAME SIGN
200 1500 (MAXIMUM) 200
50
M10ƭX50 EXPANSION BOLT
3000
236 TO 286
EXISTING LAMP POST EXISTING LAMP POST EXISTING TRAFFIC POST ALUMINIUM ALLOY SIGNBOARD WITH
REFLECTIVE STREET NAME SIGN
BRACKETS FOR
WALL MOUNTING
25 X 6 THK ALUMINIUM FLATBAR
SPOT WELD TO THE SIGNBOARD
WITH VHB OR EQUIVALENT DOUBLE
SIDED TAPE (25mm WIDTH)
SNS-L1 SNS-L2 SNS-T1 SNS-W1

SCALE 1:20
DRAFT
NOTES:
STANDARD DETAIL
1. All measurements indicated in the drawings are approximate and shall be
taken as a guide only.
2. The design must be compactible and interchangeable.
STREET NAME SIGN -
(SHEET 3 OF 3)
20-3
SDRE14-20 SNB 3.dgn LAYOUT 21/09/2017 11:05:45 AM
A
SIGNBOARD CAPPING c
L
c
L
236 OR 286
ALUMINIUM ALLOY SIGNBOARD WITH REFLECTIVE STREET NAME SIGN
S.S. M8 BOLT AND NUT
S.S. M8 BOLT AND LOCK NUT CASTING TOP HOLDER

SIGNBOARD CAPPING
CASTING TOP HOLDER
SIGNBOARD SIDE CAPPING
S.S. M6 SELF TAPPING SCREW
ALUMINIUM SUPPORT POST (E07)

WITH CAPPING (E13)
3000
SIGNBOARD
CAPPING
(TOP)
SECTION A-A
SCALE 1:10
236 OR 286
35
ALUMINIUM ALLOY SIGNBOARD WITH
50
SIGNBOARD
CAPPING
(BOTTOM)
200
PRE-CAST CONCRETE FOUNDATION

500 X 500 X 600 DEEP
TYPICAL SIGNBOARD WITH CAPPINGS
SCALE 1 :5
600
NOTES:
1. ALL EXTRUDED SECTIONS SHALL BE FABRICATED FROM HIGH

STRENGTH, MARINE GRADE ALUMINIUM ALLOYS OF DURABILITY
RATING B TO BS EN 1999;
2. ALL CASTING PARTS SHALL BE PRODUCED VIA PRESSURE DIE

CAST METHOD. ALL STRUCTURAL CAST COMPONENTS SHALL BE
FROM HIGH STRENGTH, MARINE GRADE ALUMINIUM ALLOYS OF
DURABILITY RATING B TO BS EN 1999;
500 3. ALL FASTENERS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL, AND ALL EXPOSED

FASTENERS SHALL BE OF TAMPER-PROOF TYPE TO BS EN ISO 3506;
4. ALL EXPOSED SURFACES SHALL BE POWDER COATED.

ELEVATION DRAFT
SCALE 1:10
NOTES:
STANDARD DETAIL
taken as guide only.
STREET NAME SIGN - DRAWING NO. REV.

STREET NAME SIGN ON LTA/SDRE14/20/SNB4 -
SINGLE SUPPORT POST
20-4
SDRE14-20 SNB 4A.dgn LAYOUT-2016 EDITION 21/09/2017 11:07:18 AM
SIGNBOARD CAPPING
c
L c
L
S.S. M8 BOLT AND LOCK NUT

SIGNBOARD CAPPING
CASTING TOP HOLDER
S.S. M6 SELF TAPPING SCREW
ALUMINIUM SUPPORT POST (E07)

WITH CAPPING (E13)
SIGNBOARD
CAPPING
(TOP)
3000
3000
236 OR 286
35 ALUMINIUM ALLOY SIGNBOARD WITH
SIGNBOARD
CAPPING
(BOTTOM)
50
200

SCALE 1:5
600
600
PRECAST CONCRETE FOUNDATION
500 X 500 X 600 DEEP
NOTES:


3. ALL FASTENERS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL, AND ALL EXPOSED
500 ELEVATION 500
SCALE 1:10
DRAFT
NOTES:
STANDARD DETAIL
1. All Measurements indicated in the drawings are approximate and shall be

STREET NAME SIGN ON LTA/SDRE14/20/SNB5 -
DOUBLE SUPPORT POST
20-5
SDRE14-20 SNB 5A.dgn layout-2015 JUNE 21/09/2017 11:07:36 AM
POST TOP PLATE
100
SIGNBOARD CAPPING
150 OR 200
236 OR 286
S.S. M8 BOLT AND
100
SIGNBOARD CAPPING LOCK NUT
ALUMINIUM BRACKET
ALUMINIUM SUPPORT POST

WITH CAPPINGS
SIGNBOARD
3000
CAPPING
(TOP)
236 OR 286
SIGNBOARD
50
CAPPING
(BOTTOM)
200

SCALE 1:5
600
PRE-CAST CONCRETE FOUNDATION
500 X 500 X 600 DEEP
NOTES:


500 500
ELEVATION 4. ALL EXPOSED SURFACES SHALL BE POWDER COATED.
SCALE 1:10 DRAFT
NOTES:
STANDARD DETAIL
STREET NAME SIGN -

DRAWING NO. REV.
CANTILEVER STREET
NAME SIGN ON VERTICAL LTA/SDRE14/20/SNB6 A
SUPPORT POST
20-6
SDRE14-20 SNB 6A.dgn LAYOUT-2015 JUNE 21/09/2017 11:07:59 AM
VARIES
M8 S.S. C/S BOLT & NUT
LAMP POST CLAMP
SIGNBOARD CAPPING (TOP)
16
R
236 OR 286
A A
SIGNBOARD CAPPING S.S. M8 BOLT AND LOCK NUT

CASTING CLAMP
NEOPRENE RUBBER SPACER
SIGNBOARD
CAPPING
(TOP)
3000
236 OR 286
EXISTING LAMP POST
GROUND LEVEL SIGNBOARD

CAPPING
(BOTTOM)
ELEVATION
SCALE 1:10
SCALE 1:5
161mm
TO 182mm
NEOPRENE RUBBER SPACER

NOTES:
CASTING CLAMP

VARIES
SECTION A-A FASTENERS SHALL BE OF TAMPER-PROOF TYPE TO BS EN ISO 3506;
SCALE 1:10 4. ALL EXPOSED SURFACES SHALL BE POWDER COATED.
DRAFT
NOTES:
STANDARD DETAIL
STREET NAME SIGN -

CANTILEVER STREET DRAWING NO. REV.
NAME SIGN ON EXISTING LTA/SDRE14/20/SNB7 -

LAMP POST
20-7
VARIES
SIGNBOARD CAPPING (TOP)
A A
SIGNBOARD CAPPING
SIGNBOARD
CAPPING
(TOP)
3000
EXISTING LAMP POST
236 OR 286
GROUND LEVEL
SIGNBOARD
CAPPING
(BOTTOM)
ELEVATION
SCALE 1:10

M8 S.S. C/S BOLT AND LOCK NUT SCALE 1:5
LAMP POST CLAMP
NOTES:
ALUMINIUM HINGED ARM

M8 S.S. BOLT & LOCK NUT
NEOPRENE RUBBER SPACER FROM HIGH STRENGTH, MARINE GRADE ALUMINIUM ALLOYS OF
SECTION A-A 4. ALL EXPOSED SURFACES SHALL BE POWDER COATED.
SCALE 1:10
DRAFT
NOTES:
STANDARD DETAIL
STREET NAME SIGN

SINGLE SIDE STREET DRAWING NO. REV.
NAME SIGN ON EXISTING LTA/SDRE14/20/SNB8 -

LAMP POST
20-8
A
SIGNBOARD CAPPING
c
L
236 OR 286
ALUMINIUM ALLOY SIGNBOARD WITH REFLECTIVE STREET NAME SIGN CASTING TOP HOLDER
3 THK NEOPRENE SPACER

S.S. M8 BOLT AND NUT WHEN REQUIRED
S.S. M8 BOLT AND LOCK NUT

SIGNBOARD CAPPING B B
CASTING TOP HOLDER
S.S. M8 C/S T/P BOLT AND LOCK NUT
C C
S.S. M8 C/S T/P BOLT AND LOCK NUT
HOLDING CLAMP FOR ͦ9165 POST
HOLDING CLAMP
FOR *9161 POST
EXISTING TRAFFIC LIGHT POST

S.S. M8 T/P BOLT
AND LOCK NUT
ELEVATION SECTION A-A

NOTES:
SIGNBOARD
CAPPING 1. ALL EXTRUDED SECTIONS SHALL BE FABRICATED FROM HIGH
(TOP) STRENGTH, MARINE GRADE ALUMINIUM ALLOYS OF DURABILITY
R8

10
236 OR 286
ALUMINIUM ALLOY SIGNBOARD WITH 3. ALL FASTENERS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL, AND ALL EXPOSED
35
REFLECTIVE STREET NAME SIGN FASTENERS SHALL BE OF TAMPER-PROOF TYPE TO BS EN ISO 3506;
SECTION C-C
SCALE 1:1
SIGNBOARD
CAPPING
(BOTTOM)
SECTION B-B TYPICAL SIGNBOARD WITH CAPPINGS

SCALE 1:1 SCALE 1:5 DRAFT
NOTES:
STANDARD DETAIL
1. All Measurements indicated in the drawings are approximate and shall be taken as guide only.
DRAWING NO. REV.

STREET NAME SIGN
ON TRAFFIC POST LTA/SDRE14/20/SNB9 -
20-9
132
132
39
82
R90 82
8
8
10
27
8
9
32
80
SIGNBOARD TOP CAPPING
125
130
(SNS-03)
99
91
96
SCALE 1:1
39
157
200
280
R90
174
130
194
10
107
150
230
150
27
HOLDING CLAMP FOR HOLDING CLAMP FOR
32
TRAFFIC LIGHT POST (SNS-08) TRAFFIC LIGHT POST (SNS-09)
SCALE 1:2.5 SCALE 1:2.5
5
5
2.
2.
SIGNBOARD BOTTOM CAPPING

(SNS-04)
SCALE 1:1
39
R47
10
30 30 132
80
10
35 35
8
27
32
10
SIGNBOARD SIGNBOARD
(SNS-01) (SNS-02) VERTICAL POST CAPPING
SCALE 1:2.5 SCALE 1:2.5 (SNS-03)
130
90° SCALE 1:1
D
IA
106
91
7
96
DI
A
96
48
.2
2
R
96
R
92
30
39
87
95
176
196
90
35 5
R HOLDING CLAMP FOR

7 30
TRAFFIC LIGHT POST (SNS-10)
39
SCALE 1:2.5
204
87
NOTES:
LAMP POST CLAMP HINGED ARM VERTICAL SUPPORT POST STRENGTH, MARINE GRADE ALUMINIUM ALLOYS OF DURABILITY
(SNS-05) (SNS-06) (SNS-07) 2. ALL EXPOSED SURFACES SHALL BE POWDER COATED.
SCALE 1:2.5 SCALE 1:2.5 SCALE 1:2.5 DRAFT
NOTES:
STANDARD DETAIL
EXTRUSION LTA/SDRE14/20/SNB10 -
20-10
SDRE14-20 SNB 10A.dgn layout-2015 JUNE 21/09/2017 11:09:13 AM
320
35
236 5 28
R45
240 35
18 25 25 18 28
5
42.
15
*9 HOLE 220
5
28
*40
5
8
40
43
*9 HOLE
50
85
R4 6
0
20
6 6 10
8
120
H
R
R50
8 8
°
80
80
°
186
8
R
5
60
47
36
45
R
5
28
42.
4-*6.5 HOLE
40
12
R
60 14
R R45
1
28
35
198
114
CASTING TOP HOLDER (C1) CASTING CLAMP (C2,C3) CASTING SIDE CAPPING (C7,C8)
FOR C2 H=236, FOR C3 H=286 FOR C7 H=236, FOR C8 H=286
SCALE 1:5
SCALE 1:5 SCALE 1:5

39
R80 A
R45
R78
8
6 6
90
R100
30
R43
87
15
R90
40 40
DIA 4 107
14
45
R85 96
28
R54
41
230 R48
2-*910
30
236
HOLE
80
CASTING SIDE CAPPING (C4) 20
95
6
6 6
SCALE 1:5
R51
2-*97
R48 HOLE 45°
9
9
R93 R45
21 15 15
R91
200
8
106
6 6
SECTION A-A
30
15
DIA 5 14 SCALE 1:2.5

4-*910 HOLE
NOTES:
28
A CAST METHOD. ALL STRUCTURAL CAST COMPONENTS SHALL BE
281 DURABILITY RATING B TO BS EN 1999;
286 2. ALL EXPOSED SURFACES SHALL BE POWDER COATED.
CASTING SIDE CAPPING (C5) CASTING POST CAP (C9) CASTING CAST BASE (C6)
SCALE 1:2.5
DRAFT
SCALE 1:5 SCALE 1:2.5
NOTES:
STANDARD DETAIL
CASTING PARTS LTA/SDRE14/20/SNB11 -
20-11
600 600
TO LEVEL WITH
50
50
75
75
NON-SHRINK GROUT
50
50
SLOPING GROUND LEVEL
TYPICAL DETAIL FOR SLOPING GROUND
600
500
A A B B
600
500
SCALE 1:10
50
50
75
75
50
50
MATCH
TRAFFIC SIGN ON SUPPORT POST TRAFFIC SIGN ON SUPPORT POST SCALE 1:10
DOUBLE SIDE TYPE SINGLE SIDE TYPE

R51
4
101.
7
100.
R51
2.
5
8
0.
88.2
7.
7.
4
8 3 96.5
R4 3
SUPPORT POST SUPPORT POST

ALUMINIUM SIGN HOLDER ALUMINIUM SIGN HOLDER
SCALE 1:2 SCALE 1:2
ALUMINIUM SIGN HOLDER ALUMINIUM SIGN HOLDER
SIGN SUPPORTER SIGN SUPPORTER 7

14.
M6 SELF TAPPING SCREW M6 SELF TAPPING SCREW

23
R48
3
VHB OR EQUIVALENT VHB OR EQUIVALENT
25 25 DOUBLE SIDE TAPE 25 25 DOUBLE SIDE TAPE
(25mm WIDTH) (25mm WIDTH) 90
SECTION A-A SECTION B-B SIGN SUPPORTER

SCALE 1:2 SCALE 1:2 SCALE 1:2 DRAFT
NOTES:
STANDARD DETAIL

TRAFFIC SIGN ON LTA/SDRE14/20/SNB12 -
SUPPORT POST
20-12
SDRE14-20 SNB 12.dgn LAYOUT 21/09/2017 11:12:28 AM
MAIN PAGE
CHAPTER 21
CYCLING PATH
TREATMENT AT JUNCTION LTA/SDRE16/21/CYC1 -
TREATMENT AT OTHER JUNCTIONS LTA/SDRE16/21/CYC2 -
TREATMENT AT DEVELOPMENT / CARPARK ACCESS LTA/SDRE16/21/CYC3 -
BICYCLE CROSSING LTA/SDRE16/21/CYC4 -
SHARED TRACK LTA/SDRE16/21/CYC5 -
TREATMENT AT BUS STOP WITH BUS BAY LTA/SDRE16/21/CYC6 -
TREATMENT AT BUS STOP WITHOUT BUS BAY LTA/SDRE16/21/CYC7 -
CYCLING PAVEMENT MARKING DETAILS LTA/SDRE16/21/CYC8 -
CYCLING SIGNS LTA/SDRE16/21/CYC9 -
CYCLING TRACK LIGHTING LTA/SDRE16/21/CYC10 -

LEGEND
SHARED TRACK
DE
Pedestrians
5m W I
Give Way To
FOOTPATH
SLOW
2.
CYCLING TRACK (RAL 3011)

A4
Watch Out
CYCLING TRACK LIGHT (INDICATIVE ONLY)

100 x 300 RED
DASH LINE
3m
Shared
Track
LOOK
300mm THK "YELLOW

STOP LINE" IN 3mm
THK THERMOPLASTIC
3m
A4
A4
5m
P
G ed LOOK
i
LOOK
ve es
LOOK
t
W ri
ay an LO
5m
s OK
T
OK
o
LO
SLO
2m
LO
OK
A4
5m
OW
OK
1.
LO
y
SL
k
5m
ta ac 2.
S
T
r 9m
n
O 2m
ay ns
O
To
n
W ria
W
T
'SLOW' LOGO
t
S ra
at
s
ta c
G ede
y k
ch
RUMBLE STRIPS TO
e
O
P
v
i
u
t
GO THROUGH BOTH
OF THE TRACKS
O
OW
S rac
n
SL 'CYCLIST' LOGO
ta
o
T
y k
T
s
ay an
W ri
e s t
v
i e
G ed
P
t
u
O
h
tc
a
W
NOTES:
1. Cyclist logo & signage provided at the first entry point to cycling track from a 7. Cycling track signages shall be installed on cycling track lighting poles if the
pedestrian crossing. intended location of the signages are next to it.
2. Additional strips and other signage shall be applied if there is further need to slow 8. Gratings/sumps that are on cycling track or shared track are to use
down and warn the cyclist. pedestrian grating with mild steel plate unless otherwise stated. Details to
3. If cycling track intersects a pedestrian route, the cycling track shall terminate before follow drawing No. LTA/SDRE14/4/GRA1 to 3. STANDARD DETAIL
the pedestrian route and continue after the route. 9. Pavement details of cycling track to follow drawing
4. Wherever cyclists are likely to join the cycling track, additional cyclist logo shall be No. LTA/SDRE14/3/KER11B.
added. 10. For cycling track lighting reference shall be made to
5. Where the cycling track crosses a covered linkway, a reflective strip shall be pasted LTA/SDRE17/21/CYC10. DRAWING NO. REV.
TREATMENT
on the walkway roof/column to warn the cyclists. 11. For all road markings reference shall be made to LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS1-3. AT MAJOR JUNCTION LTA/SDRE17/21/CYC1 -
6. All markings that are off carriageway shall use coloured high strength coating
system (RAL 1003) or (RAL 3011) unless otherwise stated.
REV. DATE SEP 2017 1:400 1 OF 1
21-1
SLOW SLOW
5m
2.
15m
X-ING X-ING
5m
2.
15m
W at
ch Out
AHEAD AHEAD
5m
2.
On Track
On Track
30m
Stay
Stay
300MM THK "YELLOW

STOP LINE" IN 3MM
A THK THERMOPLASTIC A
1m
3m
1.
100 x 300 RED
DASH LINE
N)
BUS FRIENDLY HUMP
MI
4m
8m
LOOK
LOOK
Give Way To
LOOK
LOOK
BICYCLE 'LOOK' BOX CUM RAISED ZEBRA
(
Give Way To
Pedestrians
Pedestrians CROSSING
2m
RUMBLE STRIPS TO GO
3m
1.
A THROUGH BOTH OF A
M UM )
'SLOW' LOGO
9m
THE TRACKS
5m
SLOW SLOW SLOW SLOW
2.
1.
ch Out
MINI
FOOTPATH
15m (
CYCLING PATH
W at
2m
TYPE 'C' RAILINGS 15m (MINIMUM)
OR LOW SHRUBS
TREATMENT AT UNSIGNALISED JUNCTION TREATMENT AT UNSIGNALISED JUNCTION

(TRAFFIC SIGNS) (DIMENSION)
10600
1300 4000 4000 1300

100
110
50
500 500
100 100
1200 8000 1200
SECTION A-A
SCALE 1:50

1. Notes refer to Drawing No. LTA/SDRE16/21/CYC1.
2. Refer for other details for bus friendly hump cum raised zebra crossing.
3. To add zebra crossing at unsignalised junction with minimum setback of 15m.
DRAWING NO. REV.

TREATMENT AT OTHER
JUNCTIONS LTA/SDRE17/21/CYC2 -
21-2
DEVELOPMENT / CARPARK
ACCESS
100 x 300 RED DASH LINE

BICYCLE 'LOOK' BOX
'CYCLIST' LOGO
RUMBLE STRIPS TO GO
2900 THROUGH BOTH OF
THE TRACKS
1500
FOOTPATH
SLOW
LOOK
SLOW
2000
LOOK
CYCLING PATH
'SLOW' LOGO
MIN)
2000
5000 (
5000 (MIN)
300MM THK "YELLOW

STOP LINE" IN 3MM THK
THERMOPLASTIC
ve W ay To
Gi
ans
ch Out
Pedest
W at
On Track
On Track
ve W ay To
ri
St
ay
Pedest
ch Out
ay
St
W at
rians
Gi
TREATMENT AT
DRAWING NO. REV.
DEVELOPMEMT /
CARPARK ACCESS LTA/SDRE17/21/CYC3 -
REV. DATE SEP 2017 1:250 2 OF 2
21-3
50m 50m
DOUBLE SIDED
FOOTPRINTS & BICYCLE

LOGO IN 3mm THK
THERMOPLASTIC
B
I C LOOK
A4
J A8
LOOK
B KERB LINE C
BICYCLE CROSSING SIGNAL AND

PEDESTRIAN CROSSING ASPECT
ATTACHED TO TRAFFIC LIGHT
POLE
DOUBLE SIDED
400
DETAIL BICYCLE CROSSING
100 SCALE 1:500
600
125 850
300 200
A8
A4
600
720
400
15 570 15
650
400
15
100
KERBLINE
300
3000 3000
FOOTPRINT LOGO
300
SCALE 1:30 250 300
3mm THK. WHITE THERMOPLASTIC 150 985 150
"STOPLINE" (YELLOW)
600
570
150
IN 3MM THK
175 350
850
LOOK THERMOPLASTIC
1800
°
650
46
70
38
650
225
268
344
°
60
15
150
850
46
1500
BICYCLE LOOK BOX DETAILS AT BICYCLE CROSSING BICYCLE CROSSING SIGN

BICYCLE LOGO BICYCLE CROSSING PLATE
SCALE 1:50 NOTE: DOUBLE SIDED NTS
SCALE 1:30
SCALE 1:10
3mm THK. WHITE THERMOPLASTIC "LOOK" FONT IN HELVETICA / HELVETICA BOLD
COLOUR CODE: RAL 1003 (YELLOW)
RAL 9011 (BLACK)

1. Bicycle crossing is to be situated at the side that is nearer to the cycling
path or bicycle parking facilities.
2. Bicycle crossing plate is to be placed on cycling path traffic pole.
DRAWING NO. REV.
4. Headroom clearance for all signs is 2.4m. Refer to "Support for Road Signs" BICYCLE CROSSING LTA/SDRE17/21/CYC4 -
chapter for details.
5. For all road markings reference shall be made to LTA/SDRE14/8/RMS1-3. DATE OF ISSUE SCALE SHEET NO.
21-4
On Track
On Track
Shared
Shared
Track
Track
ay
St
St
ay
SLOW
SLOW
2000
1500
2900
PEDESTRIAN & 2000
RUMBLE STRIPS TO GO
CYCLIST LOGO
THROUGH BOTH OF
'SLOW' 'CYCLIST'
100 x 300 RED THE TRACKS
LOGO LOGO
DASH LINE
TRANSITION AREAS WHERE THE CYCLE

PATH SWAPS SIDES WITH THE PEDESTRIAN PATH
On Track
On Track
Shared
Shared
Track
Track
ay
St
St
ay
SHARED TRACK
SLOW
SLOW
2000
1500
MIN 2500
'SLOW' LOGO
5000 2000 2900
PEDESTRIAN &
RUMBLE STRIPS TO
CYCLIST LOGO
GO THROUGH BOTH
OF THE TRACKS 100 x 300 RED
'CYCLIST' LOGO DASH LINE
SHARED TRACK TREATMENT

1. Only applicable when there are site constraint and subject to authorities
approval.
DRAWING NO. REV.

SHARED TRACK
LTA/SDRE17/21/CYC5 -
REV. DATE SEP 2017 1:250 1 OF 1
21-5
ans
o
y T
Gi
Ped
ri
ve
st
Wa
est
e
W
d
ve
ri
Pe
ay
On
ans
Gi
ck
St
To
ay
Tra
Tra
ay
St
ck
On
ROOF OUTLINE OF TRAFFIC FLOW
COVERED LINKWAY DIRECTION
5000
5000
2000
SLOW
SLOW
1500
'SLOW' LOGO
RUMBLE STRIPS TO
GO THROUGH BOTH
2900
PEDESTRIAN & 000
OF THE TRACKS
100 x 300 RED 2000 2
CYCLIST LOGO
'CYCLIST' LOGO DASH LINE
2 PIECES 300 x 300
YELLOW DIRECTIONAL "LOOK" GROUND MARKINGS TO
TACTILE INDICATOR HIGHLIGHT TO PEDESTRIANS
TO LOOK OUT FOR CYCLISTS
Gi
BUS STOP WITHOUT SIDE FOOTPATH ACCESS

Ped
ve
est
SCALE 1:250
ans
o
W
y T
ri
a
ri
ans
y T
st
ck
Wa
ay
e
Tra
o
d
St
ve
Pe
On
Gi
On
St
Tra
ay
ck
PEDESTRIAN & ROOF OUTLINE OF TRAFFIC FLOW
CYCLIST LOGO COVERED LINKWAY DIRECTION
5000
SLOW
2000
SLOW
1500
'SLOW' LOGO
RUMBLE STRIPS 5000

PATH
TO GO THROUGH 2900
000
2000 2
BOTH OF THE TRACKS 100 x 300 RED
FOOT
"LOOK" GROUND MARKINGS

DASH LINE
'CYCLIST' LOGO TO HIGHLIGHT TO PEDESTRIANS
TO LOOK OUT FOR CYCLISTS
2 PIECES 300 x 300
YELLOW DIRECTIONAL
TACTILE INDICATOR
BUS STOP WITH SIDE FOOTPATH ACCESS

SCALE 1:250

TREATMENT AT DRAWING NO. REV.
BUS STOP WITH BUS BAY LTA/SDRE17/21/CYC6 -
SEP 2017 AS SHOWN 1 OF 2

REV. DATE
21-6
ve W ay To
Gi
ans
Pedest
On Track
On Track
ve W ay To
ri
ay
St
Pedest
St
ay
PEDESTRIAN &
rians
CYCLIST LOGO
Gi
SLOW
SLOW
2000
1500
'SLOW' LOGO
5000 100 x 300 RED 5000 2000 2900
RUMBLE STRIPS DASH LINE
TO GO THROUGH
BOTH OF THE TRACKS "LOOK" GROUND MARKINGS TO
HIGHLIGHT TO PEDESTRIANS
'CYCLIST' LOGO TO LOOK OUT FOR CYCLISTS
2 PIECES 300 x 300

YELLOW DIRECTIONAL
TACTILE INDICATOR
BUS STOP WITHOUT SITE FOOTPATH ACCESS

SCALE 1:250
ve W ay To
Gi
ans
Pedest
On Track
On Track
ve W ay To
ri
St
ay
Pedest
St
ay
rians
Gi
PEDESTRIAN &
CYCLIST ROAD
SLOW
SLOW
2000
1500
FOOTPATH
'SLOW' LOGO
100 x 300 RED 5000 2000 2900
5000
RUMBLE STRIPS DASH LINE
TO GO THROUGH
BOTH OF THE TRACKS "LOOK" GROUND MARKINGS TO
HIGHLIGHT TO PEDESTRIANS
'CYCLIST' LOGO TO LOOK OUT FOR CYCLISTS
2 PIECES 300 x 300
YELLOW DIRECTIONAL
TACTILE INDICATOR
BUS STOP WITH SIDE FOOTPATH ACCESS

SCALE 1:250

TREATMENT AT
DRAWING NO. REV.
BUS STOP WITHOUT
LTA/SDRE17/21/CYC7 -
BUS BAY
SEP 2017 AS SHOWN 2 OF 2

REV. DATE
21-7
270
498
2025
105 100 100 100
150
100 320 150 140 140 120 150 600 100
730
SLOW
100
630
122 198 35 2 2 50 365 235
150
EQ
498
100
68
150 150
100
500
200
250
130
300
150
35
EQ
1780 300 300

850
580
100
EDGE LINE
CYCLIST LOGO SLOW LOGO PEDESTRIAN & CYCLIST LOGO DASH LINE MARKING
"LOOK" MARKING
COLOUR CODE: RAL 1003 (YELLOW) COLOUR CODE: RAL 3011 (RED) COLOUR CODE: RAL 3011 (RED)
COLOUR CODE: RAL 1003 (YELLOW) RAL 3011 (RED)
RAL 3011 (RED) RAL 1003 (YELLOW) RAL 1003 (YELLOW)
RAL 9011 (BLACK) "SLOW" FONT IN HELVETICA / HELVETICA BOLD
NOTE: YELLOW COLOUR MARKINGS ON NOTE: YELLOW COLOUR MARKINGS TO NOTE: YELLOW COLOUR MARKINGS TO
NOTE: YELLOW COLOUR MARKINGS ON RED COLOUR
RED COLOUR PATH FINISHES. BE APPLIED ON RED COLOUR BE APPLIED ON RED COLOUR
PATH FINISHES. RED COLOUR MARKINGS ON
RED COLOUR MARKINGS ON FLOOR FINISHES ONLY. FLOOR FINISHES ONLY.
OTHER FINISHES.
OTHER FINISHES.
2900
700 300 700 300 100
2000
300
"STOPLINE"
(YELLOW) IN 3MM
300
150 985
THK THERMPLASTIC
100
350
LOOK 2000 WIDE
CYCLING TRACK
3500
1800
175
650
225
100
850
1500
RUMBLE STRIPS BICYCLE LOOK BOX DETAIL SOLID LINE MARKING TO DEMARCATE
SCALE 1:50 SCALE 1:50 CYCLING TRACK (AT CENTRAL AREA ONLY)
STRIPS THICKNESS: 3mm THERMOPLASTIC SCALE 1:30
"LOOK" FONT IN HELVETICA / HELVETICA BOLD
COLOUR CODE: RAL 1003 (YELLOW) COLOUR CODE: RAL 3011 (RED)
RAL 9011 (BLACK) RAL 1003 (YELLOW)
NOTE: YELLOW COLOUR MARKINGS TO BE APPLIED
ON RED COLOUR FLOOR FINISHES ONLY.

CYCLING PAVEMENT DRAWING NO. REV.
MARKINGS DETAILS LTA/SDRE17/21/CYC8 -
21-8
600
600 600 600
127 285 127
113 314 113 70 400 70 70 400 70
40
40
40
55
111
281
281
281
136
136
260
111
600
600
600
600
42
40
40
40
55
55
55
55
Push Your Shared Stay Stay
30
30
30
30
55
55
55
55
Bicycle Track On Track On Track
39
39
43
SHARED TRACK STAY ON TRACK

PUSH YOUR BICYCLE
THIS SIGN IS USED TO INDICATE A SHARED TRACK.
THIS SIGN INFORMS CYCLISTS TO PUSH YOUR BICYCLE THESE SIGNS ARE USED TO INDICATE A SEGREGATED
USUALLY PLACED AT THE START OF THE TRACK.
(ONLY TO BE USED WHEN INSTRUCTED BY LTA) TRACK. USUALLY PLACED AT THE START OF THE TRACK.
600 600
91 358 91 91 358 91
25
25
645
316
600
316
93 353 93 450 175
600
10 375 10
10
600
5
77.
60
65
CAUTION
55 30
130
55 30
180
Watch Out
30
300
85
SLOW
90
30
LOW HEADROOM
10 25
30
30 55
5
77.
30 55
364
GIVE WAY TO PEDESTRIANS WATCH OUT FOR VEHICLES SLOW (SUPPLEMENTARY) CAUTION LOW HEADROOM
TO BE PLACED BELOW STANDARD SIGNAGE, WHERE NECESSARY.
THIS SIGN INFORMS CYCLISTS TO GIVE WAY TO PEDESTRIANS THIS SIGN INFORMS CYCLISTS TO LOOKOUT FOR THIS SIGN WARNS CYCLISTS OF THE
ESPECIALLY AT AREAS WHERE THE PEDESTRIANS PATH SUCH APPROACHING VEHICLES AT CARPARK ACCESSES/ LOW HEADROOM AHEAD.
AS STAIRCASES, RAMPS, BUS-STOPS, FOOTPATH ETC INTERSECTS UNSIGNALISED JUNCTIONS/ SIGNALISED JUNCTIONS/
THE CYCLING TRACK. CROSSINGS. THIS SIGN MAY ALSO BE USED FOR
RAL 9011 (BLACK)
OTHER AREAS WHERE CYCLING PATHS INTERFERE
NOTE: FOR CLEAR HEIGHT LESS THAN 2.4m
WITH ROADS.

1. Design details: 2. Headroom clearance for all signs is 2.4m. Refer to "Support for Road Signs"
Text: Helvetica / Helvetica Bold chapter for details.
Material: Refer to M&W Specification For Civil And Structural Works
(Revision A1, June 2010 Edition)
DRAWING NO. REV.
Fixture: Refer to SDRE (2014 Edition) including all other subsequent CYCLING SIGNS LTA/SDRE17/21/CYC9 -
amendments.
All signs are colour brown background (RAL 8011, Nut Brown), red triangle DATE OF ISSUE SCALE SHEET NO.
with white lettering, line & border unless otherwise stated. REV. DATE SEP 2017 1:10 1 OF 1
21-9
FOOTPATH CYCLING PATH PLANTING VERGE SERVICE VERGE CARRIAGEWAY
LAMP POST
300
1000
250
PVC CABLE WARNING MARKER
100 DIA UPVC PIPE WITH PILOT
WIRE FOR PUBLIC LIGHTING
(SEE DETAILS, FOR PIPE CROSSING
AT ENTRANCES & JUNCTIONS)
OTHER ROAD
SCALE 1:30
200 132 60 25 60 58 60 38 60 107 200 ROAD SURFACE

172m m OR 272m m
1000
DANGER LTA LT CABLE
PVC CABLE WARNING MARKER

CEMENT DUST
MATERIAL : HIGH IMPACT RESISTANT POLYVINYL CHLORIDE
COLOUR : BLACK
100 DIA UPVC PIPE WITH PILOT
WORDING EMBOSSED : DANGER LTA LT CABLE A WIRE FOR PUBLIC LIGHTING
FONT HEIGHT : 30mm -
50
THICKNESS OF MARKER : 2mm
500
PLAN OF PVC CABLE WARNING MARKER SECTION A-A DETAIL OF PIPE CROSSING
SCALE 1:5 SCALE 1:5 AT ENTRANCES & JUNCTIONS
SCALE 1:20
NOTES:
1. Where there are opportunities to leverage on lightings from adjacent covered c. Where there is LTA commuter facilities abutting the cycling track e.g.
linkways, etc., there will be no need for additional lighting poles along cycling track. covered linkway, the luminaire shall be mounted on the structure.
STANDARD DETAIL
The additional lighting poles shall be considered for cycling tracks only when the 3. Cement dust
lighting levels do not meet the minimum cycling track lighting (lux) requirements. - The composition of cement dust consists of one part of cement and ten
2. Lighting design parts of granite dust.
a. For lighting design specification, to refer to the latest street lighting - The cement dust mixture shall be sprinkled with water and compacted in
DRAWING NO. REV.
installation guidelines. layers to achieve a hardened layer. CYCLING TRACK
4. Capping / stoppers should be provided for the pipes when not in use. LIGHTING LTA/SDRE17/21/CYC10 -
b. Cycling track upvc pipes for cable and cable warning marker shall be laid
at the side of the cycling track. DATE OF ISSUE SCALE SHEET NO.
21-10

LTA Standard Details of Road Elements

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

LTA Standard Details of Road Elements

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

LTA Standard Details of Road Elements

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Standard

April 2014 Edition

7) ALL STANDARDS AND CODES REFERRED SHALL BE THE LATEST VERSION.

8) ALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE IN MM UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED.

9) THE FOLLOWING CONCRETE GRADES SHALL BE USED, UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED:

REINFORCED CONCRETE - C25/30

CHAPTER NO. DRAWING TITLE CHAPTER NO. DRAWING TITLE

1 PAVEMENTS OF ROADS 4 GRATINGS & MANHOLE COVERS

RIGID PAVEMENT (SHEET 2 OF 2) FRAME FOR PEDESTRIAN GRATING

PUBLIC LIGHTING VEHICULAR GRATING FOR MANHOLES (SHEET 1 OF 2)

TRAFFIC LIGHT CABLE VEHICULAR GRATING FOR MANHOLES (SHEET 2 OF 2)

VEHICULAR GRATING FOR DRAINS (SHEET 1 OF 2)

2 DRAINS & CULVERTS VEHICULAR GRATING FOR DRAINS (SHEET 2 OF 2)

MANHOLE COVER AND FRAME

PRECAST CONCRETE PIPE CULVERTS

SUB-SOIL DRAIN AND SUMP ALONG EXPRESSWAY

SUB-SOIL DRAIN AND SUMP ALONG MAJOR ARTERIAL 6 GUARDRAILS

VEHICULAR IMPACT GUARDRAILS - TYPE A & B TERMINALS

KERBS AND DIVIDERS CONCRETE BARRIER AT CENTER MEDIAN

KERB PAINTING (SHEET 2 OF 2) VEHICULAR IMPACT GUARDRAILS - THRIE-BEAM TRANSITION

FOOTPATH RAMP - TYPE 2 PEDESTRIAN CROSSING POINTS IMPACT GUARDRAILS

FOOTPATH RAMP - DRIVEWAY

FOOTPATH RAMP - FOOTPATH BESIDE OPEN DRAIN

CAST-IN-SITU CONCRETE PAVEMENT

HOMOGENEOUS TACTILE TILES AND ARRANGEMENT OF TACTILE TILES

KERB WITH SLOT HOLES

CHAPTER NO. DRAWING TITLE CHAPTER NO. DRAWING TITLE

7 DIRECTIONAL SIGNS 9 TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT MEASURES

NUMBERS FOR DIRECTIONAL SIGNS RAISED ZEBRA CROSSING

ARROWS FOR DIRECTIONAL SIGNS ROAD HUMP

NOTES FOR DIRECTIONAL SIGNS (SHEET 1 OF 2) BUS FRIENDLY ROAD HUMP

WAITING AREA FOR MOTORCYCLISTS

8 ROAD MARKINGS & SIGNS

10 SUPPORTS FOR ROAD SIGNS

ARROW MARKINGS SUPPORT FOR DIRECTIONAL AND INFORMATION SIGNS (SHEET 3 OF 3)

TYPICAL ACCELERATION LANE AT EXPRESSWAY SUPPORT FOR TRAFFIC SIGN (SHEET 2 OF 4)

TYPICAL DECELERATION LANE AT EXPRESSWAY SUPPORT FOR TRAFFIC SIGN (SHEET 3 OF 4)

CHEVRON MARKINGS SUPPORT FOR TRAFFIC SIGN (SHEET 4 OF 4)

ROAD SIGNS & MARKINGS AT INTERSECTIONS ROAD GANTRY TRUSS (SHEET 1 OF 2)

BUS LANE MARKINGS ROAD GANTRY TRUSS (SHEET 2 OF 2)

MANDATORY GIVE WAY TO BUS (MGWTB) ROAD GANTRY SIGN

SUPPORT FOR TRAFFIC SIGN (FOR ARTERIAL & EXPRESSWAY)

CHAPTER NO. DRAWING TITLE CHAPTER NO. DRAWING TITLE

11 BUS STOPS 16 TRAFFIC PROHIBITORY SIGNS

BUS BAY (SHEET 1 OF 2) TRAFFIC PROHIBITORY SIGNS (SHEET 1 OF 6)

BUS BAY DETAILS TRAFFIC PROHIBITORY SIGNS (SHEET 3 OF 6)

BUS STOP LAYOUT & ELEVATION TRAFFIC PROHIBITORY SIGNS (SHEET 5 OF 6)

TRAFFIC PROHIBITORY SIGNS (SHEET 6 OF 6)

17 TRAFFIC WARNING SIGNS

SOIL AERATION (SHEET 2 OF 2) TRAFFIC WARNING SIGNS (SHEET 1 OF 9)

TRAFFIC WARNING SIGNS (SHEET 2 OF 9)

13 PROJECT SIGNS TRAFFIC WARNING SIGNS (SHEET 3 OF 9)

TRAFFIC WARNING SIGNS (SHEET 4 OF 9)

14 BOLLARDS TRAFFIC WARNING SIGNS (SHEET 9 OF 9)

SPRING LOADED POST & FLEXIBLE POST

SAFETY BOLLARD AT TURFED AREA - POSTED SPEED : 60km/h & 70km/h

15 TRAFFIC MANDATORY SIGNS

TRAFFIC MANDATORY SIGNS (SHEET 1 OF 2)

TRAFFIC MANDATORY SIGNS (SHEET 2 OF 2)